NZLII Home | Databases | WorldLII | Search | Feedback

New Zealand Law Commission - Issues Papers

New Zealand Law Commission
You are here:  NZLII >> Databases >> New Zealand Law Commission - Issues Papers >> 2020 >> [2020] NZLCIP 45

Database Search | Name Search | Recent Documents | Noteup | LawCite | Download | Help

Class Actions and Litigation Funding [2020] NZLCIP 45; Class Actions and Litigation Funding [2020] NZLCIP 45; Ko ngā Hunga Take Whaipānga me ngā Pūtea Tautiringa

Last Updated: 7 December 2020

jesseApter aM,



December 2020 Wellington, New Zealand

2020_4500.png

2020_4501.png

2020_4502.png

2020_4503.png





Issues Paper | He Puka Kaupapa 45

Class Actions and Litigation Funding



Ko ngā Hunga Take Whaipānga me ngā Pūtea Tautiringa



















2020_4504.png

Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission is an independent Crown Entity operating under the Law Commission Act 1985. The Commission was established to deliver the purpose set out in the Act, which is to “promote the systematic review, reform and development of the law of New Zealand”.


The Commissioners are:

Amokura Kawharu – Tumu Whakarae | President

Helen McQueen – Tumu Whakarae Tuarua | Deputy President Donna Buckingham – Kaikōmihana | Commissioner



Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission is located at: Level 9, Solnet House, 70 The Terrace

Wellington 6011

Postal address: PO Box 2590, Wellington 6140, Aotearoa New Zealand

Document Exchange Number: SP 23534 Telephone: 04 473 3453

Email: com@lawcom.govt.nz Internet: www.lawcom.govt.nz

The Māori language version of this Issues Paper’s title was developed for Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission by Kiwa Hammond.



Kei te pātengi raraunga o Te Puna Mātauranga o Aotearoa te whakarārangi o tēnei pukapuka. A catalogue record for this title is available from the National Library of New Zealand.


ISBN 978-1-877569-98-2 (Online)

ISSN 1177-7877 (Online)

This title may be cited as NZLC IP45. This title is available on the internet at the website of Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission: www.lawcom.govt.nz


Copyright © 2020 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission.



2020_4505.png

This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International licence. In essence, you are free to copy, distribute and adapt the work, as long as you attribute the work to Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission and abide by other licence terms. To view a copy of this licence, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0

Foreword


Democratic society is defined not only by the existence and stability of its legal institutions but by their accessibility to citizens. In Aotearoa New Zealand, addressing procedural, financial and other barriers to accessing civil justice is a pressing contemporary policy challenge.
Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission is undertaking a first principles review of class actions and litigation funding. Our review forms part of wider and ongoing efforts to improve the affordability and efficiency of litigation. As a mechanism for collective redress, class actions offer the prospect that claimants with a factual or legal issue in common can group their claims together into a single proceeding. Litigation funding provided by a commercial funder may facilitate access to civil justice by covering some or all of a claimant’s legal costs in exchange for an agreed percentage of any compensation awarded.
At the same time, class actions and litigation funding have attracted some public notoriety in comparable jurisdictions overseas, where media attention has focussed on issues such as the wider impacts of class actions on the business environment and litigation funders’ commissions. The crucial question is whether the potential benefits of class actions and litigation funding in terms of promoting access to civil justice can be realised in a way that manages the risks and outweighs any disadvantages they may give rise to.
This Issues Paper summarises the various issues that arise and explores some of the options for addressing them. We seek submissions and comment from interested parties. The Commission is committed to taking into account te ao Māori across all of its law reform work. The class action, as a mechanism for facilitating collective redress, may be particularly amenable to analysis from Māori perspectives and we welcome submissions and comment in that regard.
The Commission will take into account the feedback we receive in response to this Issues Paper as we develop our recommendations. If the weight of submissions and our further analysis favours proceeding with class actions and/or litigation funding, we expect to publish a further paper with more detailed proposals for regulation in these areas.



2020_4506.png



Amokura Kawharu

Tumu Whakarae | President

iv HAVE YOUR SAY


Have your say

This Issues Paper sets out issues we have identified in relation to class actions and litigation funding. It is available online at www.lawcom.govt.nz.
We want to know what you think about the issues covered in this paper. Do you agree or disagree with the way the issues have been articulated? Are there additional issues you think should be considered? Please also explain the reasons for your views.
Submissions or comments (formal or informal) on our Issues Paper should be received by 11 March 2021.
You can email your submission to cal@lawcom.govt.nz.
You can post your submission to
Review of Class Actions and Litigation Funding Law Commission
PO Box 2590
Wellington 6140

WHAT HAPPENS TO YOUR SUBMISSION?


Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission will use your submission to inform our review and we may refer to your submission in our publications. We may publish all or part of your submission on our website. We will also keep all submissions as part of our official records.
Information supplied to the Commission is subject to the Official Information Act 1982. If someone requests a copy of your submission, the Commission must consider whether we are required to release it.
Only your name or your organisation’s name is required on a submission. You may wish to keep your contact details separate, as if they are included on the submission they will become publicly available if the submission is published on our website. If you do not want us to release identifying information within your submission (or any other part of your submission), or do not want your submission to be referred to in our publications, please explain in your submission which parts should be withheld and the reasons. We will take your views into account in deciding:


Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission complies with the Privacy Act 2020, which governs how it collects, holds, uses and discloses personal information you provide. You have the right to access and correct your personal information.

Contents


Glossary




Adverse costs
Adverse costs are costs which the court may order an unsuccessful party to pay to a successful party in a proceeding or interlocutory application to reimburse them for their legal costs. Adverse costs rules are sometimes also referred to as ‘loser pays’, ‘costs follow the event’ or ‘costs shifting’ rules.
ATE insurance
After-the-event insurance (ATE insurance) is a form of legal expenses insurance, purchased after a dispute has arisen, to indemnify the insured party in the event of an adverse costs order being made against them.
Certification
Certification is a preliminary stage where the court decides whether the case can proceed in class action form.
Champerty
Champerty is a tort (and in some jurisdictions, a crime) where a person who is not a party to and has no interest in the litigation, provides financial assistance to a party to a civil action in return for a share of any recovery. Champerty is a form of maintenance (defined below).
Class action
A class action is a form of group litigation. It is characterised by the grouping of claimants with a common factual or legal issue into a single legal proceeding so that their claims can be resolved together. This is normally achieved through the selection of one class member to act as a representative plaintiff on behalf of the class, although all class members will be bound by the outcome. A class actions regime will usually have detailed legislative provisions or civil procedure rules.
Class Actions Bill
Between 2006 and 2009, the Rules Committee in Aotearoa New Zealand drafted a Class Actions Bill (and accompanying High Court Rules). The Government chose not to progress the Bill at that time.
Conditional fee
A conditional fee is a fee agreement where some or all of the lawyer’s fees and expenses are payable only if the lawyer achieves a successful outcome. In Aotearoa New Zealand, a conditional fee may include a ‘premium’ to compensate the lawyer for the risk of not being paid at all and for the disadvantages of not receiving payment on account, provided it is not calculated as a proportion of the amount received by the client.
Contingency fee
A contingency fee is a fee arrangement where, if the matter on which the lawyer acts is successful, the lawyer’s fee will be calculated as a proportion (usually a percentage) of any sum recovered. A contingency fee is a fee arrangement where, if the matter on which the lawyer acts is successful, the lawyer’s fee will be calculated as a proportion (usually a percentage) of any sum


recovered. If the matter is unsuccessful, the lawyer will be paid
nothing. This form of fee arrangement is not permitted in Aotearoa New Zealand.
D&O insurance
Directors and officers liability insurance (D&O insurance) is a form of liability insurance designed to protect company directors and senior employees against personal loss arising from liabilities incurred in the performance of their duties. D&O insurance also provides cover for the reasonable costs of defending a claim.
FRCP 23
In the United States, federal class actions are governed by Rule 23 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. We refer to this rule as FRCP 23.
Group litigation
Group litigation is a term to describe forms of civil litigation where a group of claimants seek redress collectively. It includes class actions and representative actions, as well as civil procedure techniques such as joinder and consolidation and mechanisms applying to specific areas of the law.
HCR 4.24
Rule 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016. HCR 4.24 enables a plaintiff (or a defendant) in Aotearoa New Zealand to sue (or be sued) on a representative basis.
HCR 78
Rule 78 of the High Court Rules. HCR 78 preceded, and was replaced by, HCR 4.24.
Litigation funding
Litigation funding is where a person who is not a party to, and has no interest in, the litigation agrees to fund some or all of a party’s costs, in exchange for a share of any sum recovered.
Maintenance
Maintenance is a tort (and in some jurisdictions, a crime) where a person who is not a party to and has no interest in the litigation, assists a party to a civil action to bring or defend the action, without lawful justification, and this causes damage to the other party.
Non-recourse
Litigation funding is generally provided on a non-recourse basis. This means that a funder will only recover their costs and commission from the funded party if the claim is successful. If the claim is unsuccessful, the funder has no ability to recover any of their investment in the claim from the funded party.
No win, no fee
No win, no fee arrangements are a form of conditional fee arrangement, where a client will not have to pay their lawyer unless the claim is successful. This term is commonly used to describe conditional fee arrangements in Australia.
Opt-in
Opt-in is an approach to determining class membership in a representative action or class action. Under this approach, potential class members must affirmatively opt into the litigation by taking a prescribed step by a certain date in order to be bound by any judgment on the common questions in the proceeding, or by a settlement.
Opt-out
Opt-in is an approach to determining class membership in a representative action or class action. Under an opt-out approach, all people who fall within the description of the class are bound by the


judgment on common issues or settlement unless they take a
prescribed step by a certain date to exclude themselves from the proceeding.
Representative action
A representative action permits a person to sue (or be sued) on behalf of other people who share the same interest in the subject matter of a legal proceeding. In Aotearoa New Zealand, a representative action is brought under HCR 4.24.
Representative plaintiff
The representative plaintiff represents the other class members in representative actions and class actions. Unlike other class members, they are a party to the litigation.
Representative order
A representative order is an order made by the Court giving a plaintiff (or a defendant) permission to act as a representative under HCR 4.24.
Universal class
A universal class is an approach to determining class membership in a representative action or class action. It is also referred to as a compulsory class. Under this approach, all people who fall within the class definition are part of the claim and there is no opportunity to opt into or out of the litigation. This approach is typically used in cases seeking an injunction or declaration.






Executive summary


THE REVIEW PROCESS AND THIS ISSUES PAPER

  1. Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission is undertaking a first principles review of class actions and litigation funding. Our terms of reference ask us to consider whether and to what extent the law should allow class actions, and whether and to what extent the law should allow litigation funding having regard to the torts of maintenance and champerty.
  2. In preparing this Issues Paper, the Commission has held preliminary conversations with key stakeholders from the legal profession, with relevant government agencies, and with commercial litigation funders based in Aotearoa New Zealand and overseas. We established an independent expert advisory group comprising of lawyers and academics, representing a diverse range of perspectives and experiences. We met with the group in August 2020. We have liaised with the judiciary and received comments from judges on several of the issues we address in this paper. We discussed our plans for the review with the Commission’s Māori Liaison Committee. We also commissioned Capital Strategic Advisors (CSA) to provide expert high level analysis on the economics of class actions and litigation funding within a theorised base case of civil litigation.
  3. It is evident from our initial conversations and research that there is no broad consensus on the desirability of a class actions regime or litigation funding, nor on the extent to which, or how, they should be regulated. It is primarily for this reason that a first principles review is needed. We note that a lack of consensus is a common feature of discussions on these topics elsewhere. In Australia for example, a recent Federal Parliamentary inquiry into class actions and litigation funding was prompted by concerns over issues such as the level of funders’ commissions.1 In relation to class actions, the policy challenge is neatly summarised by Jasminka Kalajdzic: “There is no doubt that class actions enable litigation that would otherwise not be brought. The much more difficult question is whether such litigation is socially useful”.2
  4. The purpose of this Issues Paper is to facilitate consultation and feedback on whether the potential benefits of class actions and litigation funding can be realised in a way that outweighs any risks and concerns. We are calling for submissions or comments until 11 March 2021. We will take into account the feedback we receive as we develop our recommendations. We expect to consult further on those recommendations, before delivering our final report to the Minister of Justice in the first half of May 2022.


  1. Attorney-General for Australia and Minister for Industrial Relations “Committee to examine impact of litigation funding on justice outcomes” (press release, 5 March 2020).
  2. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 6. See also Arthur R Miller “Of Frankenstein Monsters and Shining Knights: Myth, Reality, and the ‘Class Action Problem’” (1979) 92 Harv L Rev 664.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

  1. The Commission’s review is taking place within a wider context of ongoing work across legal and policy environments to address barriers to accessing civil justice in Aotearoa New Zealand. One of the principal barriers is the high cost associated with civil litigation, which significantly impedes access to the courts. Other constraints include social barriers and the psychological stress that often accompanies the prospect of being a party to litigation.

PART A – CLASS ACTIONS

Chapter 2 – Introduction to class actions

  1. A class action is characterised by the act of grouping claimants with a common factual or legal issue into a single proceeding so that their claims can be resolved together. This is normally achieved through the selection of one class member to act as a representative plaintiff on behalf of the class. All class members will be bound by the outcome.
  2. The United States was the first jurisdiction to establish a class actions regime and Australia and Canada then followed. Class actions procedures have since spread globally. The precursor to class actions was the representative actions rule, which was developed in the Courts of Chancery in the late 17th and early 18th centuries. Many jurisdictions, including Aotearoa New Zealand, incorporated a representative actions rule in their civil procedure rules. Overseas, limitations in the representative actions rule provided impetus for the development of class actions regimes.

Chapter 3 – Group litigation in Aotearoa New Zealand

  1. Aotearoa New Zealand does not have a class actions regime as exists in some overseas jurisdictions. Instead, proceedings that might be taken as a class action in comparable jurisdictions may be able to be pursued as a representative action under High Court Rule
4.24 (HCR 4.24). There has been a noticeable increase in the number of representative actions being brought in recent years. Reasons for this increase include the arrival of litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand.
  1. In addition to representative actions under HCR 4.24, other methods of group litigation for seeking collective redress include civil procedure techniques (such as joinder and consolidation), statutory procedures under legislation such as the Companies Act 1993 and Human Rights Act 1993, proceedings brought by regulators, and avenues such as judicial review and test cases.

Chapter 4 – Problems with using the representative actions rule for group litigation

  1. In the absence of a class actions regime, the representative actions rule in HCR 4.24 has been developed to include many of the features of a typical class actions. These features include preliminary court approval for a case to proceed as a representative action, the requirement for a common issue, opt-in and opt-out mechanisms for determining the represented group, active court supervision of proceedings, court approval of settlement, split trials for common issues and damages and the use of litigation funding.
  2. Nonetheless, there are a number of problems with using HCR 4.24 to bring claims that are very similar to class actions. These include the lack of a public policy process to analyse the best way for delivering collective redress, and the lack of clear rules which specify when

cases should be allowed to proceed and how they should be managed. We think it is likely that the inadequacies in the current framework are preventing or limiting group litigation on some issues, including consumer issues and compensation claims following regulatory action.

Chapter 5 – Advantages of class actions

  1. As noted, our review is taking place within a wider context of ongoing work to address barriers to accessing civil justice. We have identified three primary advantages of class actions regimes, the first of which is improving access to justice. Access to justice in this context includes access to the courts, a fair and transparent process, meaningful participation rights for class members and a substantively just result.
  2. In addition, a class action is likely to improve efficiency and economy of litigation, particularly in respect of cases that would be economically viable to litigate separately. Class actions may also be able to play a role in strengthening incentives (for would-be wrongdoers) to comply with the law, although the extent to which class actions can have this effect is difficult to measure.

Chapter 6 – Disadvantages of class actions

  1. One of the concerns about class actions regimes is that an increase in group litigation will increase the workload of the courts. The data shows that in overseas jurisdictions, class actions make up a small proportion of all cases filed. The number of cases filed may not accurately represent the additional workload, because class actions can require more intensive case management. That said, objecting to a class actions regime because it may increase litigation misses the point that class actions aim to increase access to justice.
  2. Other concerns about class actions regimes include negative impacts for defendants in terms of the cost of defending the actions, and the consequential impact on the wider business and regulatory environment – particularly the availability and cost of directors and officers liability insurance (D&O insurance). Another concern is that class members’ interests may be insufficiently protected, as they do not have the status of parties and may have limited opportunities to participate in the litigation.

Chapter 7 – A statutory class actions regime for Aotearoa New Zealand

  1. We have formed the preliminary view that it would be desirable to have a statutory class actions regime in Aotearoa New Zealand. The key reasons for this view are:

(a) Group litigation has a number of benefits and there is a demand for group litigation in Aotearoa New Zealand, but the current mechanisms (including HCR 4.24) are inadequate.

(b) Alternatives to class actions such as alternative dispute resolution mechanisms would not provide the same level of access to justice as a class actions regime, and they might best be considered as supplements to such a regime.

(c) Class actions improve access to justice, facilitate efficiency and economy of litigation and strengthen incentives to comply with the law.

(d) Many of the disadvantages of class actions can be mitigated by the design of the regime.

(e) A statutory regime can provide greater certainty, predictability and transparency of the law.

Chapter 8 – Scope of a statutory class actions regime

  1. There are several matters that would need to be addressed in the creation of any class actions regime for Aotearoa New Zealand. These include the scope of such a regime and the broad principles that would underpin it. Class actions regimes typically also have a number of core features. We discuss, present options for, and invite feedback on these matters.
  2. In relation to scope, an initial issue is whether the regime should cover all areas of law or just some. Many class actions regimes are broadly applicable across all areas of the law, although some are subject to specific exclusions on issues such as immigration and environmental law. The United Kingdom has taken a different approach, and limits its class actions regime to competition law claims. Our preliminary view is that a general regime would be preferable and more likely to address the issues with the status quo. Other initial scope issues include which courts the regime should apply to, whether defendant class actions should be permitted, and whether HCR 4.24 should be retained.

Chapter 9 – Principles for a statutory class actions regime

  1. On the basis of our research and preliminary consultations to date, we have identified a number of principles which we think should guide the development of a class actions regime. It is particularly important that any regime have clear objectives for the class action procedure, as these will drive the design of the legislation and the detailed drafting decisions. As noted, the key advantages of class actions are improving access to justice, promoting efficiency and economy of litigation, and improving incentives to comply with the law. Our preliminary view is that access to justice is the clearest advantage and should be the main objective of a statutory class actions regime.
  2. Other principles we have identified include balancing the interests of plaintiffs and defendants; protecting the interests of class members, proportionality, reflecting and responding to the needs of contemporary Aotearoa New Zealand, recognising and providing for tikanga Māori, ensuring no adverse impact on other methods of group litigation, and providing clarity on issues arising in funded class actions.

Chapter 10 – Certification and threshold legal test

  1. A key design question for any class actions regime is whether the court must first approve or certify the case proceeding in a class action form. Almost all jurisdictions with a class actions regime require a class action to be certified before it can proceed. A notable exception is Australia.
  2. In jurisdictions where there is a certification requirement, an intending representative plaintiff will need to meet requirements such as: numerosity (there is a sufficient number of people within the class); commonality (there must be a nexus of factual or legal issues between the individual claims); and preferability or superiority (a class action must be preferable or superior to other possible methods of resolving the dispute). Some jurisdictions also undertake a preliminary assessment of the merits or cost-benefit analysis, require a litigation plan, and/or review any litigation funding arrangements, as part of the certification process.
  1. Different jurisdictions apply different criteria to these requirements. None of the Australian class actions regimes have a certification requirement. The Australian regimes do, however, provide mechanisms for defendants to challenge the use of a class action on certain grounds.

Chapter 11 – The representative plaintiff

  1. Another important design question concerns who can be the representative plaintiff. In some jurisdictions, assessing the suitability of the representative plaintiff is part of the certification process. In Australia, where there is no certification requirement, the inadequacy of a representative plaintiff may be grounds to discontinue a proceeding or substitute the plaintiff. Questions include whether a representative plaintiff must be a class member, and whether any class actions regime should allow government entities to be representative plaintiffs.
  2. A particular issue arising in the context of Aotearoa New Zealand concerns the potential role of tikanga Māori in a class action involving a Māori collective where class members identify with the claim through a common issue, as well as with the collective through kinship. A person who can meet the general requirements for appointment as a representative plaintiff may not have a mandate, in terms of tikanga, to represent the people they purport to represent. Or, a person who does not meet the requirements for a representative plaintiff may have a mandate, in terms of tikanga, to represent those people.
  3. In this context it may be appropriate to consider the role of tikanga in evaluating the representativeness of an intended plaintiff and whether tikanga considerations such as whakapapa, whanaungatanga and mana should apply in addition to, or instead of, any of the other requirements for representative plaintiffs.

Chapter 12 – Membership of the class

  1. There are many different ways that class membership can be determined. Early representative action cases in Aotearoa New Zealand were brought on a universal basis, meaning everyone who came within the defined represented group would be bound by the decision. Subsequently, cases were brought on an opt-in basis, whereby members must choose to join the group. As recently interpreted by the courts, HCR 4.24 also permits representative actions to be brought on an opt-out basis, which requires potential members to positively opt out of the case by a certain date. It is possible for a class actions regime to provide for opt-in as well as opt-out procedures, depending on the case.

Chapter 13 – Adverse costs

  1. A general principle of civil litigation in Aotearoa New Zealand is that the unsuccessful party must pay costs to the successful party. Whether an adverse costs rule should apply to a class actions regime is an important design question. This is because liability for adverse costs can affect the efficacy and utility of class actions. Given the potential for adverse costs to negatively affect the ability to bring a class action, we discuss several alternatives or variations to the usual rule. We also consider overseas examples of public class proceedings funds which have been established to indemnify representative plaintiffs against adverse costs orders. We do not, however, consider changes to civil legal aid, as this is outside the scope of our terms of reference.

PART B – LITIGATION FUNDING

Chapter 14 – Introduction to litigation funding

  1. Litigation funding involves a person who is not a party to and has no interest in the litigation agreeing to fund some or all of a plaintiff’s costs in exchange for a share of any sum recovered (the funder’s commission). It is usually non-recourse, meaning that if the case is unsuccessful, the funder will be paid nothing. If the case is successful, the funder will be reimbursed for the costs of the litigation and will be compensated for bearing the financial risk of the case through payment of the commission.
  2. The market for litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand is relatively small compared to jurisdictions like Australia and England and Wales. We have identified 40 cases in Aotearoa New Zealand in which the plaintiff received litigation funding. This number includes ten representative actions under HCR 4.24, comprising five consumer claims, three shareholder claims, one investor claim and one claim against the Government.

Chapter 15 – Regulation of litigation funding

  1. Litigation funding is not specifically regulated in Aotearoa New Zealand. Instead, litigation funding is regulated to a limited extent by the torts of maintenance and champerty and principles that have developed by the courts in the exercise of powers to stay proceedings for abuse of process, order the provision of security for costs and order non-party costs. Some statutes such as the Fair Trading Act 1986 may also apply to the provision of litigation funding. In contrast, in some overseas jurisdictions, litigation funding is regulated as a financial service, through industry self-regulation, or through a combination of legislation and civil procedure rules that specify conditions that must be satisfied in order for funding arrangements to be enforceable.

Chapter 16 – Problems with the lack of regulatory certainty

  1. The lack of specific regulation of litigation funding in Aotearoa is problematic. To date, the courts have adopted a cautiously permissive approach to litigation funding. However, the absence of regulation means that the parameters within which litigation funders should operate are unclear. In turn, this uncertainty may impact on the pricing and availability of litigation funding and, more broadly, raise rule of law concerns in the sense that predictability and transparency of laws are currently lacking.

Chapter 17 – Advantages and disadvantages of litigation funding

  1. Litigation funders are profit-driven entities that invest in litigation in return for a commission. Litigation funding may therefore have limited application to public interest litigation, or litigation where non-monetary relief is sought. It does nevertheless have a role in improving access to justice by alleviating the costs and risks of litigation. The need for litigation funding to address financial barriers to accessing civil justice is increasingly being acknowledged, including by the courts. In particular, some representative actions and insolvency proceedings may be unable to proceed without it. Litigation funding may also allow plaintiffs to stay focussed on their business-as-usual activities and expand their litigation financing options.
  2. The potential disadvantages of litigation funding we have identified are that it may increase litigation and thus the workload of the courts, it may encourage meritless litigation, and it

may impact on the availability and pricing of D&O insurance. However, an increase in litigation is not itself a reason to object to litigation funding and the courts have developed a range of mechanisms to prevent meritless cases from proceeding. We have not yet seen robust evidence that the increase in funded litigation across Australasia has caused a hardening of the D&O insurance market.
  1. Our preliminary view is that litigation funding is desirable in principle and should be expressly permitted, provided that certain concerns can be adequately managed. These concerns relate to:

(a) Funder control of litigation.

(b) Conflicts of interest.

(c) Funder profits.

(d) Capital adequacy of funders.

Chapter 18 – Reforming maintenance and champerty

  1. There is some uncertainty about whether litigation funding is contrary to the torts of maintenance and champerty, and whether the policy behind the torts is still relevant or is outweighed by access to justice considerations. To date the torts have not been relied on in Aotearoa New Zealand. It may be necessary to reform the torts if the policy behind them is no longer relevant or if the torts are having a chilling effect on the pricing and availability of litigation funding. Our preliminary discussions on this issue elicited mixed views.
  2. If litigation funding is to be expressly permitted, then the tension between the torts of maintenance and champerty and litigation funding needs to be resolved. This could be achieved by leaving it to the courts to clarify and develop the law, retaining the torts but carving out a statutory exception for litigation funding, abolishing the torts or abolishing the torts but retaining the courts’ ability to find a funding agreement unenforceable on grounds of public policy.

Chapter 19 – Funder control of litigation

  1. Control of litigation by a third-party is one of the key rationales underlying maintenance and champerty. The concern is that a third-party who maintains litigation will attempt to control the litigation for their own ends. At the same time, litigation funders have a legitimate commercial interest in protecting their interest. Existing mechanisms for addressing funder control include the courts exercising their general powers to manage their proceedings, the torts of maintenance and champerty, and tax law. As a law reform option, parties could be encouraged or required to include minimum contract terms in their litigation funding agreements.

Chapter 20 – Conflicts of interest

  1. In funded litigation, there is a tripartite relationship between the funder, the funded plaintiff, and the lawyer. In many instances, the interests of all three will align. However, in some instances, interests between a funder and the plaintiff, and between the lawyer and the plaintiff, may diverge and conflict. For example, misaligned interests between a funder and plaintiff may arise and create problems when one party wishes to settle but the other does not. Conflicts of interest may arise between a lawyer and plaintiff if the lawyer relies on the

funder for the continuation of the litigation, has been retained by the funder, or has some other commercial relationship with the funder.
  1. Mechanisms for managing funder-plaintiff conflicts of interest include encouraging or requiring funders to include minimum contract terms that specify how any conflicts should be resolved, requiring funders to maintain conflicts management policies and regulating funder control. To some extent the existing rules that regulate professional conduct by lawyers will mitigate the risks of lawyer-plaintiff conflicts of interest. However, the rules were not designed to account for the particular types of conflicts that might arise in funded litigation. Options for reform include creating new professional rules or guidelines for lawyers, and prohibiting lawyers from holding commercial interests in funders.

Chapter 21 – Funder profits

  1. Profiting from funding another party’s litigation is one of the primary concerns underpinning the torts of maintenance and champerty. Excessive profits may risk diminished substantive justice for plaintiffs, and the misuse of the proper functions of the courts. Most litigation funding is conducted on a non-recourse basis, meaning the funder will only recover their costs and commission from the funded party if the claim is successful. As such, it is a relatively high-risk investment for funders. In return for assuming this risk, funders seek high returns. Litigation funding is therefore a relatively expensive product for consumers and it is not easy to draw the line between what is a reasonable profit and what is an excessive one. Options for managing the concern include facilitating increased competition in the litigation funding market, court supervision of funder commissions and direct regulation of the amount of permissible funder commissions.

Chapter 22 – Capital adequacy of litigation funders

  1. When a case is funded by a litigation funder, the funder assumes responsibility to pay the plaintiff’s legal costs. The funder will often also agree to meet any security for costs or adverse costs which are ordered against the plaintiff. If however the funder does not maintain access to adequate capital, then the case may be discontinued, the plaintiff may be left with significant unexpected liabilities, and plaintiff’s lawyer may not be paid for their services. The defendant may be left with significant unpaid costs.
  2. There are several possible options for reform to manage capital adequacy concerns. These include strengthening the security for costs mechanism to make it clear that a litigation funder will be expected to provide security, and that the security needs to be in a form which is enforceable in Aotearoa New Zealand. Regulations could also be introduced to require litigation funders to maintain a certain minimum level of capital. This approach will require determining what the minimum level should be, and whether the capital must be held within Aotearoa New Zealand.

Chapter 23 – Regulation and oversight

  1. The lack of regulation of litigation funders and funding arrangements, and the tension between litigation funding and the torts of maintenance and champerty, means there is some uncertainty about the permissibility and parameters of litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand. Our preliminary view is that the current lack of certainty in the law, and the need for better transparency and accountability of litigation funder operations in relation to the above concerns, warrant a regulatory response. The need for regulation (or the

extent of regulation needed) may depend on the nature of the funded proceeding or the funded plaintiff. For instance, recent reforms in Australia have focussed on litigation funding of class actions. However, some concerns will be common across all kinds of funded proceedings.
  1. Regulation of litigation funding may take different forms, and a combination of different forms of regulation may also be appropriate. Options for regulation include industry self- regulation (a model which operates in England and Wales), and regulation of funded litigation as managed investment schemes (whereby litigation funders would be required to hold a market services licence, similar to the position in Australia in relation to funded class actions). A new tailored licensing system for litigation funders could be created, or indeed a new statutory regime could be established with oversight by a new statutory body. A further option is that courts could be tasked with approving funding arrangements.




2020_4507.png

2020_4508.png

List of questions


CHAPTER 4: PROBLEMS WITH USING THE REPRESENTATIVE ACTIONS RULE FOR GROUP LITIGATION



Q1
What problems have you encountered when relying on HCR 4.24 for group
litigation?
Q2
Which kinds of claim are unlikely to be brought under HCR 4.24 and why?

CHAPTER 5: ADVANTAGES OF CLASS ACTIONS

What do you see as the advantages of class actions? In particular, to what extent

do you think class actions are likely to:

  1. improve access to justice?
    1. improve efficiency and economy of litigation?
  1. strengthen incentives to comply with the law. Is this an appropriate role for a class actions regime?

Q3

2020_4509.png


CHAPTER 6: DISADVANTAGES OF CLASS ACTIONS

Do you have any concerns about class actions? In particular, do you have concerns

about:

  1. the impact on the court system?
    1. the impact on defendants?
    1. the impact on the business and regulatory environment?
    1. how class members’ interests will be affected?

Q4

2020_4510.png


CHAPTER 7: A STATUTORY CLASS ACTIONS REGIME FOR AOTEAROA NEW ZEALAND

Should Aotearoa New Zealand have a statutory class actions regime? Why or why
not?

Q5

2020_4509.png



2020_4511.png


2020_4512.png

CHAPTER 8: SCOPE OF A STATUTORY CLASS ACTIONS REGIME



Q6
Should a class actions regime be general in scope or should it be limited to particular
areas of the law?
Q7
Should a class actions regime be available in the District Court, Employment Court,
Environment Court or Māori Land Court?
Q8
Should a class actions regime include defendant class actions?

Q9
Should the representative actions rule be retained alongside a class actions regime?
For which kinds of case?


2020_4507.png

2020_4513.png

2020_4514.png

2020_4513.png

2020_4513.png


2020_4509.png


2020_4509.png

CHAPTER 9: PRINCIPLES FOR A STATUTORY CLASS ACTIONS REGIME



Q10
What should the objectives of a statutory class actions regime be? Should there be
a primary objective?
Q11
Which features of a class actions regime are essential to ensure the interests of
plaintiffs and defendants are balanced?
Q12
Which features of a class actions regime are essential to ensure the interests of
class members are protected?
Q13
Is proportionality an appropriate principle for a class actions regime? If so, what
features of a class actions regime could help to achieve this?
Q14
Are there any unique features of litigation in Aotearoa New Zealand that need to
be considered when a class action regime is designed?

2020_4507.png

2020_4513.png

2020_4513.png




Q15
To what extent, and in what ways, should tikanga Māori should influence the design
of a class actions regime?
Q16
Do you have any concerns about how a class actions regime could impact on other
kinds of group litigation or on regulatory activities? How could such concerns be managed?
Q17
Which issues
arising in funded class actions need to be addressed in a class actions
regime?
Q18
Do you agree with our list of principles to guide development of a class actions
regime?


2020_4515.png

2020_4516.png

2020_4513.png

2020_4514.png

2020_4513.png

2020_4513.png

2020_4513.png


2020_4513.png

CHAPTER 10: CERTIFICATION AND THRESHOLD LEGAL TEST



Q19
Should a class action regime include a certification requirement? If not, should the
court have additional powers to discontinue a class action (as in Australia)?
Q20
Should a class actions regime contain a numerosity requirement? If so, what should
this be?
Q21
Should the commonality test that applies to representative actions under HCR 4.24
apply to a class actions regime? If not, how should this test be amended?
Q22
Should a representative plaintiff have to establish that the common issues in a class
action are substantial or that they ‘predominate’ over individual issues?
Q23
Should a representative plaintiff have to establish that a class action is the
preferable or superior procedure for resolving the claim?
Q24
Should a court be required to conduct a preliminary merits assessment of a class
action or an assessment of the costs and benefits?
Q25
Should a representative plaintiff be required to provide a litigation plan?




Q26
Should a court consider funding arrangements as part of a threshold legal test for
a class action?
Q27
Should a statutory class actions regime have any other threshold legal tests?


2020_4507.png

2020_4513.png

2020_4517.png

2020_4513.png


2020_4507.png

2020_4514.png

CHAPTER 11: THE REPRESENTATIVE PLAINTIFF



Q28
Should a court consider the representative plaintiff’s suitability for the role as part
of the threshold legal test for a class action? If so, what should the criteria be?
Q29
Should a representative plaintiff be a class member or should ideological plaintiffs
be allowed?
Q30
When should a government entity be able to bring a class action as representative
plaintiff?
Q31
When a plaintiff wants to represent the interests of a whānau, hapū or iwi, should
the court inquire into their suitability to represent the group in terms of tikanga Māori?


2020_4515.png

2020_4513.png

CHAPTER 12: MEMBERSHIP OF THE CLASS



Q32
Should class membership be determined on an opt-in basis or an opt-out basis or
should different approaches be available?
Q33
If the court is required to decide whether class membership should be determined
on an opt-in, opt-out or universal basis, what criteria should it apply? Should there be a default approach?

2020_4513.png


2020_4507.png


2020_4513.png

CHAPTER 13: DISADVANTAGES OF CLASS ACTIONS



Q34
How has the risk of adverse costs impacted on representative actions?

Q35
Should the current adverse costs rule be retained for class actions or is reform
desirable?
Q36
Are there any other issues associated with class actions that we have not identified?
Is there anything else you would like to tell us about class actions?


2020_4511.png

2020_4509.png


2020_4513.png

CHAPTER 17: ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF LITIGATION FUNDING



Q37
Which of the potential advantages and disadvantages of permitting litigation
funding do you think are most important, and why?
Q38
Is litigation funding desirable for Aotearoa New Zealand in principle?


2020_4515.png


2020_4518.png

CHAPTER 18: REFORMING MAINTENANCE AND CHAMPERTY



Q39
To what extent, if any, do the torts of maintenance and champerty impact on the
availability and pricing of litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand?
Q40
Should the courts be left to clarify and develop the law in relation to maintenance
champerty, or should the law in relation to maintenance and champerty be reformed?
Q41
If reform is required, which option for clarifying the law do you prefer and why? For
example, should the torts of maintenance and champerty be:
  1. retained, subject to a statutory exception for litigation funding?
    1. abolished?
  1. abolished, subject to a statutory preservation of the courts’ ability to find a litigation funding agreement unenforceable on grounds of public policy or illegality?


2020_4507.png


2020_4514.png

CHAPTER 19: FUNDER CONTROL OF LITIGATION



Q42
What concerns, if any, do you have about funder control of litigation?

Q43
Are you satisfied that existing mechanisms can adequately manage the concerns
about funder control of litigation?
Q44
If not, how should the concerns about funder control of litigation be managed? For
example, should litigation funders be encouraged or required to include minimum terms in their litigation funding agreements? If so, what minimum terms would be appropriate?


2020_4519.png

2020_4520.png

2020_4520.png

2020_4521.png

2020_4520.png


2020_4521.png

CHAPTER 20: CONFLICTS OF INTEREST



Q45
What concerns, if any, do you have about funder plaintiff conflicts of interest?

Q46
Are you satisfied that existing mechanisms can adequately manage the concerns
about funder-plaintiff conflicts of interest?
Q47
If not, which option for managing the concerns about funder-claimant conflicts of
interest do you prefer, and why? For example:
  1. Should funders be encouraged or required to include minimum terms in their litigation funding agreements? If so, what minimum terms would be appropriate?
    1. Should funders be required to have a conflicts management policy?
    1. Should funder control of litigation be regulated?
Q48
What concerns, if any, do you have about lawyer-client conflicts of interest in
funded proceedings?
Q49
Are you satisfied that existing mechanisms can adequately manage the concerns
about lawyer-plaintiff conflicts of interest?

2020_4520.png


If not, which option for managing the concerns about lawyer-client conflicts of

interest do you prefer, and why? For example:

  1. Should funders be encouraged or required to include minimum terms in their litigation funding agreements? If so, what minimum terms would be appropriate?
    1. Should professional rules or guidelines be developed for lawyers acting in funded proceedings? If so, what rules or guidelines would be appropriate?
    1. Should activities that are likely to give rise to lawyer-plaintiff conflicts of interest be prohibited? If so, which activities should be prohibited?

Q50

2020_4522.png

2020_4523.png


2020_4524.png


2020_4520.png

CHAPTER 21: FUNDER PROFITS



Q51
What concerns, if any, do you have about funder profits?

Q52
Are you satisfied that existing mechanisms can adequately manage the concerns
about funder profits?
Q53
If not, which option for managing the concerns about funder profits do you prefer,
and why? For example:
  1. Should competition in the litigation funding market be encouraged? If so, how?
  2. Should the courts be empowered to vary funder commissions? If so, when, and how?
  1. Should funder commissions be regulated? If so, should there be restrictions on how funder commissions can be calculated (and if so, what) or should funder commissions be capped (and if so, how)?

2020_4520.png

2020_4520.png


2020_4524.png


2020_4520.png

CHAPTER 22: CAPITAL ADEQUACY



Q54
What concerns, if any, do you have about the capital adequacy of litigation
funders?
Q55
Are you satisfied that the existing security for costs mechanism can adequately
manage the concerns about funders’ capital adequacy?
Q56
If not, should the security for costs mechanism be strengthened? In particular:
  1. Should there be a presumption or requirement that a litigation funder will provide security for costs in funded proceedings?
    1. Should there be a requirement that security for costs is provided in a form that is enforceable in Aotearoa New Zealand?
Q57
Alternatively, or additionally, should litigation funders operating in Aotearoa New
Zealand be subject to minimum capital adequacy requirements? If so:
  1. Should any minimum capital requirement be formulated by specifying a particular amount (and if so, what amount) or an amount correlated to a funder’s financial commitments (and if so, what correlation), or in some other way?
    1. Should minimum capital adequacy requirements be able to be satisfied if the funder’s capital is held in another jurisdiction, or should the capital be held in Aotearoa New Zealand?
    1. What other requirements, such as audit requirements, would be appropriate?
    1. Who should oversee compliance with any minimum capital adequacy requirements?
    2. What consequences should follow from a funder’s non-compliance with any minimum capital adequacy requirements?

2020_4525.png


2020_4522.png


2020_4526.png

CHAPTER 23: REGULATION AND OVERSIGHT



Q58
Which of the concerns with litigation funding, if any, warrant a regulatory response?

Q59
Which option for the form of any regulation and oversight do you prefer, and why?
For example, should regulation and oversight of litigation funding take the form of:
  1. Industry self-regulation and oversight?
    1. Managed investment scheme requirements, overseen by the Financial Markets Authority?
    1. Tailored licensing requirements overseen by the Financial Markets Authority (or another existing regulator)?
    1. A tailored statutory regime, overseen by a new oversight body?
    2. Court approval of litigation funding arrangements?
    3. A combination of the above?
Q60
Are there any concerns about litigation funding, or options for reform, that we have
not identified? Is there anything else you would like to tell us?




CHAPTER 1



Introduction



WHY THIS REVIEW?

INTERSECTIONS BETWEEN CLASS ACTIONS AND LITIGATION FUNDING

ACCESS TO JUSTICE


1 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151–152.

2 See Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151–152.

  1. Vince Morabito “Empirical Perspectives on 25 Years of Class Actions” in Damian Grave and Helen Mould (eds) 25 Years of Class Actions in Australia: 1992–2017 (Ross Parsons Centre of Commercial, Corporate and Taxation Law, Sydney, 2017) 43. From March 1992–March 2013 15 per cent of cases in the Federal Court were funded; from March 2013–March 2018 64 per cent of cases were funded; and from March 2017–March 2018 78 per cent of cases were funded. See Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.19].
  2. See Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [77].
  3. See for example The Rules Committee Improving Access to Civil Justice: Initial Consultation with the New Zealand Community (Discussion Paper); The Rules Committee Improving Access to Civil Justice: Initial Consultation with the Legal Profession (Discussion Paper, 16 December 2019); Helen Winkelmann, Chief Justice of New Zealand “Speech of

legal rights determined and upheld through a process which is fair, efficient and transparent for all parties involved. Access to civil justice concerns the ability of people to vindicate their civil law rights. Access to justice implicates central rule of law values. Jeremy Waldron, for example, has argued that both legal certainty as well as opportunities for people to participate in legal institutions are necessary to fulfil the rule of law’s regard for the freedom and dignity of people.6 The right to a fair and public hearing in the determination of legal rights and obligations is recognised internationally as a fundamental human right.7



The Rt Hon Dame Helen Winkelmann at her swearing in as Chief Justice of New Zealand” (Te Kōti Mana Nui | Supreme Court, Wellington, 14 March 2019); New Zealand Bar Association Working Group into Access to Justice Access to Justice

| Āhei ki te Ture (2018); Bridgette Toy-Cronin and others The Wheels of Justice: Understanding the Pace of Civil High Court Cases (Te Whare Wānanga o Ōtākou | University of Otago, 2017); Stephen Kós, Judge of the Court of Appeal of New Zealand “Civil Justice: Haves, Have-nots and What to Do About Them” (speech to the Arbitrators’ and Mediators’ Institute of New Zealand and International Academy of Mediators Conference, Queenstown, March 2016); Geoffrey Venning, Chief Judge of the High Court of New Zealand “Access to Justice – A Constant Quest” (speech to New Zealand Bar Association Conference, Napier, 7 August 2015); Helen Winkelmann, Chief High Court Judge “Access to Justice – Who Needs Lawyers?” (speech to the Annual New Zealand Law Foundation Ethel Benjamin Commemorative Address, Dunedin, 7 November 2014); Rob Stock “Many Kiwis just can’t afford to fight rip-offs and sue companies, Justice Minister says” (2 February 2020) Stuff <www.stuff.co.nz>; Pokapū Ratonga Ture I Legal Services Agency Report on the 2006 National Survey of Unmet Legal Needs and Access to Services (November 2006); Colmar Brunton Legal needs among low income New Zealanders: Research report (5 March 2018); and Colmar Brunton Legal needs among New Zealanders: A general population survey – which includes comparisons with a previous survey of the low income population (13 April 2018).

  1. Jeremy Waldron “The Concept and the Rule of Law” (2008) 43 Ga L Rev 1 at 59. See also Andrew Little, Minister of Justice “Speech to Law Foundation Awards Dinner” (Wellington, 8 December 2017).

7 See for example Universal Declaration of Human Rights GA Res 217A (1948).

  1. Rob Stock “Many Kiwis just can’t afford to fight rip-offs and sue companies, Justice Minister says” (2 February 2020) Stuff <www.stuff.co.nz>. See also The Rules Committee Improving Access to Civil Justice: Initial Consultation with the Legal Profession (Discussion Paper, 16 December 2019) at 7; and Stephen Kós, President of the Court of Appeal “Better Justice” (speech to the Legal Research Foundation Annual General Meeting, Auckland, 20 August 2018).
  2. In 2008, the Rules Committee suggested that civil claims for $150,000 to $200,000 are “quite possibly uneconomic”: Rules Committee Class Actions for New Zealand: A Second Consultation Paper (October 2008) at 7. Others have suggested claims as high as $500,000 may not be economic to bring in the High Court: Letter from Philip Skelton and Tom McKenzie to Rules Committee regarding the “Improving Access to Civil Justice” discussion paper (10 September 2020) at [2].

10 Disputes Tribunal Act 1988, s 10(3).


  1. See High Court Rules 2016, schs 2 and 3; and Bridgette Toy-Cronin “I fought the law and the lawyers won” (22 July 2020) Newsroom <www.newsroom.co.nz>.

12 Legal Services Act 2011, s 45.

13 Legal Services Act 2011, s 10(2); and Legal Services Regulations 2011, reg 5(1)(a)(iii).

  1. See Andrew Ashton “Lawyer shortage biting Hawke’s Bay practices; one offers $25K cash incentive” The New Zealand Herald (online ed, Auckland, 5 February 2018); Kayla Stewart and Bridgette Toy-Cronin The New Zealand Legal Services Mapping Project: Finding Free and Low-Cost Legal Services – Auckland and Otago Pilot Report (University of Otago Legal Issues Centre, May 2018); Samantha Gee “Missing out on civil legal aid a justice issue, lawyers say” (12 August 2018) Stuff <www.stuff.co.nz>; and Te Kāhui Ture o Aotearoa | New Zealand Law Society “Legal aid: the problems and issues” (2018) 923 LawTalk 77. Lawyers are reportedly frustrated by the low level of fees for civil legal aid work. For further discussion, see Steven Zindel “The parlous state of civil access to justice in New Zealand” (2018) 920 LawTalk 54.
  2. See Legal Services Act 2011, ss 18–21 and 40; and Tāhū o te Ture | Ministry of Justice “Do you need to pay back your legal aid?” Justice.govt.nz <www.justice.govt.nz>.
  3. Rob Stock “Many Kiwis just can’t afford to fight rip-offs and sue companies, Justice Minister says” (2 February 2020) Stuff <www.stuff.co.nz>; and Nick Rowles-Davies Third Party Litigation Funding (Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2014) at [1.81].

17 Bill Wilson “Insights from a litigation funder” (2016) 888 LawTalk 27 at 29.


legal issue in common, and at least one of them has the capacity and motivation to commence litigation. Second, litigation funding is only likely to be available in cases which appeal to the commercial priorities of litigation funders. This may pose a significant obstacle to the viability of any class action or other litigation seeking a non-monetary remedy.18

OTHER STUDIES AND OVERSEAS COMPARISONS

Aotearoa New Zealand

Comparable jurisdictions

Class actions



  1. We note some entities may fund cases for philanthropic or strategic reasons: see Kaja Zaleska-Korziuk “When the Good Samaritan Pays: The Phenomenon of Strategic Third-Party Funding” (2018) 18 Asper Rev Int’l Bus & Trade L 160.
  2. The statutory body established by s 51B of the Judicature Act 1908 and continued by s 105 of the Senior Courts Act 2016 to develop rules of procedure for the District Court, High Court, Court of Appeal and Supreme Court.
  3. The Rules Committee has continued to undertake work in this area, including the preparation of draft amendment rules for representative actions.

21 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 10.

  1. Deborah R Hensler “From Sea to Shining Sea: How and Why Class Actions Are Spreading Globally” (2017) 65 U Kan L Rev 965 at 966.

Litigation funding

PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THIS ISSUES PAPER

STRUCTURE OF THIS ISSUES PAPER

(a) In Chapters 2 to 4, we introduce class actions, discuss current mechanisms for group litigation in Aotearoa New Zealand, and identify problems with using the representative actions rule for claims that would be brought as a class action in other jurisdictions.

(b) In Chapters 5 to 7, we then ask whether Aotearoa New Zealand should have a class actions regime. We consider the advantages and disadvantages of class actions and reach the preliminary view that it would be preferable to have a class actions regime rather than maintain the status quo. We are interested to hear views on the desirability of class actions, and the ongoing role of representative actions.

(c) In Chapters 8 to 13, and on the basis of our preliminary view, we then examine what the scope and broad principles for any statutory class actions regime should be. We also invite views on key design principles, such as the threshold requirement legal test for the representative plaintiff, how class membership is determined and the adverse costs rule.

(a) In Chapters 14 to 15, we introduce litigation funding and provide an overview of the litigation funding market and the regulation of litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand. We also discuss approaches to regulation in some overseas jurisdictions.

(b) In Chapter 16, we explain that the current regulatory uncertainty is problematic, and discuss the potential impact of uncertainty on the litigation funding market.

(c) In Chapter 17, we discuss advantages and disadvantages of litigation funding. We express the preliminary view that litigation funding is desirable in principle.

(d) In Chapter 18, we consider and seek views on whether and, if so how, the law of maintenance and champerty should be reformed.

(e) In Chapters 19 to 22, we consider specific concerns with litigation funding in terms of funder control, conflicts of interest, funder profits, and capital adequacy, and how these concerns can best be managed.

(f) In Chapter 23, we ask whether and to what extent the concerns with litigation funding warrant a regulatory response. We consider potential options for the form of regulation and oversight of litigation funding.
















Part A


Class Actions




























2020_4527.png


CHAPTER 2



Introduction to class actions


INTRODUCTION

(a) Define, and summarise the key features of, class actions regimes.

(b) Introduce the class actions regimes of comparable jurisdictions.

(c) Explain the importance of the context of a particular class actions regime.

DEFINITION AND KEY FEATURES OF CLASS ACTIONS

A class action is a legal procedure which enables the claims (or part of the claims) of a number of persons against the same defendant to be determined in the one suit. In a class action, one or more persons (‘representative plaintiff’) may sue on his or her own behalf and on behalf of a number of other persons (‘the class’) who have a claim to a remedy for the same or a similar alleged wrong to that alleged by the representative plaintiff, and who have claims that share questions of law or fact in common with those of the representative plaintiff (‘common issues’). Only the representative plaintiff is a party to the action. The class members are not usually identified as individual parties but are merely described. The class members are bound by the outcome of the litigation on the common issues, whether favourable or adverse to the class, although they do not, for the most part, take any active part in that litigation.




  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 3 drawing on reports by the Australian Law Reform Commission, the South African Law Reform Commission, the Ontario Law Reform Commission and the Alberta Law Reform Commission.

(a) Preliminary court approval is often required before the case can proceed as a class action.

(b) The requirement for a common issue.

(c) The existence of a representative plaintiff or defendant.

(d) The existence of a class of represented persons.

(e) A mechanism to determine membership of the class, typically ‘opt-out’.

(f) The decision on the common issues binds the class.

(g) A method of determining individual issues.

(h) Active court supervision of proceedings.

(i) The court must approve settlement.

(j) Class actions are typically funded by a lawyer or litigation funder.

Preliminary court approval to proceed as a class action

...class actions are sufficiently different from individual proceedings to require a special judicial filter to weed out class actions that are contrary to the interests of the class members, the defendant, or the public.




2 Rachael Mulheron has identified 100 points of class action design: see Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government

(Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 82–93.

3 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 33.

  1. Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 33. Capital Strategic Advisors further notes the lack of detail needed for a class actions regime (under this analogy) in r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016. In particular, r 4.24 says very little about membership, and nothing about management or the allocation of funds.

5 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 281.


regimes, although courts may order that a proceeding no longer continue as a class action where it is not suitable to proceed in this form.

Common issue

Representative plaintiff or defendant


  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 184.
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 275.
  3. Dyczynski v Gibson [2020] FCAFC 120, (2020) 381 ALR 1 at [209] per Murphy and Colvin JJ; and Joseph M McLaughlin McLaughlin on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:27] (citing several United States authorities). See also Poulin v Ford Motor Co of Canada Ltd (2008) 301 DLR (4th) 610 (ONSC) at [62] where the responsibilities of the lead

plaintiff to class members were said to be “akin to that of a fiduciary”.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 291.
  2. For example, there may be an agreement between class members to contribute to any adverse costs award or an indemnity may be provided by a litigation funder or a law firm. We discuss the issue of a representative plaintiff’s costs liability in Chapter 13.

Class of represented persons

Mechanism for determining class membership, typically ‘opt-out’

Decision on common issues binds the class

Methods for determining individual issues

Active court supervision

Settlement approval

Typically funded by a lawyer or litigation funder


  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Access to the Courts — II Class Actions (ALRC Discussion Paper 11, 1979) at [65]. See also Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 446 noting the “activist role” played by class action judges.
  2. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 93; and Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [22.3].
  3. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 6.
  4. See Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 127.
  5. See Kenneth M Kliebard and others “Class/collective actions in the United States: overview” (1 September 2020) Thomson Reuters Practical Law <http://uk.p r acticallaw.thomsonreuters.com> .
  6. In Australia, only Victoria allows contingency fees. Lawyers in Victoria have been permitted to charge contingency fees since 30 June 2020: Justice Legislation Miscellaneous Amendments Act 2020 (Vic), s 5. This followed a

CLASS ACTIONS REGIMES IN COMPARABLE JURISDICTIONS




recommendation made by the Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at Recommendation 7.

  1. Deborah R Hensler “From Sea to Shining Sea: How and Why Class Actions Are Spreading Globally” (2017) 65 U Kan L Rev 965 at 966.
  2. For discussion of the early history of representative actions see John Sorabji “The hidden class action in English civil procedure” (2009) 28 CJQ 498; and Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534 at [19]–[24].
  3. John Sorabji “The hidden class action in English civil procedure” (2009) 28 CJQ 498 at 501. Disadvantages of the complete joinder rule included: providing a formidable barrier to a complainant by requiring them to bring every interested party before the court, increasing the time and expense of litigation by joining a large number of passive parties and making it impractical to bring disputes to court where there were too many interested parties to join: Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534 at [19]–[21].

20 In Duke of Bedford v Ellis [1900] UKLawRpAC 56; [1901] AC 1 (HL) at 8, Lord Macnaghten explained:

Under the old practice the Court required the presence of all parties interested in the matter in suit, in order that a final end might be made of the controversy. But when the parties were so numerous that you never could “come at justice,” to use an expression in one of the older cases, if everybody interested was made a party, the rule was not allowed to stand in the way. It was originally a rule of convenience: for the sake of convenience it was relaxed. Given a common interest and a common grievance, a representative suit was in order if the relief sought was in its nature beneficial to all whom the plaintiff proposed to represent.

  1. With the merger of the common law and equity courts in England, the representative actions rule became codified in r 10 of the Rules of Procedure. These Rules were contained in the schedule to the Supreme Court of Judicature Act 1873 (UK) 36 & 37 Vict c 66.

claims could proceed as representative actions. 22 This resulted in the representative actions rule being rarely used and provided impetus for the development of class actions regimes.23

The United States


  1. In particular, the decision in Markt & Co Ltd v Knight Steamship Co Ltd [1910] UKLawRpKQB 126; [1910] 2 KB 1021 (CA) took a restrictive approach and required class members to show that issues of fact and law were identical between them. Following this case, a plaintiff had to show (a) a common interest arising under a common document; (b) a common grievance; and (c) a remedy beneficial to all the class but not damages: see John Sorabji “The hidden class action in English civil procedure” (2009) 28 CJQ 498 at 508. The influence of this decision on representative action rules in other jurisdictions is referred to in Carnie v Esanda Finance Corp Ltd (1996) 38 NSWLR 465 (NSWSC); and Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 80.

23 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 42–43.

24 It was codified in the Federal Equity Rules of 1842 and 1912. For the 1912 rule, see Equity R 38, 226 US 659 (1912).

25 Arthur R Miller “Keynote Address: The American Class Action – From Birth to Maturity” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 1 at 2.

  1. Graham C Lilly “Modeling Class Actions: The Representative Suit as an Analytic Tool” (2003) 81 Neb L Rev 1008 at 1015; and Tom Ford “The History and Development of Old Rule 23 and the Development of Amended Rule 23” (1966) 32 Antitrust L J 254 at 255.
  2. The true category was defined as involving joint, common or secondary rights; the hybrid category, as involving several rights related to specific property; and the spurious category, as involving several rights affected by a common question and related to common relief: see Tom Ford “The History and Development of Old Rule 23 and the Development of Amended Rule 23” (1966) 32 Antitrust L J 254 at 255–256.
  3. A true class action resembled a traditional representative action in binding all persons with respect to a narrow common issue, while a hybrid class action bound class members to the extent that the action concerned a common property interest, and the spurious class action bound those who intervened. Under a spurious class action, a claim could be brought on behalf of a class by a representative, but members would only be bound if they chose to opt into the procedure, and class members could still seek their own redress if the representative’s claim was unsuccessful: see Mark C Weber “Preclusion and Procedural Due Process in Rule 23(b)(2) Class Actions” (1988) 21 U Mich J L Reform 347 at 348.
  4. Key issues included what constituted a ‘class’, whether members had to be given notice and when absent members would be bound: see Arthur R Miller “Keynote Address: The American Class Action – From Birth to Maturity” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 1 at 3.
  5. Tom Ford “The History and Development of Old Rule 23 and the Development of Amended Rule 23” (1966) 32 Antitrust L J 254 at 257–258.

binding class members on common issues. The 1966 version of FRCP 23 was drafted in a manner which leaves room for judicial discretion and encourages judicial oversight and control of class actions.31 Amendments to the Rule also made it much easier to pursue a class action seeking damages.32 FRCP 23 now sets out four categories of class action:

(a) Cases where bringing individual actions would create a risk of inconsistent or varying adjudications that would establish incompatible standards of conduct for the adverse party.33 This category is often referred to as an ‘incompatible standards’ class action and is said to be rarely used.34

(b) Cases where an individual judgment would be likely to dispose of the interests of the class or would substantially impair or impede their ability to protect their interests.35 This is often referred to as a ‘limited fund’ class action, as this category typically involves a situation where many plaintiffs are otherwise likely to individually sue a single defendant with limited funds.36

(c) Cases where the defendant has acted or refused to act on grounds that apply generally to the class so an injunction or declaration is appropriate with respect to the class as a whole.37 This is referred to as an ‘injunctive’ class action and is the category often used in civil rights class actions.38

(d) Cases where questions of fact and law common to class members predominate over individual matters and where a class action is superior to other methods of fairly and effectively adjudicating the matter.39 This is the most common category for class actions seeking monetary damages and so this category is often called ‘money damages’ class actions.40


  1. Arthur R Miller “Keynote Address: The American Class Action – From Birth to Maturity” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 1 at 7. Note also that the class actions regime contained in Rule 23 is less detailed than subsequent class actions regimes in Canada and Australia.
  2. There were virtually no class actions seeking damages prior to the 1966 reforms: see Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399.

33 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(1)(A).

34 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:1].

35 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(1)(B).

36 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:1].

37 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(2).

38 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:1].

39 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(3).

40 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:1].

  1. Some committee members thought a new liberalised procedure could be useful for attaining statutory remedies for large groups in competition law and securities cases and pursuing small claims in aggregate. Other members opposed liberalisation because of the risk that lawyers would take advantage of class members, while subjecting companies and public bodies to an excessive amount of litigation. See Arthur R Miller “Keynote Address: The American Class Action – From Birth to Maturity” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 1 at 5–6.

as the predominance and superiority requirements, class members were required to be given individual notice and the right to opt out of the proceedings.42 These safeguards were not added to the other categories of class actions as they were thought to be “natural” class actions that did not require special safeguards.43

Australia


42 Arthur R Miller “Keynote Address: The American Class Action – From Birth to Maturity” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 1 at 6.

43 Arthur R Miller “Keynote Address: The American Class Action – From Birth to Maturity” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 1 at 6.

44 See Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 14.

  1. Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 17. Virginia and Mississippi do not have state level class actions regimes. However, claimants can still file federal class actions in both states. See Kenneth M Kliebard and others “Class/collective actions in the United States: overview” (1 September 2020) Thomson Reuters Practical Law <http://uk.p r acticallaw.thomsonreuters.com> .
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Access to the Courts — II Class Actions (ALRC Discussion Paper 11, 1979) at 7–8; and Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 3.

47 See Australian Law Reform Commission Access to the Courts — II Class Actions (ALRC Discussion Paper 11, 1979) at 9.

48 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 34 and 46.

  1. Some matters are also contained in Court Rules and Practice Notes: see Federal Court Rules 2011 (Cth), rr 9.31–9.35; and Federal Court of Australia, Practice Note GPN-CA — Class Actions Practice Note, 20 December 2019.

50 Federal Court of Australia Amendment Act 1991 (Cth).

  1. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [2.9]–[2.18].
  2. Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), pt 10; Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), pt 4A; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), pt 13A; and Civil Proceedings Act 1932 (Tas), pt VII.

53 See Civil Procedure (Representative Proceedings) Bill 2019 (WA).

Canada




54 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 44.

55 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 18, 22–24 and 46.

  1. Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 23–24. See at 46–47 for discussion of other provinces.

57 General Motors of Canada Ltd v Naken [1983] 1 SCR 72.

  1. Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6. Québec’s class actions regime was enacted in 1978 under the Code of Civil Procedure. The Québec regime is substantially different to the other class actions regimes in Canada: see Janet Walker (ed) Class Actions in Canada: Cases, Notes, and Materials (2nd ed, Emond Publishing, Toronto, 2018) at 21.
  2. See Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982); Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982); and Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume III, 1982). The request for the Law Commission to conduct a detailed study of class actions followed a Parliamentary committee determining that the representative action regime was “in a very serious state of disarray”: Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 8.
  3. Janet Walker (ed) Class Actions in Canada: Cases, Notes, and Materials (2nd ed, Emond Publishing, Toronto, 2018) at 21.
  4. The Canadian Supreme Court commented that “the rule, consisting as it does of one sentence of some thirty words, is totally inadequate for employment as the base from which to launch an action of the complexity and uncertainty of this one”: General Motors of Canada Ltd v Naken [1983] 1 SCR 72 at 105.
  5. Report of the Attorney General’s Advisory Committee on Class Action Reform (Ministry of the Attorney General, February 1990); and Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6 (this came into effect on 1 January 1993).

63 Ruth Rodgers Civil Section Documents: A Uniform Class Actions Statute (Uniform Law Conference of Canada, 1995).


regimes were enacted throughout Canada, including at the federal level.64 With two notable exceptions, Canadian class actions regimes are relatively uniform across the common law jurisdictions.65

England and Wales





  1. Namely, Ontario, British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Newfoundland and Labrador, Manitoba, Albert, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia. See Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6; Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50; The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01; Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1; The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130; Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5; Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125; and Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28. The federal regime is contained in the Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, pt 5.1. There is no class actions regime in Prince Edward Island, or the three territories of Nunavut, Yukon, and the Northwest Territories.
  2. There are two key areas of divergence across the different class actions regimes in Canada (excluding Québec). One area concerns adverse costs. Some jurisdictions, such as Ontario, apply a two-way costs shifting rule while others (including British Columbia) apply a no costs rule. The other area concerns whether non-residents can be bound as class members, or whether class members outside of the jurisdiction will need to opt-in to the class action: see Janet Walker (ed) Class Actions in Canada: Cases, Notes, and Materials (2nd ed, Emond Publishing, Toronto, 2018) at 22.

66 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019).

  1. The amending legislation was the Smarter and Stronger Justice Act SO 2020 c 11. As well as implementing some of the Law Commission of Ontario’s recommendations, the Act also amended the certification requirements for class actions. We discuss this in Chapter 10.

68 The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), r 19.6.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 68.

70 The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), r 19.10.

  1. Under a Group Litigation Order the court establishes a group register into which individuals’ claims are entered: see The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), rr 19.10–19.11. Claims entered into the group register may then be managed collectively by the court: rr 19.12 and 19.13.
  2. Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [1-018].

73 The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), r 19.12.


actions regimes lacked utility and flexibility, and criticisms of the United States class actions regime such as claims of excessive legal fees and limited recovery for individuals.74

CONTEXT OF OVERSEAS CLASS ACTIONS REGIMES IS IMPORTANT



  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 68–69.
  2. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008).
  3. Ministry of Justice The Government's Response to the Civil Justice Council's Report: ‘Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions’ (July 2009).
  4. Ministry of Justice The Government's Response to the Civil Justice Council's Report: ‘Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions’ (July 2009) at 3. See further discussion of this in Chapter 8.
  5. These actions are governed by the Competition Act 1998 (UK) and The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK). A competition law specific procedure for collective redress had existed since 2003 under an earlier version of the Competition Act 1998 (UK), s 47B. However, the earlier procedure only allowed for designated organisations to bring claims on behalf of consumers, and only on an opt-in basis. Only one case was ever brought, and only one per cent of affected parties opted into the case: Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [11-002].

79 See “Competition Appeal Tribunal” <www.catribunal.org.uk>.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 53.
  2. Stephen Todd (ed) Todd on Torts (8th ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2019) at [2.1]. See also the Accident Compensation Act 2001, s 317.

in awarding damages, has contributed to substantial damages awards and settlements in some cases.82

82 Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 57–58.

  1. For example, Ontario’s class actions regime provides that the rules of civil procedure apply: Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 35.

84 See High Court Rules 2016, r 14.2.

  1. See Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 437. Note the fact the risk of adverse costs will fall on the representative plaintiff rather than the class as a whole may also create a significant financial disincentive to taking on that role: see Tom Hallett-Hook “Class Actions Under New Zealand’s Representative Rule: Ingenious Solution or Inadequate to the Task?” (LLM Dissertation, University of Toronto, 2015) at 56–57.

86 We discuss these in Chapter 13.

  1. Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 38 and 47.
  2. For instance, Christian Porter QC MP, announcing the Parliamentary Joint Committee into Litigation Funding and Class Actions in Australia said “there is growing concern that the lack of regulation governing the funding industry is leading to poor justice outcomes for those who join class actions”. An opposition spokesperson, Mark Dreyfus QC MP described the inquiry as “a shameless move towards denying justice and fair compensation for ordinary Australians” adding the

critics see it as a “Frankenstein monster”. 89 One factor that may have led to this polarisation is the development of a separate plaintiff bar and defendant bar. In Aotearoa New Zealand, we are aware of some legal firms which act exclusively for either plaintiffs or defendants in representative actions. However, we are aware of other firms which have acted for both plaintiffs and defendants in representative actions. Given the small size of Aotearoa New Zealand, this might continue to be the case if a class actions regime was introduced. We hope this, coupled with the collegial nature of the legal community in Aotearoa New Zealand, might prevent the extreme polarisation that has occurred with class actions in other jurisdictions.









































government was more interested in protecting its “big business mates”: Ben Rigby “Regulatory net tightens over litigation funders as Australian parliament launches class action inquiry” The Global Legal Post (online ed, London, 22 May 2020).

  1. Arthur R Miller “Of Frankenstein Monsters and Shining Knights: Myth, Reality, and the ‘Class Action Problem’” (1979) 92 Harv L Rev 664 at 665. See also Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399 at 406–417.

CHAPTER 3



Group litigation in Aotearoa New Zealand


INTRODUCTION

(a) Representative actions under High Court Rule 4.24 (HCR 4.24).

(b) Civil procedure techniques such as joinder of plaintiffs, consolidation and test cases.

(c) Statutory procedures such as the representation procedure in the Companies Act 1993, claims on behalf of a class in the Human Rights Review Tribunal and procedures in the Employment Relations Act 2000.

(d) Proceedings brought by regulators.

(e) Broader techniques such as public law proceedings.

REPRESENTATIVE ACTIONS UNDER HCR 4.24






  1. We note that the term representative action or representative claim is sometimes used in a broad sense, to include any claim brought in a representative capacity. In this section we focus on representative actions brought under r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016 (and earlier provisions). Later in this chapter, we discuss representative litigation in the broader sense, including Māori collective litigation and judicial review claims.

When there are numerous parties having the same interest in an action, one or more of such parties may sue or be sued, or may be authorized by the Court to defend in such action on behalf of or for the benefit of all parties so interested.

One or more persons may sue or be sued on behalf of, or for the benefit of, all persons with the same interest in the subject matter of a proceeding—

(a) with the consent of the other persons who have the same interest; or

(b) as directed by the court on an application made by a party or intending party to the proceeding.




2 The Code of Civil Procedure in the Supreme Court, r 79 included in sch 2 of the Supreme Court Act 1882.

3 See r 10 of the English Rules of Procedure, in the Supreme Court of Judicature Act 1873 (UK) 36 & 37 Vict c 66.

4 Rule 79 of the Code of Civil Procedure in the Supreme Court (in sch 2 of the Judicature Act 1908) read:

Where there are numerous persons having the same interest in an action, one or more of them may sue or be sued, or may be authorised by the Court to defend, in such action on behalf of or for the benefit of all persons so interested.

5 Rule 78 of the High Court Rules read:

Where two or more persons have the same interest in the subject-matter of a proceeding, one or more of them may, with the consent of the other or others, or by direction of the Court on the application of any party or intending party to the proceeding, sue or be sued in such proceeding on behalf of or for the benefit of all persons so interested.

  1. Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [66]–[67]. See also Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005 at [183].

7 Visini v Cadman [2012] NZCA 122, (2012) 21 PRNZ 70 at [20].

  1. Not all claims indicate whether the case proceeded on the basis of r 4.24(a) or (b) of the High Court Rules 2016. Examples of cases proceeding on the basis of consent are: Lin v Registrar of Companies [2016] NZHC 395; Minister of Education v James Hardie Ltd [2018] NZHC 1481; Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005; and Visini v Cadman [2012] NZCA 122, (2012) 21 PRNZ 70.
  2. See Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [28] where the Court noted the following:

Plainly it was not feasible ... to obtain the consent of every member of the class to a representative claim ... the sheer number would make that impractical in any event.

Numbers of representative actions in the High Court


10 Registered Securities Ltd (in liq) v Westpac Banking Corp (2000) 14 PRNZ 348 (HC) at [27]; and Houghton v Saunders

[2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [100(vii)].

11 Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [661].

  1. Nireaha Tamaki v Baker (1902) 22 NZLR 97 (SC). In that case, the plaintiff had sought to restrain the Commissioner of Crown lands from disposing of land which was claimed to be the property of the Rangitāne iwi. The Court accepted that the plaintiff sued in a representative capacity. The plaintiff subsequently applied to discontinue the proceedings against the wishes of some members of the group. The Court set aside the discontinuance, although its decision was largely based on the 1901 Act rather than general principles applicable to representative actions.
  2. In RJ Flowers Ltd v Burns [1986] NZHC 243; [1987] 1 NZLR 260 (HC) at 266, the Court commented that “[t]here is surprisingly little New Zealand authority as to the correct approach to interpretation” of the representative actions rule.

14 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151.

  1. We wish to acknowledge Nikki Chamberlain’s research on this topic, which was the first empirical study of representative actions in New Zealand: Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 (updated in Nikki Chamberlain and Susan Watson “The Emergence and Reform of the New Zealand Class Action” in Brian T Fitzpatrick and Randall S Thomas (eds) The Cambridge Handbook of Class Actions: An International Survey (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2021) (forthcoming)). Our research has found the same cases, as well as three cases which were subsequent to Chamberlain’s research. Note that our table also includes Stirling v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP161/96, 27 May 1998, which Chamberlain’s research categorises under the Māori Land Court (the citation in her study is: Mansell – Haparangi A4 (2005) 288 Rotorua MB 9 (288 ROT 9)).

cases which refer to having been brought “on a representative basis” or “in a representative capacity”, but without referring to this rule.16 As the basis for these is unclear, we have not included them in this table.
Decade proceeding filed
Cases allowed to proceed as representative actions
Cases where leave to bring a representative action declined
1880s-1970s
317
418
1980s
419
420
1990s
921
322
2000s
1323
224




  1. See for example Mawson v Auckland Area Health Board [1991] NZHC 2266; [1991] 3 NZLR 599 (HC); Wellington City Council v Woolworths New Zealand Ltd (No 2) [1996] 2 NZLR 537 (CA); and Bounty Oil & Gas NL v Attorney-General [2010] NZAR 120 (HC).
  2. Nireaha Tamaki v Baker (1902) 22 NZLR 97 (SC); Mundy v Cunningham [1973] 1 NZLR 555 (SC); and Hill v The Wellington Co-operative Taxi Owner-Drivers’ Society Ltd HC Wellington A4/75, 3 February 1988.
  3. Hohepa v Abbott [1909] NZGazLawRp 81; (1909) 29 NZLR 213 (SC); Take Kerekere v Cameron [1920] NZLR 302 (SC); Morgan v Taranaki Farmers’ Meat Co Ltd [1925] NZLR 513 (SC); and Derby v Pukeikura [1935] NZGazLawRp 19; [1935] 35 GLR 205 (SC).
  4. RJ Flowers Ltd v Burns [1986] NZHC 243; [1987] 1 NZLR 260 (HC); Overseas Containers Ltd v Geo H Scales Ltd HC Wellington CP395/86, 22 September 1986; The New Zealand Meat Industry Assoc v The Accident Compensation Corporation HC Wellington CP275/87, 19 October 1987; and Taspac Oysters Ltd v James Hardie & Co Pty Ltd [1990] 1 NZLR 442 (HC).
  5. Clarke v Clarke HC Auckland M354/86, 2 December 1987; Poverty Bay Electric Power Board v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP552/87, 5 November 1987; Hawke’s Bay Bulk Gas Users Group v Commerce Commission [1987] NZHC 272; (1988) 4 NZCLC 64,147 (HC); and Dakin v Goldcorp Exchange Ltd (in rec) [1988] NZHC 1124; (1988) 4 NZCLC 64,675 (HC).
  6. Howick Engineering Ltd v Manukau City Council HC Auckland CP2021/91, 11 August 1992; Talley’s Fisheries Ltd v Minister of Immigration [1994] NZHC 1689; (1994) 7 PRNZ 469 (HC); Ankers v Attorney-General [1995] NZHC 125; (1995) 8 PRNZ 455 (HC); Purdue v Boyd Knight (1998) 8 NZCLC 261,720 (HC); Wanganui District Council v Tangaroa [1995] 2 NZLR 706 (HC); Stirling v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP161/96, 27 May 1998 (note that although the judgment does not refer to HCR 78, this appears to have been the basis for the representative orders); Devcich v Cowley Stanich & Co (1997) 11 PRNZ 47 (HC); Registered Securities Ltd (in liq) v Westpac Banking Corp (2000) 14 PRNZ 348 (HC); and Hedley v Kiwi Co-Operative Dairies Ltd (2000) 15 PRNZ 210 (HC).
  7. Thomas v Bolger (No 1) [2002] NZAR 945 (HC); Lawson v Housing New Zealand [1996] NZHC 1528; [1997] 2 NZLR 474 (HC); and Ryder v Treaty of Waitangi Fisheries Commission [1998] 1 NZLR 761 (HC).
  8. Whakatane District Council v Keepa HC Rotorua M7/00, 27 June 2000; ‘Akau’Ola v The President of the Conference of the Methodist Church of New Zealand HC Auckland CP183/SW01, 5 December 2001; Erris Promotions Ltd v Commissioner of Inland Revenue [2004] 1 NZLR 811 (HC); Jones v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP175/02, 8 July 2003; Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005; Paki v Attorney-General [2008] NZHC 2435; [2009] 1 NZLR 72 (HC); Stickland v Drummond HC Auckland CIV-2006-404-3078, 13 May 2008; Healthcare Providers New Zealand Inc v Northland District Health Board HC Wellington CIV-2007-485-1814, 7 December 2007; Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC); Harding v LDC Finance Ltd (in rec) HC Christchurch

CIV-2008-409-1140, 19 November 2009; Accent Management Ltd v Commissioner of Inland Revenue [2010] NZHC 305; (2010) 24 NZTC 24,126 (HC); Blue Star Taxis (Christchurch) Society Ltd v Gold Band Taxis (Christchurch) Society Ltd HC Christchurch CIV-2009-409-2921, 19 November 2010; and Wu v Body Corporate 366611 [2011] NZHC 561; [2011] 2 NZLR 837 (HC).

  1. Beggs v Attorney-General [2006] NZHC 871; (2006) 18 PRNZ 214 (HC); and Maranatha Ltd v Tourism Transport Ltd HC Auckland CIV-2006-404-6431, 3 April 2007.

Decade proceeding filed
Cases allowed to proceed as representative actions
Cases where leave to bring a representative action declined
2010s
1525
526
Total
44
18



  1. Cadman v Visini (2011) 3 NZTR 21-011 (HC); Cooper v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2013] NZHC 2827; LDC Finance Ltd (in rec and in liq) v Miller [2013] NZHC 2993; Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69; Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2016] NZHC 2451, (2016) 23 PRNZ 281; Vlaar v van der Lubbe [2016] NZHC 2398, (2016) 4 NZTR 26-022; Lin v Registrar of Companies [2016] NZHC 395; The Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2016] NZHC 3105; Minister of Education v James Hardie Ltd [2018] NZHC 1481; Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2018] NZHC 3288; Smith v Claims Resolution Service Ltd [2019] NZHC 127; Paine v Carter Holt Harvey Ltd [2019] NZHC 478; Scott v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2020] NZHC

906; Livingstone v CBL Corp Ltd CIV-2019-404-2727 (ongoing proceedings); and TEA Custodians Ltd v Wells CIV-2019- 485-642 (ongoing proceedings). We are also aware of a representative action which was filed in 2020 (a shareholder representative action relating to Intueri Education Group) but we understand the court has not yet decided whether this can proceed under r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016: see Reweti Kohere “Let Intueri class action go to trial, defendants argue” The National Business Review (New Zealand, 24 November 2020).

  1. Matthews v Memelink [2012] NZHC 2284; Kapiti High Voltage Coalition Inc v Kapiti Coast District Council [2012] NZHC 2058; About Image Ltd v Advaro Ltd [2017] NZHC 3264; Ngai Te Hapu Inc v Bay of Plenty Regional Council [2018] NZHC 936; and Tahi Enterprises Ltd v Taua [2018] NZHC 516.

27 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC).

28 Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 74.

  1. Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC); Cooper v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2013] NZHC 2827; Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69; Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2016] NZHC 2451, (2016) 23 PRNZ 281; The Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2016] NZHC 3105; Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2018] NZHC 3288; Paine v Carter Holt Harvey Ltd [2019] NZHC 478; Scott v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2020] NZHC 906; Livingstone v CBL Corp Ltd CIV-2019-404- 2727 (ongoing proceedings); and TEA Custodians Ltd v Wells CIV-2019-485-642 (ongoing proceedings). The claim against Intueri Education (referred to at n 25 above) is also supported by a litigation funder.

30 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151.


receive a share of any compensation achieved. The arrival of litigation funders has been said to facilitate consumer representative actions in particular.31

Type of legal claim



31 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 152.

32 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151.

33 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [51].

34 Ngā Kōti o Aotearoa | Courts of New Zealand “Annual Statistics for the High Court 31 December 2019”

<www.courtsofnz.govt.nz>.

  1. For example in one case, 13,500 bank customers registered to participate in the claim: Cooper v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2013] NZHC 2827 at [1]. Another case involved a group of 800 investors: LDC Finance Ltd v Miller [2016] NZHC 567 at [1].
  2. This largely replicates the categories used by Nikki Chamberlain in her empirical study: Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132. We note this categorisation is somewhat broad brush and some cases could fit into more than one category. For example, Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005 is in the general commercial category. The causes of action were judicial review, breach of statutory duty and negligence.
  3. Note there are also some cases involving a Government party in the ‘consumer’ category, namely: The Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2016] NZHC 3105; Minister of Education v James Hardie Ltd [2018] NZHC 1481; and Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2018] NZHC 3288.
  4. Howick Engineering Ltd v Manukau City Council HC Auckland CP2021/91, 11 August 1992; Talley’s Fisheries Ltd v Minister of Immigration [1994] NZHC 1689; (1994) 7 PRNZ 469 (HC); Ankers v Attorney-General [1995] NZHC 125; (1995) 8 PRNZ 455 (HC); Jones v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP175/02, 8 July 2003; Healthcare Providers New Zealand Inc v Northland District Health Board HC Wellington CIV-2007-485-1814, 7 December 2007; and Accent Management Ltd v Commissioner of Inland Revenue

(a) Māori land claims.39

(b) Taxation, rates and ACC levies.40

(c) Social security.41

(d) Immigration.42

(e) Negligence.43

(f) Contractual issues.44




[2010] NZHC 305; (2010) 24 NZTC 24,126 (HC). In addition, one of the claims in the ‘general commercial’ category included a judicial review claim: Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005. We note that judicial review claims are often brought on a representative basis without seeking a formal order under r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016. We discuss this later in this chapter.

  1. Nireaha Tamaki v Baker (1902) 22 NZLR 97 (SC); Wanganui District Council v Tangaroa [1995] 2 NZLR 706 (HC); Stirling v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP161/96, 27 May 1998; and Paki v Attorney-General [2008] NZHC 2435; [2009] 1 NZLR 72 (HC). As well as these cases brought under earlier versions of HCR 78, there are many cases where a Māori chief has represented a group of claimants without obtaining a formal representation order. We discuss this later in this chapter.
  2. Erris Promotions Ltd v Commissioner of Inland Revenue [2004] 1 NZLR 811 (HC); Accent Management Ltd v Commissioner of Inland Revenue [2010] NZHC 305; (2010) 24 NZTC 24,126 (HC); The New Zealand Meat Industry Assoc v The Accident Compensation Corporation HC Wellington CP275/87, 19 October 1987; and Howick Engineering Ltd v Manukau City Council HC Auckland CP2021/91, 11 August 1992.
  3. Ankers v Attorney-General [1995] NZHC 125; (1995) 8 PRNZ 455 (HC); and Jones v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP175/02, 8 July 2003.

42 Talley’s Fisheries Ltd v Minister of Immigration [1994] NZHC 1689; (1994) 7 PRNZ 469 (HC).

43 Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69.

  1. Healthcare Providers New Zealand Inc v Northland District Health Board HC Wellington CIV-2007-485-1814, 7 December 2007.
  2. Purdue v Boyd Knight (1998) 8 NZCLC 261,720 (HC); Devcich v Cowley Stanich & Co (1997) 11 PRNZ 47 (HC); Registered Securities Ltd (in liq) v Westpac Banking Corp (2000) 14 PRNZ 348 (HC); Stickland v Drummond HC Auckland CIV- 2006-404-3078, 13 May 2008; Harding v LDC Finance Ltd (in rec) HC Christchurch CIV-2008-409-1140, 19 November

2009; LDC Finance Ltd (in rec and in liq) v Miller [2013] NZHC 2993; and Scott v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2020] NZHC 906.

46 Hedley v Kiwi Co-Operative Dairies Ltd (2000) 15 PRNZ 210 (HC); Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC);

Livingstone v CBL Corp Ltd CIV-2019-404-2727 (ongoing proceedings); and TEA Custodians Ltd v Wells CIV-2019-485- 642 (ongoing proceedings).

  1. RJ Flowers Ltd v Burns [1986] NZHC 243; [1987] 1 NZLR 260 (HC); Overseas Containers Ltd v Geo H Scales Ltd HC Wellington CP395/86, 22 September 1986; Taspac Oysters Ltd v James Hardie & Co Pty Ltd [1990] 1 NZLR 442 (HC); Lin v Registrar of Companies [2016] NZHC 395; Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003- 485-2724, 6 December 2005; Blue Star Taxis (Christchurch) Society Ltd v Gold Band Taxis (Christchurch) Society Ltd HC Christchurch CIV-2009-409-2921, 19 November 2010; Wu v Body Corporate 366611 [2011] NZHC 561; [2011] 2 NZLR 837 (HC); and Smith v Claims Resolution Service Ltd [2019] NZHC 127.

Outcome of representative actions

(a) In 12 cases, the plaintiff obtained a successful judgment in its favour.53 In most cases, the remedy was a declaration, although there are two cases where the court awarded damages.54

(b) In eight cases, the defendant successfully defended the action.55





  1. Minister of Education v James Hardie Ltd [2018] NZHC 1481; Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2016] NZHC 2451, (2016) 23 PRNZ 281; and Paine v Carter Holt Harvey Ltd [2019] NZHC 478.
  2. The Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2016] NZHC 3105; and Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2018] NZHC 3288.

50 Cooper v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2013] NZHC 2827.

  1. Hill v The Wellington Co-operative Taxi Owner-Drivers’ Society Ltd HC Wellington A4/75, 3 February 1988; ‘Akau’Ola v The President of the Conference of the Methodist Church of New Zealand HC Auckland CP183/SW01, 26 June 2001; Cadman v Visini (2011) 3 NZTR 21-011 (HC); and Vlaar v van der Lubbe [2016] NZHC 2398, (2016) 4 NZTR 26-022.
  2. Mundy v Cunningham [1973] 1 NZLR 555 (SC); and Whakatane District Council v Keepa HC Rotorua M7/00, 27 June 2000. As discussed below, there has also been one representative action in the Environment Court: Norton v Marlborough District Council EnvC Christchurch C017/09, 30 March 2009.
  3. Mundy v Cunningham [1973] 1 NZLR 555 (SC); Howick Engineering Ltd v Manukau City Council HC Auckland CP2021/91, 11 August 1992; Talley’s Fisheries Ltd v Minister of Immigration HC Wellington CP201/93, 10 October 1995; Ankers v Attorney-General [1995] NZHC 125; (1995) 8 PRNZ 455 (HC); Wanganui District Council v Tangaroa [1995] 2 NZLR 706 (HC); Whakatane District Council v Keepa [2002] BCL 174 (HC); Healthcare Providers New Zealand Inc v Northland District Health Board HC Wellington CIV-2007-485-1814, 7 December 2007; Eaton v LDC Finance Ltd (in rec) [2012] NZHC 1105 (an appeal was subsequently filed and then the matter was settled: see Eaton v LDC Finance Ltd [2013] NZHC 728); Wu v Body Corporate 366611 [2011] NZHC 561; [2011] 2 NZLR 837 (HC); aff’d [2014] NZSC 137, [2015] 1 NZLR 215; Vlaar v van der Lubbe [2016] NZHC 2398, (2016) 4 NZTR 26-022; Lin v Registrar of Companies [2016] NZHC 395; and Houghton v Saunders [2018] NZSC 74, [2019] 1 NZLR 1 (note that this case was set down for a ‘stage two’ hearing to determine damages, however, the

case was struck out due to the failure to meet a security for costs order. The High Court’s decision to strike out the case has been appealed to the Court of Appeal and a decision is pending).

  1. Eaton v LDC Finance Ltd (in rec) [2012] NZHC 1105 (as noted above, the defendant appealed this case and it was subsequently settled); and Wu v Body Corporate 366611 [2011] NZHC 561; [2011] 2 NZLR 837 (HC).
  2. Accident Compensation Corporation v New Zealand Meat Industry Assoc [1987] NZCA 107; [1988] 1 NZLR 1 (CA); Boyd Knight v Purdue [1999] NZCA 347; [1999] 2 NZLR 278 (CA); Hedley v Kiwi Co-operative Dairies Ltd HC Palmerston North CP24/99, 21 December 2001; aff’d CA104/02, 18 December 2002; Palu v Conference of the Methodist Church of New Zealand (2003) 1 NZTR 13-008 (HC); Erris Promotions Ltd v Commissioner of Inland Revenue [2004] 1 NZLR 811 (HC); Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd v Saxmere Co Ltd [2010] NZCA 513, [2011] 2 NZLR 442; Paki v Attorney-General [2012] NZSC 50, [2012] 3 NZLR 277; and Accent Management Ltd v Commissioner of Inland Revenue [2010] NZHC 305; (2010) 24 NZTC 24,126 (HC).

(c) There are 15 cases where there is no substantive judgment and it is likely that the matter was settled.56

(d) There are nine cases still proceeding through the courts.57

How representative actions have been funded








  1. RJ Flowers Ltd v Burns [1986] NZHC 243; [1987] 1 NZLR 260 (HC); Taspac Oysters Ltd v James Hardie & Co Pty Ltd HC Auckland CL104/88, 23 May 1990 (this refers to the matter being resolved with a payment into court); Overseas Containers Ltd v Geo H Scales Ltd HC Wellington CP395/86, 22 September 1986; Hill v The Wellington Co-operative Taxi Owner-Drivers’ Society Ltd HC Wellington A4/75, 3 February 1988; Stirling v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP161/96, 29 September 2004 (sealed judgment of Miller J); Devcich v Cowley Stanich & Co (1997) 11 PRNZ 47 (HC); Registered Securities Ltd (in liq) v Westpac Banking Corp (2000) 14 PRNZ 348 (HC); Jones v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP175/02, 8 July 2003; Stickland v Drummond HC Auckland CIV-2006-404-3078, 13 May 2008; Blue Star Taxis (Christchurch) Society Ltd v Gold Band Taxis (Christchurch) Society Ltd HC Christchurch CIV-2009-409-2921, 19 November 2010; Cadman v Visini (2011) 3 NZTR 21-011 (HC); Cooper v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2013] NZHC 2827; LDC Finance Ltd (in rec and in liq)

v Miller [2013] NZHC 2993; The Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2016] NZHC 3105 (in this case, the parties agreed to a mediation process led by Sir Graham Panckhurst: see Liz MacDonald “Southern Response quake claimants withdraw class action” (15 May 2018) Stuff <www.stuff.co.nz>); and Minister of Education v James Hardie Ltd [2018] NZHC 1481 (the settlement is discussed in Victoria Young “Education Ministry, Carter Holt cut deal over leaky schools” (9 October 2020) BusinessDesk <http://businessdesk.co.nz> ).

  1. These cases are: Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General; Cridge v Studorp Ltd; Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd; Smith v Claims Resolution Service Ltd; Paine v Carter Holt Harvey Ltd; Scott v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd; Livingstone v CBL Corp Ltd CIV-2019-404-2727 (ongoing proceedings); TEA Custodians Ltd v Wells CIV- 2019-485-642 (ongoing proceedings); and Houghton v Saunders (this case was struck out by the High Court on 14 July 2020 although this decision has been appealed to the Court of Appeal: see Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [92]; and Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 2030 at [3]).
  2. Lawyers and Conveyancers Act 2006, ss 333 and 334. See also Lawyers and Conveyancers Act (Lawyers: Conduct and Client Care) Rules 2008, rr 9.8–10.

Representative actions in other courts



  1. See Whakatane District Council v Keepa HC Rotorua M7/00, 27 June 2000 at [10] (in that case, legal aid was granted to a representative defendant). We are also aware of one case in which an applicant who unsuccessfully sought a representation order under HCR 78 sought legal aid (Ryder v Treaty of Waitangi Fisheries Commission [1998] 1 NZLR 761 (HC)). In Glancy v Legal Services Agency [2003] NZCA 298; (2003) 17 PRNZ 168 (CA), the Court of Appeal held that s 10(4) of the Legal Services Act 2000 (the equivalent of s 12(4) of the Legal Services Act 2011) did not apply to the case because of the lack of jurisdiction to make a representation order: at [37].
  2. Section 12(4) of the Legal Services Act 2011 requires an application for civil legal aid to be refused in relation to litigation in which several people have the same interest if this would not seriously prejudice the interests of the applicant or it would be proper for other persons having that interest to pay for the proceedings.

61 Employment Court Regulations 2000, reg 6(2)(a)(ii). In a recent case, the Court said it was common ground that HCR

4.24 applied in the Employment Court by virtue of this regulation: McCook v Chief Executive of the Inland Revenue Department [2020] NZEmpC 109 at [109]. See also Employment Relations Act 2000, s 212 (and its predecessor, Employment Contracts Act 1991, s 130). In Chapman v Waitemata Stevedoring Services Ltd (No 2) [1992] NZEmpC 219; [1992] 3 ERNZ 756, the plaintiff relied on HCR 78 and both parties accepted that the High Court Rules applied by virtue of s 130(2) of the Employment Contracts Act 1991. In that case, the Employment Court declined the application for a representation order on the basis that the union did not have the same interest in the subject matter as those it sought to represent.

  1. Fire Service Commission v Duncan [1995] NZEmpC 36; [1995] 1 ERNZ 169 (EmpC); Andersen v Capital Coast Health Ltd [2000] NZEmpC 74; [2000] 1 ERNZ 256 (EmpC); Hyndman v Air New Zealand Ltd [1991] NZEmpC 27; [1992] 1 ERNZ 820 (EmpC); New Zealand Air Line Pilots Assoc IUOW v Mount Cook Group Ltd [1992] 3 ERNZ 355 (EmpC); Dwyer v Air New Zealand Ltd (No 2) [1996] 2 ERNZ 435 (EmpC); New Zealand Seafarers’ Union Inc v Silver Fern Shipping Ltd [1998] NZEmpC 186; [1998] 3 ERNZ 768 (EmpC); and Ranchhod v Auckland Healthcare Services Ltd EmpC Auckland AEC161/99, 16 December 1999.
  2. Fire Service Commission v Duncan [1995] NZEmpC 36; [1995] 1 ERNZ 169 (EmpC); and Andersen v Capital Coast Health Ltd [2000] NZEmpC 74; [2000] 1 ERNZ 256 (EmpC).
  3. New Zealand Air Line Pilots Assoc IUOW v Mount Cook Group Ltd [1992] 3 ERNZ 355 (EmpC); Dwyer v Air New Zealand Ltd (No 2) [1996] 2 ERNZ 435 (EmpC); Ranchhod v Auckland Healthcare Services Ltd EmpC Auckland AEC161/99, 16 December 1999; Hyndman v Air New Zealand Ltd [1991] NZEmpC 27; [1992] 1 ERNZ 820 (EmpC); and New Zealand Seafarers’ Union Inc v Silver Fern Shipping Ltd [1998] NZEmpC 186; [1998] 3 ERNZ 768 (EmpC). Note that in the first three of these cases, HCR 78 is said to apply by analogy.
  4. We note that in one recent case, the Employment Court declined to allow a case to proceed as a representative action pursuant to r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016 on the basis that there was insufficient commonality of interest between the plaintiffs and those they wished to represent and it would not be in the interests of justice: McCook v Chief Executive of the Inland Revenue Department [2020] NZEmpC 109 at [141].

66 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151.

Development of the law on HCR 4.24

(a) The threshold test for allowing a case to proceed as a representative action, including the same interest test.

(b) Whether claims for damages should be allowed.

(c) The effect of a representative action on limitation periods.

(d) Whether an opt-in or opt-out approach should be used to determine membership of the represented group.

(e) The court’s role when a litigation funder is funding a representative action.

Threshold legal test for allowing a claim to proceed as a representative action


  1. Previous rules are District Court Rules 2009, r 3.33.5 (which simply imported r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016); and District Court Rules 1992, r 80.
  2. Norton v Marlborough District Council EnvC Christchurch C017/09, 30 March 2009. Resource Management Act 1991, s 278 provides that the Environment Court and Environment Judges have the same powers that the District Court has in the exercise of its civil jurisdiction.
  3. For details of grants made under the Environmental Legal Assistance Fund, see Manatū Mō Te Taiao I Ministry for the Environment “Previous Environmental Legal Assistance Fund applications” (9 December 2019) <www.mfe.govt.nz>.
  4. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [14].
  5. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 78. As we noted in chapter 2, in Markt & Co Ltd v Knight Steamship Co Ltd [1910] UKLawRpKQB 126; [1910] 2 KB 1021 (CA), the English Court of Appeal took a very restrictive approach to this question, requiring class members to show that issues of fact and law were identical between them. This case is said to have set back the development and application of the representative action through the 20th century: John Sorabji “The hidden class action in English civil procedure” (2009) 28 CJQ 498.

interpretation of the same interest requirement.72 This approach can be traced back to the 1987 decision of RJ Flowers v Burns, where the High Court proposed that a liberal approach to representative actions would best align with the objectives of the HCR:73

...if injustice can be avoided, the rule can and should be applied to serve the interests of expedition and economy, both indeed the underlying reason for its existence... The traditional concern to ensure that representative actions are not to be allowed to work injustice must be kept constantly in mind. Subject to those restraints however the rule should be applied and developed to meet modern requirements.

“The same interest” must mean that, subject to other considerations, the more the parties have in common, the more the strength of that facet of the application. Greater precision is unattainable.




  1. See Tom Hallett-Hook “Class Actions Under New Zealand’s Representative Rule: Ingenious Solution or Inadequate to the Task?” (LLM Dissertation, University of Toronto, 2015) at 10–11.

73 RJ Flowers Ltd v Burns [1986] NZHC 243; [1987] 1 NZLR 260 (HC) at 271.

74 Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [10]–[12].

  1. Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [13] citing RJ Flowers Ltd v Burns [1986] NZHC 243; [1987] 1 NZLR 260 (HC) and Taspac Oysters Ltd v James Hardie & Co Pty Ltd [1990] 1 NZLR 442 (HC). The Court of Appeal endorsed the availability of the representative action in such cases provided that: (a) it did not confer a right of action on a class member who could not have asserted that right in separate proceedings or prevent a defence a defendant may have had available in a separate proceeding; (b) there was an interest shared in common with all members of the group; and

(c) permitting the plaintiff to sue in a representative capacity was for the benefit of the other members of the class.

76 Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [19].

77 Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541.

  1. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [129]–[130] per McGrath, Glazebrook and Arnold JJ citing RJ Flowers Ltd v Burns [1986] NZHC 243; [1987] 1 NZLR 260 (HC) and High Court Rules 2016, r 1.2.

79 Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [2] per Elias CJ and Anderson J citing

John v Rees [1970] Ch 345 (Ch) at 370.


of some substantial issue of law or fact”.80 The minority judgment also commented that it was sufficient if the party and those represented have the same interest in the subject matter of the proceeding and there is no requirement for identical claims or even the same cause of action.81

(a) The rule should be applied to serve the interests of expedition and judicial economy, a key underlying reason for its existence being efficiency. A single determination of issues that are common to members of a class of claimants reduces costs, eliminates duplication of effort and avoids the risk of inconsistent findings.

(b) Access to justice is also an important consideration. Representative actions make affordable otherwise unaffordable claims that would be beyond the means of any individual claimant. Further, they deter potential wrongdoers by disabusing them of the assumption that minor but widespread harm will not result in litigation.

(c) Under the rule, the test is whether the parties to be represented have the same interest in the proceeding as the named parties.

(d) The words ‘same interest’ extend to a significant common interest in the resolution of any question of law or fact arising in the proceeding.

(e) A representative order can be made notwithstanding that it relates only to some of the issues in the claim. It is not necessary that the common question make a complete resolution of the case, or even liability, possible.

(f) It must be for the benefit of the other members of the class that the plaintiff is able to sue in a representative capacity.

(g) The court should take a liberal and flexible approach in determining whether there is a common interest.

(h) The requisite commonality of interest is not a high threshold and the court should be wary of looking for impediments to the representative action rather than being facilitative of it.

(i) A representative action should not be allowed in circumstances that would deprive a defendant of a defence it could have relied on in a separate proceeding against one or more members of the class, or conversely allow a member of the class to succeed where they would not have succeeded had they brought an individual claim.



  1. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [2] per Elias CJ and Anderson J citing Carnie v Esanda Finance Corp Ltd [1995] HCA 9; (1995) 182 CLR 398 at 408 per Brennan J. See also the judgment of Mason CJ, Deane and Dawson JJ at 404 and the judgment of McHugh J at 427.

81 Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [55] per Elias CJ and Anderson J.

  1. Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [11] (references omitted). The Court of Appeal also cited these principles in Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [51].

assessment of the merits of the claim was also required.83 We discuss this further in Chapter 10.

Claims for damages


  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [15]–[16].

84 Markt & Co Ltd v Knight Steamship Co Ltd [1910] UKLawRpKQB 126; [1910] 2 KB 1021 (CA).

85 Take Kerekere v Cameron [1920] NZLR 302 (SC).

86 RJ Flowers Ltd v Burns [1986] NZHC 243; [1987] 1 NZLR 260 (HC) at 271.

  1. Taspac Oysters Ltd v James Hardie & Co Pty Ltd [1990] 1 NZLR 442 (HC) at 446–447 citing Prudential Assurance Co Ltd v Newman Industries Ltd [1981] Ch 229 (Ch). Taspac has since been cited as authority for the possibility of separate proceedings for damages on the basis of the declaration of liability in the representative action: for example, see Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [14].
  2. Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005 at [179].
  3. Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005 at [182].
  4. Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [14] citing Taspac Oysters Ltd v James Hardie & Co Pty Ltd [1990] 1 NZLR 442 (HC) at 446.

Aotearoa New Zealand.91 The appellants had argued that representative proceedings for damages were “exceptional” and were only appropriate where total liability could be readily established as a global sum and the amount due to individuals was uncontested. This argument was unanimously rejected by the Court as being a narrow approach which was unsupported by the authorities.92 Both the majority and minority judgments held that a representative action is not restricted to dealing with common issues, and that group members are not required to file separate proceedings to determine individual issues such as damages. Requiring the filing of separate proceedings or applications for joinder to the representative proceedings would negate the advantages of a representative action. 93

Limitation periods






  1. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [8] per Elias CJ and Anderson J and at [129] and [146] per McGrath, Glazebrook and Arnold JJ.
  2. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [122]–[123] and [129] per McGrath, Glazebrook and Arnold JJ and at [57]–[60] per Elias CJ and Anderson J.
  3. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [8], [56] and [59] per Elias CJ and Anderson J and at [147] and [158] per McGrath, Glazebrook and Arnold JJ.

94 Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [128] and [168].

95 Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [168].

96 Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [10], [65]–[68] and [83].


regardless of whether the court allows it to continue on that basis or not.97 The Court held that:98

... when time stopped running under the Limitation Act for the representative owners, it stopped for everyone else on whose behalf they purported to sue and that remained the case regardless of whether a representative order was later made or not.

Opt-in and opt-out proceedings


97 Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [82]–[83].

98 Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [86].

99 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [82].

  1. For example in Ankers v Attorney-General [1995] NZHC 125; (1995) 8 PRNZ 455 (HC), the plaintiff was granted an order allowing her to act on behalf of herself and 65,000 other applicants for a Special Benefit. In Talley’s Fisheries Ltd v Minister of Immigration [1994] NZHC 1689; (1994) 7 PRNZ 469 (HC), Sealord was appointed as a representative defendant to represent 4,500 foreign crew members.

101 See Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [21], [23] and [26].

102 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [165].

  1. Note that in Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541, the majority appeared to accept that both opt-in and opt-out orders were available, but this was not an issue the Court needed to decide: see

[163] and [168].

104 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2018] NZHC 3288.

105 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [81] and [111].

106 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [89].

107 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [90]–[101].

Court approval of settlement

Court’s role in cases involving litigation funding















108 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [82].

109 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [83] and [101].

110 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [82].

  1. See Eaton v LDC Finance Ltd [2013] NZHC 728 and Stirling v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP161/96, 29 September 2004 (sealed judgment of Miller J). Another possible example is Mawson v Auckland Area Health Board HC Auckland CP2018/87, 8 July 1993 (as we have noted earlier in this chapter, this case is not included in our list of 44 cases as it is unclear whether HCR 78 was the basis for the representative claim). See also Ranchhod v Auckland Healthcare Services Ltd (No 2) [2001] NZEmpC 202; [2001] ERNZ 771 (EmpC) where the Employment Court approved the settlement of a representative action.
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [76(a)].
  3. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [85]. See also Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [77]–[82].

Benefits of representative actions under HCR 4.24

...it is when the individual claims are small that the r 4.24 procedure provides the clearest benefits. It enables the individual to seek vindication of his or her rights, even though it would be uneconomic to do so if it were forced to bring its own claim.





  1. See Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [11(b)]; Smith v Claims Resolution Service Ltd [2019] NZHC 127 at [38] (noting the evidence given by the representative plaintiff and other group members that they would be unable to afford to bring separate proceedings against the defendants). See also Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [55] where the Court of Appeal commented: “We also weigh that the r 4.24 procedure will enable claimants to pursue the good faith claims which while otherwise uneconomic, are of importance to them”.
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [48].

116 See Chapter 1.

  1. Cooper v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2013] NZHC 2827. The claim related to an average fee of $15 that customers were charged as an honour or dishonour fee, credit card late payment fee or credit card over limit fee. See Gareth Vaughan “Parties behind ‘largest class action in NZ’s history’, taken against major banks, stand to pocket up to NZ$250 mln” (11 March 2013) Interest <www.interest.co.nz>.

118 Smith v Claims Resolution Service Ltd [2019] NZHC 127 at [35].

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [3] and [44].
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [48].

(a) Civil procedure techniques such as joinder of plaintiffs, consolidation of proceedings and test cases.

(b) Specific statutory procedures for bringing group proceedings in different circumstances such as the representation procedure in the Companies Act 1993, claims on behalf of a class in the Human Rights Review Tribunal and procedures under the Employment Relations Act 2000.

(c) Proceedings by regulators including the Commerce Commission and the Financial Markets Authority.

(d) Broader techniques such as judicial review proceedings, Māori collective action procedures and non-court processes.

CIVIL PROCEDURE TECHNIQUES FOR BRINGING GROUP CLAIMS

Joinder of plaintiffs

(a) they are alleging a right to relief with respect to the same matter;123 and (b) if each plaintiff brought a separate proceeding, a common question of law or fact would arise.124 Commentary suggests that if plaintiffs are entitled to join as plaintiffs under HCR 4.2, they


  1. See for example Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [38] and [54]; Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [39]; and Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [12].
  2. Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [32]. See also Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [158] per McGrath, Glazebrook and Arnold JJ.
  3. Or the same transaction, event, instrument, document, series of documents, enactment, or bylaw: High Court Rules 2016, r 4.2(1)(a).
  4. High Court Rules 2016, r 4.2(1)(b). Rules 4.1, 4.3 and 4.56 are also relevant. See Smith v Noble Investments Ltd [2017] NZHC 477 at [7], observing that when considering the procedural regime for joinder of parties, these rules must all be read together.

can simply list themselves as plaintiffs in the claim. If an intending plaintiff falls outside this rule or wishes to be added after the proceedings have commenced, then it will be necessary to make an application under High Court Rule 4.56.125 The High Court has traditionally taken a liberal approach to joinder of plaintiffs.126

Consolidation and other orders under HCR 10.12






  1. Andrew Beck Civil Procedure – A to Z of New Zealand Law (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [13.3.6.5]. See also Smith v Noble Investments Ltd [2017] NZHC 477 at [25]–[26], explaining that HCR 4.1–4.3 set out the principles or jurisdictional threshold for joinder. Once a claim has been commenced, any adjustment of parties must occur through HCR 4.56, which will require reference back to the jurisdictional basis of joinder set out in rules 4.1–4.3.
  2. Andrew Beck and others McGechan on Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [HR4.2.03] and [HR4.56.04]. See also Winton v Winton [2018] NZHC 1323 at [23]:

The approach to applications for joinder under r 4.56 is liberal. The Court must be in a position to do complete justice by deciding upon and settling the rights of all persons interested in the subject of the suit.

  1. White v James Hardie New Zealand [2017] NZHC 2105 at [5]. This proceeding was filed together with Waitakere Group v James Hardie, which has five named plaintiffs: at [14].

128 See White v James Hardie New Zealand [2017] NZHC 2105 at [10].

  1. See White v James Hardie New Zealand [2018] NZHC 1627, (2018) 24 PRNZ 198 at [15]; and Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582.

130 High Court Rules 2016, r 14.14.


same relief.131 The Court of Appeal has commented “[i]t is difficult to conceive of a wider procedural discretion”.132

(a) whether it would save time and cost;

(b) whether it would allow judicial resources to be used more efficiently;

(c) whether it would eliminate or reduce the risk of inconsistent findings;

(d) whether the size and complexity of a consolidated proceeding might cause confusion, prejudice or oppression to a party; and

(e) readiness for trial.

Test cases



131 High Court Rules 2016, r 10.13(a).

132 Regan v Gill [2011] NZCA 607 at [10] as cited in Fairway Holdings Ltd v McCullagh [2019] NZCA 353 at [6].

133 Andrew Beck and others McGechan on Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [HR10.12.03].

  1. Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 115.
  2. Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 115.

136 Andrew Beck and others McGechan on Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [HRPt14.17].

137 Forrest Miller “Introduction” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 93 at 93.


involve the same work and judicial resources as a lead representative case, but without the tangible benefit of generating findings that are binding on all”.138

Representation order under HCR 4.27

SPECIFIC STATUTORY PROCEDURES

Companies Act 1993

Health and Disability Commissioner Act 1994






138 Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [39].

  1. High Court Rules 2016, r 4.27(g). See also r 4.27(h), which relates to representation where the local authority or other body may have interests adverse to those of the inhabitants of a locality or a class of persons.
  2. We have only found four cases where r 4.27 of the High Court Rules 2016 (or its predecessor rule) has been used to bring a proceeding on behalf of a class: Titchener v Attorney-General (1990) 3 PRNZ 52 (HC); Contradictors v Attorney- General (No 2) [1999] 2 NZLR 519 (CA); ENZA Ltd v Apple and Pear Export Permits Committee (2001) 15 PRNZ 303 (HC); and New Zealand Association for Migration and Investment v Attorney-General [2003] BCL 327 (HC).

141 Andrew Brown and others Company Law (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [CA173.01].

  1. In Hedley v Kiwi Co-Operative Dairies Ltd (2000) 15 PRNZ 210 (HC), the plaintiff sought to bring a representative action under r 78 of the High Court Rules and s 173 of the Companies Act. The Court granted a representative under HCR 78 but held that s 173 could not apply (because the claim was not restricted to issues between shareholders and a company and its directors).

143 Health and Disability Commissioner Act 1994, s 50.


This includes the power to bring proceedings on behalf of a class of persons.144 However, this power has never been used.145

Human Rights Act 1993

Privacy Act 2020

Employment Relations Act 2000

4.24 (as discussed earlier in this chapter), there are also provisions in the Employment Relations Act 2000 that can be relied upon to bring employment claims on a representative basis. The Court will sometimes use a combination of provisions when considering whether to allow a case to proceed on a representative basis. Empirical research on the different types of representative claims in the Employment Court, Labour Court and Employment Relations Authority has found a total of 40 claims to date, with 33 of them being in the 1990s.152



144 Health and Disability Commissioner Act 1994, s 50(3).

  1. Letter from Nicola Willis (Director of Proceedings) to Douglas White (past President of the Law Commission) regarding s 50 of the Health and Disability Commissioner Act (20 October 2017).

146 Human Rights Act 1993, s 92B(2).

147 Human Rights Act 1993, s 90(1)(c).

148 See Ministry of Health v Atkinson [2012] NZCA 184, [2012] 3 NZLR 456.

149 Privacy Act 2020, s 97(6).

150 Privacy Act 1993, s 82(4). This Act was repealed as from 1 December 2020.

151 Privacy Act 2020, s 98.

  1. Eilish Buckley “Accessing Collective Justice in New Zealand’s Employment Courts and Tribunals: A Study of Employment Class Actions” (LLB (Hons) Dissertation, University of Auckland, 2020) at 19. This dissertation was supervised by Nikki Chamberlain.

In any proceedings the court may allow to appear or to be represented any person who applies to the court for leave to appear or be represented and who, in the opinion of the court, is justly entitled to be heard; and the court may order any other person so to appear or be represented.

(a) Section 18(1) entitles a union to represent its members without further authorisation over any matter involving their collective interests as employees.





  1. In seven of these cases, s 123 was relied upon as the sole provision for authorising a representative proceeding: Dwyer v Air New Zealand Ltd (No 2) [1996] 2 ERNZ 435 (EmpC); Ports of Auckland Ltd v New Zealand Waterfront Workers Union EmpC Auckland AEC52/93, 18 October 1993; Gray v Wellington City Mission [1995] NZEmpC 21; [1995] 2 ERNZ 126 (EmpC); Ford v Capital Trusts Ltd [1995] NZEmpC 204; [1995] 2 ERNZ 47 (EmpC); New Zealand Air Line Pilots’ Assoc v Airways Corp of New Zealand [1995] NZEmpC 308; [1995] 2 ERNZ 545 (EmpC); Manufacturing & Construction Workers Union Inc v Honda New Zealand Ltd [1996] 1 ERNZ 354 (EmpC); and McCulloch v New Zealand Fire Service Commission [1998] NZEmpC 227; [1998] 3 ERNZ 378 (EmpC). Three cases relied upon s 123 in combination with other provisions (including in some instances HCR 78): New Zealand Seafarers’ Union Inc v

Silver Fern Shipping Ltd [1998] NZEmpC 186; [1998] 3 ERNZ 768 (EmpC); Ranchhod v Auckland Healthcare Services Ltd EmpC Auckland AEC161/99, 16 December 1999; and Ivamy v New Zealand Fire Service Commission [1995] NZEmpC 190; [1995] 1 ERNZ 724 (EmpC).

154 Employment Relations Act 2000, sch 3 cl 2.

  1. Employment Relations Act 2000, s 221(d); and Employment Contracts Act 1991, s 140(d). In Law v Caterair New Zealand Ltd [1997] NZEmpC 308; [1998] 2 ERNZ 159 (EmpC), Colgan J considered that the discretion in s 140 was wide enough to allow the court to consider an application for a representative order: at 164). Section 140 was also relied upon in both Ranchhod v

Auckland Healthcare Services Ltd EmpC Auckland AEC161/99, 16 December 1999 (as well as ss 123 and 130(2)); and

New Zealand Seafarers’ Union Inc v Silver Fern Shipping Ltd [1998] NZEmpC 186; [1998] 3 ERNZ 768 (EmpC) at 770 (as well as s 123 and HCR 78).

  1. Hyndman v Air New Zealand Ltd [1991] NZEmpC 27; [1992] 1 ERNZ 820 (EmpC); New Zealand Air Line Pilots Assoc IUOW v Mount Cook Group Ltd [1992] 3 ERNZ 355 (EmpC); Paul v New Zealand Society for the Intellectually Handicapped Inc [1992] NZEmpC 3; [1992] 1 ERNZ 65 (EmpC); and Northern Local Government Officers Union Inc v Auckland City [1991] NZEmpC 84; [1992] 1 ERNZ 1109 (EmpC). Note these

cases relied on its predecessor provision: Employment Contracts Act 1991, s 59.

157 Irvine v Virgin Australia (NZ) Employment and Crewing Ltd [2019] NZERA 109 at [8].

(b) Section 56(1)(a) allows unions to enforce collective employment agreements they are party to.

(c) A union can represent an employee in matters concerning their individual rights if they have authority to do so under section 236.

(d) A union can bring proceedings seeking a compliance order if it is affected by non- observance or non-compliance under section 137(4).

PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT BY REGULATORS

Commerce Commission





158 Employment Relations Act 2000, s 228.

159 Employment Relations Act 2000, s 142J(3).

  1. Under pt 1 (misleading or deceptive conduct), pt 2 (disclosure and consumer information), pt 3 (product safety), pt 4 (safety of services) or pt 4A (consumer transactions or auctions): see Fair Trading Act 1986, s 43(1)(a). Note that s 43 also applies in cases such as aiding, abetting or inducing contravention of provisions in these Parts of the Act: see ss 43(1)(b)–(e).
  2. Commerce Commission v Carter Holt Harvey [2009] NZSC 120, [2010] 1 NZLR 379 at [5] per Elias CJ. See also the comment in Commerce Commission v Martini Ltd DC North Shore, 8 November 2005 at [33]:

The litigation reality is that customers are unlikely to bring proceedings merely seeking a refund of the purchase price. It would simply be uneconomic to do so. That is why s 43 was amended at the committee stage to allow the present form of application to enable, for instance, the Commerce Commission to seek orders in favour of other persons.

162 Fair Trading Act 1986, s 43(3)(e).

163 Fair Trading Act 1986, s 43(3)(f).


suffered specific losses. 164 It concluded that section 43 did not permit a claim to be brought on behalf of an indeterminate group of people identified only by class.165




164 Commerce Commission v Carter Holt Harvey [2007] NZHC 1799; [2008] 1 NZLR 387 (HC) at [43]–[44].

165 Commerce Commission v Carter Holt Harvey [2007] NZHC 1799; [2008] 1 NZLR 387 (HC) at [43]–[44].

166 See Direen v Commerce Commission (1998) 8 TCLR 444 (HC) at 452.

  1. Te Komihana Tauhokohoko I Commerce Commission “Commerce Commission settles timber claim against Carter Holt Harvey” (press release, 9 November 2011).

168 Commerce Commission v Bennett & Associates Ltd (1995) 6 TCLR 691 (CA).

  1. Te Komihana Tauhokohoko I Commerce Commission “Fletcher Homes, Residential Mortgages and Bennett and Associates offer compensation to home buyers” (press release, 29 May 1996).

170 Commerce Commission v Alpha Club New Zealand Ltd (2002) 10 TCLR 569 (HC).

  1. Commerce Commission v Ecoworld New Zealand Ltd [2005] DCR 921 (court ordered refunds of purchase of water treatment units); O’Neill v Commerce Commission (2006) 3 NZCCLR 898 (HC) (court upheld District Court order that the appellants refund the purchase price of Celluslim products); and Commerce Commission v Morton DC Napier CRN8041009621, 5 May 1999 (defendant ordered to pay a refund of $200,000, divided pro rata amongst 1,901 individuals).
  2. Te Komihana Tauhokohoko I Commerce Commission “Settlement payments completed in interest rate swaps case” (press release, 7 October 2015).
  3. Te Komihana Tauhokohoko I Commerce Commission “Commerce Commission directs payment of $45 million to ANZ/ING investors” (press release, 21 July 2010).
  4. Te Komihana Tauhokohoko I Commerce Commission “Commerce Commission secures $60m for investors in failed Credit SaILS product” (press release, 18 December 2012).

175 Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, s 111(2)(c).

(a) Section 88 makes creditors, lessors, transferees and buy-back promoters liable for statutory damages in certain circumstances. The Commission may make an application for statutory damages on behalf of a “person or class of persons”.176

(b) The Commission may also make an application for an order under sections 93 (court’s general power to make orders) or 94A (court orders in relation to repossessions) on behalf of a “person or class of persons”.177

(c) The Commission may apply for an injunction on behalf of a “person or class of persons” to restrain a person from engaging in conduct that would breach the Act.178

Financial Markets Authority




176
Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, s 90(4).
177
Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, s 95(3).
178
Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, s 96.
179
See Commerce Commission v Sportzone Motorcycles Ltd (in liq) (No 2) [2014] NZHC 2486 at [14]; Commerce

Commission v Bluestone Mortgages NZ Ltd HC Auckland CIV-2009-409-617, 21 October 2010 at [5]; Commerce
Commission v Best Buy Ltd [2017] NZDC 13575, [2018] DCR 213 at [28]–[29]; and Commerce Commission v Appenture Marketing Ltd [2018] NZDC 3266, [2019] DCR 375 at [43].
180
Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, ss 484 and 494–496.
181
Financial Markets Authority Act 2011, s 34(1). Financial markets legislation is defined as the Acts listed in Schedule 1 of

the Financial Markets Authority Act and the enactments made under those Acts.
182
Financial Markets Authority Act 2011, s 34(2).
183
Financial Markets Authority Act 2011, s 35.
184
Financial Markets Authority Act 2011, s 34(1).
185
Financial Markets (Regulators and KiwiSaver) Bill 2010 (211-1) (explanatory note).

FMA must have regard to specified matters.186 In its “enforcement policy”, the FMA states it is likely to use its section 34 power in priority areas, such as a case that involves serious risk of harm to the financial markets, risk of significant loss, large numbers of investors, high product risk, particular investor vulnerability, or a case involving predatory, prevalent or increasing patterns of misconduct.187 The FMA has only used the section 34 power in one case to date.188

OTHER AVENUES FOR ADDRESSING ISSUES AFFECTING A GROUP

Judicial review proceedings

186 Financial Markets Authority Act 2011, s 34(5).

187 Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko I Financial Markets Authority “Enforcement” (23 April 2019) <www.fma.govt.nz>.

188 Financial Markets Authority v Prince & Partners Trustee Co Ltd [2017] NZHC 2059.

189 Financial Markets Authority Act 2011, s 39(1).

190 Financial Markets Authority Act 2011, s 39(2).

  1. See Andrew Beck “Opt Out Is In: The New Class Action Regime” [2019] NZLJ 356 (noting that in the area of public law it is common for a single plaintiff to bring a claim challenging a decision).
  2. Finnigan v New Zealand Rugby Football Union Inc [1985] NZHC 102; [1985] 2 NZLR 159 (HC and CA); Finnigan v New Zealand Rugby Football Union Inc (No 2) [1985] 2 NZLR 181 (HC); and Finnigan v New Zealand Rugby Football Union Inc (No 3) [1985] NZCA 111; [1985] 2 NZLR 190 (CA).

193 Finnigan v New Zealand Rugby Football Union Inc [1985] NZHC 102; [1985] 2 NZLR 159 (HC and CA) at 179.

  1. Seales v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1239, [2015] 3 NZLR 556 (this case sought declarations with respect to the lawfulness of assisted dying).
  2. Borrowdale v Director-General of Health [2020] NZHC 2090 (this was a judicial review proceeding concerning the lawfulness of the restrictions imposed by the Government in response to COVID-19).

the implementation of the mixed ownership model proposals,196 a case brought by a West Coast organisation about the impact of climate change on Resource Management Act processes, 197 the Quake Outcasts challenge to the Crown’s approach to Red Zone compensation,198 the Forest and Bird challenge to conservation land swaps,199 and the challenge by New Health to fluoridisation.200

Procedures for collective action by Māori


196 New Zealand Maori Council v Attorney-General [2013] NZSC 6, [2013] 3 NZLR 31.

197 West Coast ENT Inc v Buller Coal Ltd [2013] NZSC 87, [2014] 1 NZLR 32.

198 Quake Outcasts v Minister for Canterbury Earthquake Recovery [2015] NZSC 27, [2016] 1 NZLR 1.

  1. Hawke’s Bay Regional Investment Company Ltd v Royal Forest and Bird Protection Society of New Zealand Inc [2017] NZSC 106, [2017] 1 NZLR 1041.

200 New Health New Zealand Inc v South Taranaki District Council [2018] NZSC 59, [2018] 1 NZLR 948.

  1. Ririnui v Landcorp Farming Ltd [2016] NZSC 62, [2016] 1 NZLR 1056 at [91(a)] per Elias CJ and Arnold J. See also Matthew Smith NZ Judicial Review Handbook (2nd ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2016) at [36.1.2]; and Andrew Beck and others McGechan on Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [JR8.02(2)].

202 See for example Consumers Co-Operative Society (Manawatu) Ltd v Palmerston North City Council [1984] 1 NZLR 1 (CA) at 6 per McMillan J. See also Matthew Smith NZ Judicial Review Handbook (2nd ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2016) at [36.1.3]; and Andrew Beck and others McGechan on Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [JR8.02(2)].

203 Ririnui v Landcorp Farming Ltd [2016] NZSC 62, [2016] 1 NZLR 1056 at [91(a)] per Elias CJ and Arnold J.

204 Attorney-General v Dotcom [2013] NZCA 43, [2013] 2 NZLR 213 at [39]; Minister of Energy v Petrocorp Exploration Ltd [1989] NZCA 95; [1989] 1 NZLR 348 (CA) at 353; and Matthew Smith NZ Judicial Review Handbook (2nd ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2016) at [25.1.2].

205 These include only permitting cross-examination to occur with the leave of the Court (which is sparingly granted), limiting the availability of discovery (which is a matter of discretion for the judge) and lower court filing fees: see Matthew Smith NZ Judicial Review Handbook (2nd ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2016) at [72.1.1] and [71.5.1]; and High Court Fees Regulations 2013, sch.

206 Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [494] per Elias CJ, [673] per Glazebrook J and [807] per Arnold and O’Regan JJ.

207 Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [494] citing Te Heuheu Tukino v Aotea District Maori Land Board [1941] NZLR 590 (PC); Tamihana Korokai v Solicitor-General [1912] NZGazLawRp 230; (1912) 32 NZLR 321 (CA); and Wi Parata v Bishop of Wellington [1877] NZJurRp 183; (1877) 3 NZ Jur (NS) 72 (SC).


Southern Response v Ross “... proceedings which would now fall within r 4.24 have long been a feature of litigation in this country brought by Māori where a chief has represented the plaintiffs”.208

Alternative dispute resolution processes
















208 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [27]. The Court refers to the examples cited in Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General as well as proceedings brought by Nganeko Minhinnick, such as Minhinnick v The Historical Places Trust CA280/97, 18 December 1997.

209 Te Ara Rangatu o Te Iwi Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua Inc v Attorney-General [2018] NZHC 2886, [2018] NZHC 2886; [2019] NZAR 12 at [75].

210 Most notably, New Zealand Maori Council v Attorney-General [1987] 1 NZLR 641 (CA).

211 A claim to the Tribunal may be made in respect of an individual or group of Māori: Treaty of Waitangi Act 1975, s 6(1).

  1. The primary objective of the Māori Land Court is to promote and assist Māori to retain Māori land and General land owned by Māori and to assist Māori to effectively use, manage and develop that land: Te Ture Whenua Maori Land Act 1993, s 17.
  2. Under this legislation, an iwi, hapū or whānau group seeking recognition of their protected customary rights or customary marine title may appoint a person (or a legal entity) as their representative: Marine and Coastal Area (Takutai Moana) Act 2011, s 9 definition of “applicant group”. For an example of this, see Re Tipene [2016] NZHC 3199, [2017] NZAR 559.

214 See Weathertight Homes Resolution Services Act 2006; Greater Christchurch Claims Resolution Service “Home”

<www.gccrs.govt.nz>; Canterbury Earthquakes Insurance Tribunal Act 2019; and Te Manatū Whakahiato Ora I Ministry of Social Development “Historic Abuse – Make a Claim” <www.msd.govt.nz>. Royal Commissions and inquiries can also consider situations of widespread harm, although they have no power to determine the civil, criminal or disciplinary liability of any person: see Inquiries Act 2013, s 11(1).

CHAPTER 4



Problems with using the representative actions rule for group litigation


INTRODUCTION

(a) The lack of public policy process to consider the issue of class actions.

(b) Issues caused by the lack of clear rules for representative actions, including delay and expense for litigants.

(c) Types of group litigation that might be inhibited by the current procedural framework.

USING THE REPRESENTATIVE ACTIONS RULE TO PURSUE CLASS ACTION-STYLE CLAIMS

(a) Preliminary court approval for a case to proceed as a representative action.1

(b) The requirement for a common issue.

(c) Opt-in and opt-out mechanisms for determining membership of the represented group.

(d) Active court supervision of proceedings.

(e) The court must approve settlement.

(f) Methods for determining individual issues (in practice, split trials for common issues at stage one and damages at stage two).


  1. In cases under r 4.24(b) of the High Court Rules 2016. As we explain in Chapter 3, a representative action can be brought without an order of the court if all those with the same interest consent, under r 4.24(a).

(g) Cases are often funded by a litigation funder.

4.24 (HCR 4.24) “meet the markers of a class action in substance”.5 However, the term ‘class action’ is often used in Aotearoa New Zealand in a broader sense, to refer to any means of bringing group litigation.6

Lack of public policy process


  1. In Ross v Southern Response, the plaintiff has applied for a common fund order. See Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [62].

3 This issue has arisen as a result of the two representative actions filed with respect to CBL Corporation.

  1. See Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 2482, (2015) 23 PRNZ 64 at [22]; Houghton v Saunders [2012] NZHC 1828, [2012] NZCCLR 31 at [38]; Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005 at [182] and [184]; and Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2020] NZHC 1836 at [1]. See also the comment in Stephen Kós “Disaster & Resilience: The Canterbury earthquakes and their legal aftermath” (paper presented to Supreme and Federal Courts Judges Conference, Brisbane, 26 January 2016) at [33] that “[c]lass actions remain uncommon in New Zealand. The main reason is that the rules regarding such proceedings remain antediluvian”.

5 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 138.

  1. For instance, White v James Hardie New Zealand [2017] NZHC 2105 is often referred to as a class action, although it is being brought using the joinder rule rather than under HCR 4.24: see “Plaster Cladding Class Action”

<www.goodcladding.co.nz>.

7 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [89].

8 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [82].


actions regime is desirable for Aotearoa New Zealand and, if so, the design and scope of a regime.

Class actions are intrinsically complex, time-consuming and expensive. They call for a process that balances the interests of claimants and defendants, offering procedural safeguards and ensuring that trial is viable for both. To fail in these objectives may be to force settlements that are unfair to one side or the other.13

... may result in valuable perspectives and information being overlooked and also risks unintended consequences. It may also result in a failure to identify alternative means of achieving the policy objective.



  1. The Rules Committee is a statutory body originally established by s 51B of the Judicature Act 1908 and continued by s 155 of the Senior Courts Act 2016 to develop rules of procedure for the District Court, High Court, Court of Appeal and Supreme Court.
  2. In 2018, the Rules Committee sought feedback on proposed High Court Rules for representative actions. The aim of the draft Rules was to codify the case law to provide clarity in anticipation of subsequent legislative developments. This work was suspended pending the Supreme Court’s decision in Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross.
  3. See Forrest Miller “Introduction” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 93 at 93; and Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 113.

12 See Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 109. See also

Nikki Chamberlain “Contracting-Out of Class Action Litigation: Lessons from the United States” [2018] NZ L Rev 371 at 397 who noted that “the legislature is in a better position to balance the needs of class action plaintiffs and defendants after consultation”.

13 Forrest Miller “Introduction” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 93 at 94.

  1. See Te Tari o te Pirimia me te Komiti Matua I Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet “Policy Methods Toolbox: Community Engagement” (3 November 2020) <www.dpmc.govt.nz>.

15 Legislation Design and Advisory Committee Legislation Guidelines (March 2018) at 16. See also 9–10.

CASES PROCEED WITHOUT THE BENEFIT OF CLEAR RULES

(a) A lack of certainty and clarity about the procedures for conducting representative actions, causing delay and expense for litigants.

(b) Debate as to whether HCR 4.24 and the High Court’s inherent jurisdiction are sufficient to regulate all aspects of representative actions.

Lack of certainty and clarity causing delay and expense


  1. As we note above, an application for a common fund order has been made in Ross v Southern Response. See Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [62]. With respect to settlement, the Supreme Court has confirmed that courts have the power to approve a settlement in a representative action: at [82]. In that decision, the Court cited several representative actions where the High Court has approved settlements, including Harding v LDC Finance Ltd (in rec) HC Christchurch CIV-2008-409-1140, 19 November 2009; Ranchhod v Auckland Healthcare Services Ltd (No 2) [2001] NZEmpC 202; [2001] ERNZ 771 (EmpC); and Stirling v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP161/96, 27 May 1998. However, there are currently no general guidelines for approval of settlements such as in overseas jurisdictions with class actions

regimes. The Supreme Court has indicated that it may be appropriate to draw on the assistance of independent experts when considering proposed settlements: Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [82].

17 See also the observation in Andrew Beck “Opt Out Is In: The New Class Action Regime” [2019] NZLJ 356 at 359 that:

... the courts are not in a position to develop detailed schemes governing procedures, with all the intricate details necessary to ensure proper protection for persons who might be affected as a result of the way in which processes operate. It is all very well for courts to take action they perceive as necessary, but such action is inevitably of an ad hoc nature, and comes at the expense of parties involved in the process.

  1. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [49] per Elias CJ and Anderson J citing Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [3] per Gleeson CJ.
  2. See Kate Tokeley “Class Actions for New Zealand Consumers” in Christian Twigg-Flesner and others (eds) The Yearbook of Consumer Law 2008 (Ashgate Publishing, Aldershot (UK), 2007) 297 at 313 commenting that the lack of detail in r 78 of the High Court Rules formerly contained in sch 2 of the Judicature Act 1908 (the predecessor to r 4.24

a limit to how far it could go in providing guidance as to how the Court’s discretion under HCR 4.24 should be exercised, particularly without a legislative framework. It commented “there are a number of procedural and other matters that will simply have to be worked through as the issues arise in a particular case”.20


of the High Court Rules 2016) leads to uncertainty and confusion. See also Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 109 commenting that the absence of a legislative class actions regime can deny the parties advance certainty about their procedural rights.

20 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [94].

21 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 152.

  1. Nikki Chamberlain “Contracting-Out of Class Action Litigation: Lessons from the United States” [2018] NZ L Rev 371 at 398.

23 High Court Rules 2016, r 1.2.

24 See Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [41].

  1. Andrew Beck “Opt Out Is In: The New Class Action Regime” [2019] NZLJ 356 at 369. See also Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 107 commenting there “... there is currently potential for litigation over almost every aspect of group litigation procedure”.
  2. See for example Chris Patterson “Class actions in New Zealand: The necessity for introducing a class action regime” (2016) 5 J Civ LP 20 at 23–24; Forrest Miller “Reflections on the earthquake litigation” (paper presented to New Zealand Insurance Law Association Conference, Wellington, September 2014) at 9; and Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New

Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 108.

  1. See Houghton v Saunders [2014] NZHC 2229, [2015] 2 NZLR 74 at [14] (commenting that supervising pre-trial issues had been made more difficult by the lack of class action provisions in the High Court Rules); Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [41] (commenting that the lack of rules was likely to impose “heavy burdens” on counsel and the judge); Houghton v Saunders [2012] NZHC 1828, [2012] NZCCLR 31 at [45] (commenting that “[t]he absence of class actions rules is creating difficulties for the parties in this case”); and Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [49] per Elias CJ and Anderson J.

CSA observes that standardising provisions and making them legally enforceable greatly reduces the transaction costs and risks of collective action.28

(a) The law will develop inconsistently.29

(b) Well-resourced defendants may take advantage of the procedural uncertainty by requiring plaintiffs to respond to numerous interlocutory applications.

(c) Availability and pricing of litigation funding may be affected, which may impact on access to justice.

(d) Potential plaintiffs with meritorious claims may be deterred from bringing proceedings.30

(e) Litigants may choose to settle claims, even if they would be likely to succeed in court, to avoid protracted and expensive legal proceedings.

Is HCR 4.24 and the inherent jurisdiction sufficient to regulate representative actions?







28 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 33.

29 See Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [21].

30 See Chris Patterson “Three possible legislative responses” (2016) 881 LawTalk 20 at 22.

  1. There have been a total of seven judgments issued in this proceeding to date. The only real interlocutory matters to be determined were whether leave to bring a representative action should be granted (and related limitation issues) and pre-trial admissibility of evidence.

32 See Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 102.

  1. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [59] per Elias CJ and Anderson J; Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [105] and [110]; Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [43], [52], [89] and [94]; and Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [15] and [36]. The High Court’s inherent jurisdiction is founded in the common law and is independent of any statutory jurisdiction. See Rosara Joseph “Inherent Jurisdiction and Inherent Powers in New Zealand” [2005] CanterLawRw 10; (2005) 11 Canta LR 220 at 221; and Andrew Beck and others McGechan on Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [SC12.02(2)].

it is appropriate to use the inherent jurisdiction to address more significant matters such as the use of an opt-out mechanism.34







  1. See Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 105. Contrast Tom Hallett-Hook “Class Actions Under New Zealand’s Representative Rule: Ingenious Solution or Inadequate to the Task?” (LLM Dissertation, University of Toronto, 2015) at [3.2.3].

35 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [52].

36 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [81].

37 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [89]. See also at [94].

  1. Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [15] and [41]; and Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [49] per Elias CJ and Anderson J (“French J was justified in the remark that ‘[t]he absence of class action rules is creating difficulties for the parties in this case’”). See also Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [105] noting that:

It would be preferable to have a legislative framework for representative claims which provides greater certainty and predictability for both claimants and defendants. Such a framework would reduce the procedural conflict that bedevils representative proceedings.

  1. See for example Chris Patterson “Class actions in New Zealand: The necessity for introducing a class action regime” (2016) 5 J Civ LP 20 at 37 (the introduction of a class actions regime is “well overdue” and that the representative action procedure under r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016 cannot effectively achieve the objectives of access to justice,

judicial efficiency and promotion of the rule of law); Nikki Chamberlain “Contracting-Out of Class Action Litigation:

Lessons from the United States” [2018] NZ L Rev 371 at 398 (legislation dealing with civil action procedure is “desperately needed” and that the current procedure for representative actions does not accord with the objective of the High Court Rules); and Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 109 (“[e]nacting class action legislation would accord with basic rule of law values”). See also Andrew Beck “Opt Out Is In: The New Class Action Regime” [2019] NZLJ 356 at 369:

[I]f representative proceedings are truly to achieve the objective of efficiency and cost reduction then the legislature needs to act swiftly to put in place a process that does not require ongoing preliminary decisions from the courts.

  1. This position was expressed in their role as intervenors in the Supreme Court appeal of Ross v Southern Response. The third intervenor, litigation funder LPF, also supported enactment of class action legislation. See Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [22].

QUESTION
What problems have you encountered when relying on HCR 4.24 for group
litigation?

Q1

2020_4528.png

2020_4529.png

2020_4530.png

GROUP LITIGATION THAT MAY BE INHIBITED BY THE CURRENT PROCEDURAL FRAMEWORK

Consumer cases

(a) A claim about bank fees of an average of $15.41

(b) Three cases about building materials used for residential properties and schools.42 Some, if not all, of the individual claims involve substantial amounts.43

(c) Two cases relating to resolution of insurance claims arising out of the Christchurch earthquakes. 44 The individual claim sizes are likely to vary. In Ross v Southern Response, many individual claims are said to be over $100,000.45

Consumer class actions in other jurisdictions

  1. Cooper v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2013] NZHC 2827. See Gareth Vaughan “Parties behind ‘largest class action in NZ’s history’, taken against major banks, stand to pocket up to NZ$250 mln” (11 March 2013) Interest

<www.interest.co.nz>.

  1. Minister of Education v James Hardie Ltd [2018] NZHC 1481; Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2016] NZHC 2451, (2016) 23 PRNZ 281; and Paine v Carter Holt Harvey Ltd [2019] NZHC 478.
  2. For example, in Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2016] NZHC 2451, (2016) 23 PRNZ 281 at [11] and [24], claims for two of the named plaintiffs are $275,000 (Cridge/Unwin) and $393,000 (Fowler)(note the claims also include a claim for stigma/diminution of value which was unquantified at that point).

44 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd; and Smith v Claims Resolution Service Ltd.

45 GCA Lawyers “Southern Response Concealment Class Action” (press release, 17 November 2020).


were filed in Australia between June 1992 and May 2017.46 In the year to 30 June 2019, 16 consumer class actions were filed in Australia.47 Consumer class actions are now the most common form of new class action case in Australia.48 These have included claims of modest individual value. For example, the settlement of a class action against Volkswagen relating to the “Dieselgate” scandal (concerning deficiencies in diesel emissions controls) resulted in an estimated average settlement payment of $2,800 per vehicle.49 In Canada, consumer protection and product liability cases made up an estimated 27 per cent of class actions between 1993 and 2008.50

Why is there a lack of consumer representative actions in Aotearoa New Zealand?

(a) Power imbalances between consumers and traders.

(b) Consumers may find legal processes intimidating and have limited ability to navigate these processes.

(c) Consumers’ lack of awareness of their substantive legal rights.

(d) The nature of modern supply chains and online sales creating a perception that consumers are unable to complain.


  1. Vince Morabito The First Twenty-Five Years of Class Actions in Australia (Fifth Report, An Empirical Study of Australia's Class Action Regimes, July 2017) at 27. This comprises product liability and consumer protection claims.
  2. King & Wood Mallesons The Review: Class Actions in Australia 2018/2019 (2019) at 4. These include product liability claims relating to the Essure contraceptive device, Hardi spray units, faulty airbags and aluminium composite panel cladding; claims relating to add-on car insurance; a claim by the taxi industry against Uber; and claims relating to banking charges and legal fees.

48 Allens Class Action Risk 2020 (March 2020) at 3 and 6.

  1. Maurice Blackburn Lawyers “Volkswagen, Audi, Skoda Australian class actions” <www.mauriceblackburn.com.au>. We note that in 2015 a New Zealand law firm sought expressions of interest for a group action against Volkswagen but we are unaware of any proceedings being filed. See Gibson Sheat Lawyers “Volkswagen Vehicle Emissions Claims” (8 October 2015) <www.gibsonsheat.com>.

50 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 15.

  1. See Kate Tokeley “Class Actions for New Zealand Consumers” in Christian Twigg-Flesner and others (eds) The Yearbook of Consumer Law 2008 (Ashgate Publishing, Aldershot (UK), 2007) 297 at 304 and 312 observing that an opt-in approach poses a particular difficulty in a consumer dispute where it may be difficult to identify potential plaintiffs (for example, a list of persons who purchased a defective mass-marketed product).
  2. Jessica Palmer “Access to Justice for Consumers” in Kate Tokeley (ed) Consumer Law in New Zealand (2nd ed, LexisNexis, Wellington, 2014) 495 at 497.
  3. Jessica Palmer “Access to Justice for Consumers” in Kate Tokeley (ed) Consumer Law in New Zealand (2nd ed, LexisNexis, Wellington, 2014) 495 at 496–498 and 500–504. See also Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings (Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 40.

(e) Social and cultural factors that weigh against complaining.

(f) The cost of litigation in both money and time, particularly when compared to the low value of some individual consumer claims.

(g) The limited availability of legal aid, free or low-cost legal services, especially for representative actions.

Consumer issues often go unresolved




  1. See Alexandra Sims "Reforming the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 and Its Enforcement: Time for Action" (2010) 16 NZBLQ 145 at 146.
  2. Pokapū Ratonga Ture I Legal Services Agency Report on the 2006 National Survey of Unmet Legal Needs and Access to Services (November 2006) at 1 and 35; and Colmar Brunton Legal needs among New Zealanders (13 April 2018) at 3 and 7.
  3. Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings (Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 31. See also Colmar Brunton Legal needs among New Zealanders (13 April 2018) at 3 which found that 9 per cent of the general population had an “impactful problem” with a product or service over the past two years.
  4. Thirty-nine per cent were not able to resolve the problem, either because they did not take action (28 per cent) or because the problem was unlikely to be resolved (11 per cent). Eighteen per cent reported the problem was resolved but not to their satisfaction and eight per cent were still in the process of resolving the problem. Where the person did not take action to resolve the problem, reasons were: no time (34 per cent), unsure what action to take (33 per cent), couldn’t be bothered (33 per cent), didn’t think action would resolve it (29 per cent), unsure where to seek advice (20 per cent), not sure if legal issue (17 per cent), product/service not worth enough money (15 per cent), would cost more money to resolve (15 per cent), not confident to deal with it (13 per cent), afraid of damaging relationship with supplier (4 per cent), and other (15 per cent). See Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings

(Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 40 and 42.

  1. Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings (Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 10.

students and people who identified with the ‘other ethnicities’ group 59 were also specifically identified in this category.60 Where problems were resolved, the vast majority were resolved directly with the business and only one per cent were resolved through the Disputes Tribunal or a court.61

Limitations of other mechanisms for resolving consumer issues


  1. The survey categorised ethnic identification in the following groups: NZ European, Māori, Pacific Peoples, Asian and other ethnicities. See Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings (Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 81.
  2. Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings (Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 43.
  3. Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings (Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 43. Of the problems that were resolved, 88 per cent were resolved directly with the business, 1 per cent were resolved through a dispute resolution services or mediation and 1 per cent were resolved through a lawyer.

62 Colmar Brunton Legal needs among New Zealanders (13 April 2018) at 3 and 7.

  1. Vince Morabito and Jarrah Ekstein “Class Actions Filed for the Benefit of Vulnerable Persons—An Australian Study” (2016) 35 CJQ 61 at 75.

64 Disputes Tribunal Act 1988, s 10(3).

  1. Alexandra Sims "Reforming the Consumer Guarantees Act 1993 and Its Enforcement: Time for Action" (2010) 16 NZBLQ 145 at 160.
  2. Jessica Palmer “Access to Justice for Consumers” in Kate Tokeley (ed) Consumer Law in New Zealand (2nd ed, LexisNexis, Wellington, 2014) 495 at 507.

67 Disputes Tribunal Act 1988, s 39(1).

  1. New Zealand consumers have access to over 50 dispute resolution schemes in New Zealand including the Disputes Tribunal and industry-specific schemes such as the Banking Ombudsman, Motor Vehicle Disputes Tribunal, Insurance and Financial Services Ombudsman and Telecommunications Dispute Resolution. Each scheme has its own process for resolving disputes, which may involve mediation and/or a hearing process. See Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings (Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 18; and Consumer Protection “Take your complaint further” <www.consumerprotection.govt.nz>.

may allow for claims to be brought by a group of individuals or for claims to be aggregated, there appears to be a lack of clear information about this possibility and an absence of a process to aggregate claims. Given the low value of many consumer claims, collective complaint mechanisms are of particular importance in overcoming barriers to access to justice.69

Compensation following regulatory action




  1. Jessica Palmer “Access to Justice for Consumers” in Kate Tokeley (ed) Consumer Law in New Zealand (2nd ed, LexisNexis, Wellington, 2014) 495 at 515.
  2. Kate Tokeley “Class Actions for New Zealand Consumers” in Christian Twigg-Flesner and others (eds) The Yearbook of Consumer Law 2008 (Ashgate Publishing, Aldershot (UK), 2007) 297 at 300. We discuss whether class actions create a deterrence effect in Chapter 5.
  3. Kate Tokeley “Class Actions for New Zealand Consumers” in Christian Twigg-Flesner and others (eds) The Yearbook of Consumer Law 2008 (Ashgate Publishing, Aldershot (UK), 2007) 297 at 325.
  4. See for example Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 73–74; Janet Walker Who’s Afraid of US-Style Class Actions? (2012) 18 Southwestern Journal of International Law 509 at 531–532; Michael J Legg “Shareholder Class Actions in Australia – The Perfect Storm?” [2008] UNSWLawJl 37; (2008) 31 UNSWLJ 669 at 687; and John C Coffee Jr “Rescuing the Private Attorney General: Why the Model of the Lawyer as Bounty Hunter is not Working” (1983) 42 Md L Rev 215 at 222.
  5. Australian Competition and Consumer Commission “Full Federal Court orders $6 million penalty for Nurofen Specific Pain products” (press release, 16 December 2016).
  6. Amber Schultz “Thousands claim compensation for misleading Nurofen products” The Sydney Morning Herald (online ed, Sydney, 11 January 2018).

Court ordering a fine of $1.08 million),75 there was no subsequent representative action seeking damages despite the ability to rely on that successful prosecution.76

(a) There was a Securities Commission investigation into the Feltex Carpet Company prior to Houghton v Saunders being filed. 77 The Registrar of Companies also unsuccessfully prosecuted five directors of Feltex in the District Court.78

(b) The Scott v ANZ Bank representative action resulted from information uncovered in an investigation by the Financial Markets Authority.79

(c) In 2019, two representative actions were filed in relation to the collapse of CBL Corporation. These were filed prior to three regulatory proceedings (two actions by the Financial Markets Authority and one by the Serious Fraud Office) rather than as ‘follow on’ proceedings.80




  1. Commerce Commission v Reckitt Benckiser (New Zealand) Ltd [2017] NZDC 1956, [2017] DCR 431. See also Te Komihana Tauhokohoko | Commerce Commission “$1m penalty for misleading Nurofen specific pain range claims” (press release, 3 February 2017).

76 Fair Trading Act 1986, s 46. See also Chapter 3.

  1. “Feltex IPO prospectus not misleading: Securities Commission” The New Zealand Herald (online ed, Auckland, 11 October 2007).
  2. The directors each faced two charges under s 36A of the Financial Reporting Act 1993. The prosecution was unsuccessful: Feltex “Registrar of Companies will not appeal Feltex decision” (press release, 16 August 2010).
  3. This proceeding is Scott v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2019] NZHC 1908. See Financial Markets Authority v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2018] NZCA 590 where the Court of Appeal held it was within Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority’s powers to disclose the information to investors for the purpose of determining whether to bring a claim against ANZ. The Supreme Court denied leave to appeal: ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd v Financial Markets Authority [2019] NZSC 40.
  4. These proceedings are Livingstone v CBL Corp Ltd CIV-2019-404-2727 (ongoing proceedings); and TEA Custodians Ltd v Wells CIV-2019-485-642 (ongoing proceedings).

81 Fair Trading Act 1986, s 46; and Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 487.


determine who is the “harmed” consumer in relation to breaches of the Commerce Act 1986 because the affected party often passes on the cost to consumers.82

QUESTION
Which kinds of claim are unlikely to be brought under HCR 4.24 and why?

Q2

2020_4531.png

2020_4532.png

2020_4533.png

Time to consider a statutory class actions regime





























  1. Letter from Te Komihana Tauhokohoko | Commerce Commission to Rules Committee regarding the consultation paper on class actions (31 July 2007) noting that the reasons for the relative lack of private damages claims in New Zealand for breach of competition law are uncertain. One obstacle noted in other jurisdictions was that many competition claims encounter evidential difficulties, particularly in cartel cases where the offending behaviour is covert and hard to detect and where assessment of damages may be complicated by inflated prices being passed down a vertical chain of purchasers and customers.
  2. See for example Linda A Willett “Litigation as an Alternative to Regulation: Problems Created by Follow-On Lawsuits with Multiple Outcomes” (2005) 18 Geo J Legal Ethics 1477 at 1477, 1482 and 1491.

CHAPTER 5



Advantages of class actions


INTRODUCTION

(a) Improving access to justice.

(b) Enabling economy and efficiency of litigation.

(c) Strengthening incentives for compliance with the law.

CLASS ACTIONS MAY IMPROVE ACCESS TO JUSTICE

Conceptualising access to justice




  1. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 49; and Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534 at [27]–[29]. Note the Court listed judicial economy and efficiency first, and access to justice second.
  2. See Jeremy Waldron “The Concept and the Rule of Law” (2008) 43 Ga L Rev 1 at 59. See also Andrew Little, Minister of Justice “Speech to Law Foundation Awards Dinner” (Wellington, 8 December 2017).

Reform Commission (OLRC) has noted, “effective access to justice is a precondition to the exercise of all other legal rights”.3

3 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 139.

4 See The Rules Committee Improving Access to Civil Justice: Initial Consultation with the New Zealand Community

(Discussion Paper) at [2] and [30].

5 See Chapter 1.

  1. Kayla Stewart, Bridgette Toy-Cronin and Louisa Choe New Zealand lawyers, pro bono, and access to justice (University of Otago Legal Issues Centre, March 2020) at 4; and University of Otago Legal Issues Centre Accessing Legal Services: The Price of Litigation Services (July 2019) at 21–22.

7 We discuss adverse costs in Chapter 13.

  1. We have adopted the categories “formal justice”, “informal justice” and “everyday justice” from Australian Government Attorney-General’s Department “Access to Justice” <www.ag.gov.au>.
  2. Christine Coumarelos and others Legal Australia-Wide Survey: Legal Need in Australia (Law and Justice Foundation of New South Wales, Access to Justice and Legal Needs Volume 7, August 2012) at 207.

10 Australian Government Attorney-General’s Department “Access to Justice” <www.ag.gov.au>.

11 Australian Government Attorney-General’s Department “Access to Justice” <www.ag.gov.au>.

  1. Robert H Mnookin and Lewis Kornhauser “Bargaining in the Shadow of the Law: The Case of Divorce” (1979) 88 Yale L J 950 at 997. We discuss the behaviour modification and deterrence benefits of class actions later in this chapter.

proposes four components of access to justice: access to the courts, a fair and transparent process, meaningful participation rights for class members and a substantively just result.13 This broader conception moves the focus from a class action increasing access to the court system to ensuring the entire process from commencement to resolution meaningfully achieves a fair and just result for class members. The ability of a class action to achieve this will depend on the processes and protections built into the regime. We have found Kalajdzic’s conception of access to justice a helpful framework and we discuss these four components below.

Improving access to the courts

Overcoming barriers to bringing litigation





  1. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 51. Professor Kalajdzic’s broader conception of access to justice generally aligns with substantive rule of law theories. See further Brian Z Tamanaha On the Rule of Law: History, Politics, Theory (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2004) at 102–113.
  2. See Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 47–66.

15 Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534 at [28].

  1. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 4. See also Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 52; and Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534 at [28].
  2. Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, House of Representatives, 14 November 1991, 3175 (Michael Duffy, Attorney- General); Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 146; Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [7.1]; and Parliament of Tasmania "Fact Sheet: Supreme Court Civil Procedure Amendment Bill 2018"

<www.parliament.tas.gov.au>.

  1. Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399 at 418; William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§1.7]; and Deborah R Hensler “Happy 50th Anniversary, Rule 23! Shouldn’t We Know You Better After All This Time?” (2017) 165 U Pa L Rev

1599 at 1611.

19 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§1.7].

Financial barriers

Social and psychological barriers


20 University of Otago Legal Issues Centre Accessing Legal Services: The Price of Litigation Services (July 2019) at 20–22.

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018); Catherine Piché “Class Action Value” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 261 at 272– 273; Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 109 and 115; and Kenneth S Canfield “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Actions from a Plaintiff’s Lawyer’s Perspective” [1999] Brief 58 at 61.

22 Colmar Brunton Legal needs among New Zealanders (13 April 2018) at 5.

23 We discuss how funders select cases in Chapter 14.

24 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 127–129.

25 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 127–128.

  1. Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings (Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 10.
  2. See Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 75; and Vince Morabito “Ideological Plaintiffs and Class Actions—An Australian Perspective” (2001) 34 UBC L Rev 459 at 503.
  3. Letter from Porirua Kapiti Community Law Centre to Rules Committee regarding the “Improving Access to Civil Justice” Initial Consultation (2020) at 3. The Porirua Kapiti Community Law Centre offers the following definition of whakamā: “Whakamā is a Māori concept which encompasses feelings of shame, a lack of knowledge, inferiority, inadequacy, shyness, embarrassment, and self-doubt”.

may face particular barriers to accessing the court system. This might include socio- economic, health, age-related, psychological and/or intellectual barriers.29

Which types of litigation do class actions enable?



  1. Vince Morabito and Jarrah Ekstein “Class Actions Filed for the Benefit of Vulnerable Persons—An Australian Study” (2016) 35 CJQ 61 at 62.

30 Rumley v British Columbia 2001 SCC 69, [2001] 3 SCR 184 at [39].

31 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 43 and 65.

  1. Vince Morabito and Jarrah Ekstein “Class Actions Filed for the Benefit of Vulnerable Persons—An Australian Study” (2016) 35 CJQ 61 at 62.

33 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 43.

34 Catherine Piché “Class Action Value” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 261 at 273.

35 Catherine Piché “Class Action Value” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 261 at 300.

  1. As noted in Chapter 3, shareholder and investor cases also make up a significant proportion of representative actions in Aotearoa New Zealand.

37 King & Wood Mallesons The Review: Class Actions in Australia 2018/2019 (2019) at 4.

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.9].

39 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 15.


“800-pound gorilla that dominates and overshadows other forms of class actions”.40 One study showed that securities class actions comprised 37 per cent of United States class action settlements between 2006 and 2007.41






  1. John C Coffee Jr “Reforming the Securities Class Action: An Essay on Deterrence and its Implementation” (2006) 106 Colum L Rev 1534 at 1539.

41 Brian T Fitzpatrick "An Empirical Study of Class Actions Settlements and Their Fee Awards" (2010) 7 JELS 811.

  1. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 607. We discuss litigation funding and case selection in Chapter 14.
  2. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 607. We discuss litigation funding and case selection in Chapter 14.
  3. Vince Morabito Shareholder class actions in Australia – myths v facts (An evidence-based approach to class action reform in Australia, November 2019) at 9. See also Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.9] commenting that federal class actions are “heavily skewed towards shareholder and investor disputes” because they are considered “low risk and profitable to run”.
  4. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 607.
  5. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 88.
  6. Consumer class actions were 22.7 per cent of class actions filed between 1992 and 2017: Vince Morabito The First Twenty-Five Years of Class Actions in Australia (Fifth Report, An Empirical Study of Australia's Class Action Regimes, July 2017) at 27. In the year to 30 June 2019 consumer cases were 29.6 per cent of cases filed: King & Wood Mallesons The Review: Class Actions in Australia 2018/2019 (2019) at 4.27 per cent of class actions filed in Ontario between 1993 and 2018 were Competition Act (15 per cent) and consumer protection (12 per cent) claims: Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 15. In the United States 12.6 per cent of class action settlements approved in 2006 and 2007 were consumer actions: Brian T Fitzpatrick “An Empirical Study of Class Action Settlements and Their Fee Awards” (2010) 7 JELS 811 at 818.

48 Allens Class Action Risk 2020 (March 2020) at 3 and 6.


class actions 49 and class actions against the Government 50 are also commonly seen overseas.

Procedural access to justice


  1. Employment class actions were 10.9 per cent of class actions field between 1992 and 2017: Vince Morabito The First Twenty-Five Years of Class Actions in Australia (Fifth Report, An Empirical Study of Australia's Class Action Regimes, July 2017) at 27. In Ontario, employment and pension claims were 12 per cent of class actions filed between 1993 and 2018: Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 15. In the United States 12.6 per cent of class action settlements approved in 2006 and 2007 were employment actions: Brian T Fitzpatrick “An Empirical Study of Class Action Settlements and Their Fee Awards” (2010) 7 JELS 811 at 818.
  2. In Australia 19.6 per cent of class actions filed to 30 June 2020 were claims against the Government: Vince Morabito “Government has shelled out $1.1B in class actions” (23 July 2020) Lawyerly <www.lawyerly.com.au>; and King & Wood Mallesons The Review: Class Actions in Australia 2018/2019 (2019) at 4. In Ontario seven per cent of class actions filed between 1993 and 2018 were against the Government: Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 15.
  3. Vince Morabito and Jarrah Ekstein “Class Actions Filed for the Benefit of Vulnerable Persons—An Australian Study” (2016) 35 CJQ 61 at 87.

52 Pearson v State of Queensland (No 2) [2020] FCA 619.

  1. For example, the Sixties Scoop Class Action, and the Federal Indian Day School Class Action: see “Sixties Scoop Class Action” Klein Lawyers <www.callkleinlawyers.com>; and “Federal Indian Day School Class Action”

<http://indiandayschools.com> .

  1. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 51.
  2. Roderick McDonald “Access to Justice in Canada Today – Scope, Scale, Ambitions” in J Bass, WA Bogart and Frederick H Zemans (eds) Access to Justice for a New Century: The Way Forward (The Law Society of Upper Canada, Toronto, 2005) 19 at 105 as cited in Ray Finkelstein “Class Actions: The Good, The Bad and The Ugly” in Damian Grave and Helen Mould (eds) 25 Years of Class Actions in Australia: 1992–2017 (Ross Parsons Centre of Commercial, Corporate and Taxation Law, Sydney, 2017) 415 at 416, n 3.

the public at large.56 As we discuss below, it has been argued that class actions can lead to a compensation culture of “frivolous litigation designed to extract unmeritorious settlements”. 57 CSA observes that additional class actions can impose costs on defendants, even where they successfully defend actions.58 Procedural protections can play an important role in protecting the defendant’s access to justice rights by ensuring that meritless claims cannot progress.59

Substantive access to justice







56 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [70].

57 Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at

129. See also Brian T Fitzpatrick “Can the Class Action Be Made Business Friendly?” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 169 at 171.

  1. Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 43. CSA also note that, as with any increase in litigation, an increase in the number of class actions will impose an increased cost on the courts.
  2. For instance, see Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 93.
  3. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 51 and 70.
  4. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 53.
  5. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 57.

63 See Catherine Piché “Class Action Value” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 261.

  1. Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399 at 418–419 and 433; Jason Scott Johnston “High Cost, Little Compensation, No Harm to Deter: New Evidence On Class Actions Under Federal Consumer Protection Statutes” [2017] Colum Bus L Rev 1 at 4–11; and John C Coffee Jr “Reforming the Securities Class Action: An Essay on Deterrence and its Implementation” (2006) 106 Colum L Rev 1534 at 1545–1546. Contrast Anjan V Thakor, Jeffrey S Nielsen and David A Gulley The Economic Reality of Securities Class Action Litigation (United States Chamber Institute for Legal Reform, 26 October 2005). Although note in one study securities class actions did compromise the vast majority of money transferred in class action settlements: Brian T Fitzpatrick “An Empirical Study of Class Action Settlements and Their Fee Awards” (2010) 7 JELS 811 at 825.

claimed compensation from a settlement.65 Another study found the median distribution rate in a sample of consumer class actions was 15 per cent.66

CLASS ACTIONS MAY ENABLE EFFICIENCY AND ECONOMY OF LITIGATION


65 Federal Trade Commission Consumers and Class Actions: A Retrospective and Analysis of Settlement Campaigns

(September 2019) at 11–12.

  1. Nicholas Pace and others Insurance Class Actions in the United States (RAND Corporation, 2007) at 55 as cited in Deborah R Hensler “Can private class actions enforce regulations? Do they? Should they?" in Francesca Bignami and David Zaring (eds) Comparative Law and Regulation: Understanding the Global Regulatory Process (Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham (UK), 2016) 238 at 263.

67 Deborah L Rhode Access to Justice (Oxford University Press, New York, 2004) at 33 as cited in Jasminka Kalajdzic

Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 57.

  1. Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 127–128.

69 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [74].

  1. John C Coffee Jr “The Regulation of Entrepreneurial Litigation: Balancing Fairness and Efficiency in the Large Class Action” (1987) 54 U Chi L Rev 877 at 900.
  2. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 57–58.

72 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 58.


and economy of litigation”.73 The Court went on to explain in Southern Response v Ross that the Court was guided by the objective of the High Court Rules: to secure the “just, speedy, and inexpensive determination of any proceeding or interlocutory application”.74 The Supreme Court also observed that both ensuring access to justice and facilitating the efficient use of resources “fall readily within that objective”.75

Improving economies of scale


  1. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [147]. The Court of Appeal also recognised “facilitating efficient use of judicial resources” as one of the advantages of representative claims: Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [52]. This was adopted by the Supreme Court on appeal: Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [40].
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [38]. Note that the objective of the High Court Rules 2016 is set out in r 1.2.

75 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [38].

  1. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 49; Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 2; and Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, House of Representatives, 14 November 1991, 3174 (Michael Duffy, Attorney-General). For the United States, see William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§1:9]; and Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399 at 418 and 421. In relation to United States practice, see also United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23 (Notes of Advisory Committee on Rules—1966 Amendment), stating that r 23(b)(3) (which covers what are frequently referred to as “damages class actions”):

... encompasses those cases in which a class action would achieve economies of time, effort, and expense, and promote, uniformity of decision as to persons similarly situated, without sacrificing procedural fairness or bringing about other undesirable results.

Also relevant is the Class Action Fairness Act of 2005 Pub L No 109-2, 118 Stat 4 at 4 (2005), s 2(a)(1) where Congress found that:

Class action lawsuits are an important and valuable part of the legal system when they permit the fair and efficient resolution of legitimate claims of numerous parties by allowing the claims to be aggregated into a single action against a defendant that has allegedly caused harm.

77 See Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534 at [27].

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 57–58; Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, House of Representatives, 14 November 1991, 3174 (Michael Duffy, Attorney-General); and Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (1982, Volume I) at 118.
  2. Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 34. The economies of scale achieved by a class action will significantly depend on class definition. Where there are differences between class members’ claims this can increase cost.

80 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (1982, Volume I) at 118.


court system is also likely to benefit from these greater efficiencies, despite the resource intensive nature of class actions.81 However, although high value claims could be grouped together in a class action, the management and coordination tasks required for claims to proceed in this way means that relatively few of these class actions are likely to occur.82

Precedential consistency and certainty



  1. See Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.14]; and Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at 140.

82 See Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 35.

83 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 46.

  1. Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399 at 422.

85 See discussion in Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 120–121.

  1. Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 81; Andrew Morrison and Colin Loveday “Class Actions in Australia” (10 December 2019) Lexology <www.lexology.com>; and Jeremy Martin and Myriam Brixi “Class Actions in Canada” (10 December 2019) Lexology <www.lexology.com>. We discuss the strong settlement pressures in class actions in Chapter 6.
  2. For further discussion of the benefits of precedential certainty see Douglas White “Originality or Obedience? The Doctrine of Precedent in the 21st Century” (2019) 28 NZULR 653 at 671–672.

of care.88 At the time of this Issues Paper, the ‘stage one’ trial of this case was occurring in the High Court.

Class actions may indirectly increase efficiency

[It] will tend to increase deterrence, reduce incidence of compensable accidents, promote settlement and ease the associated costs that are currently externalised through formal and informal insurance. Assuming that the secondary benefit of increased compensation for victims is also realised, then these effects will be further enhanced. The money thus saved can be redirected into the judicial system to accommodate these cases.

CLASS ACTIONS MAY STRENGTHEN INCENTIVES TO COMPLY WITH THE LAW

The role of class actions in enforcing the law


88 Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at

115. Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 is a representative action alleging that faulty cladding systems manufactured by Studorp Ltd and James Hardie caused damage to the claimants’ homes.

89 Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 83.

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [37] and [40]. The Supreme Court adopted the Court of Appeal’s description of the objectives of r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016: see Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [52].
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [39], citing Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534 at [29]. See also Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [11(b)].
  3. We refer to Te Komihana Tauhokohoko | Commerce Commission’s and Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority’s enforcement criteria in Chapter 7.
  4. See for example Deposit Guaranty National Bank of Jackson v Roper [1980] USSC 81; 445 US 326 (1980) at 339: “The aggregation of individual claims in the context of a class wide suit is an evolutionary response to the existence of injuries unremedied by the regulatory action of government”.

unavailable.94 In addition, as the Australian Securities and Investment Commission has observed, where private action can achieve a similar outcome to regulatory action, this allows the regulator to allocate its resources to other priorities.95

Class actions may also help regulators control conduct that threatens to harm various markets. Securities and other consumer class actions serve to enforce regulatory standards designed to deter fraudulent marketplace conduct that might otherwise escape regulation.




  1. John C Coffee Jr Entrepreneurial Litigation: Its Rise, Fall, and Future (Harvard University Press, Cambridge (Mass), 2015) at 175. See also John C Coffee Jr “Rescuing the Private Attorney General: Why the Model of the Lawyer as Bounty Hunter is not Working” (1983) 42 Md L Rev 215 at 226–227.
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [9.29].
  3. See for example William B Rubenstein “On What A ‘Private Attorney General’ Is—And Why It Matters” (2004) 57 Vand L Rev 2129; Owen M Fiss “The Political Theory of the Class Action” (1996) 53 Wash & Lee L Rev 21; and Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 44.
  4. Australian Institute of Company Directors, Submission No 40 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 10– 13.
  5. Craig Jones “The Class Action as Public Law” (paper presented at Osgoode Hall Law School, January 2006) as cited in Janet Walker (ed) Class Actions in Canada: Cases, Notes, and Materials (2nd ed, Emond Publishing, Toronto, 2018) at

19. See also Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 44.

  1. Barbara J Rothstein and Thomas E Willging Managing Class Action Litigation: A Pocket Guide for Judges (3rd ed, Federal Judicial Center, 2010) at 1.
  2. Brian T Fitzpatrick “Why Class Actions Are Something both Liberals and Conservatives Can Love” (2020) 73 Vand L Rev 1147 at 1154; and Brian T Fitzpatrick The Conservative Case for Class Actions (University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 2019).

101 Brian T Fitzpatrick and John H Beisner “The conservative case for class actions” (2020) 104 Judicature 68 at 70–71.







  1. See Deborah R Hensler “Can private class actions enforce regulations? Do they? Should they?" in Francesca Bignami and David Zaring (eds) Comparative Law and Regulation: Understanding the Global Regulatory Process (Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham (UK), 2016) 238 at 269:

Like public enforcement, private enforcement can fail, but taken together the two systems make it much more likely that market actors will comply with economic regulation and that critical regulatory policies will take hold on the ground.

  1. Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 127.

104 Nikki Chamberlain “CBL collapse ignites firestorm of litigation” [2020] NZLJ 163.

  1. Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority’s decision to disclose the information was the subject of litigation: see Financial Markets Authority v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2018] NZCA 590. ANZ unsuccessfully sought to strike out the representative proceeding: see Scott v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2020] NZHC 906.
  2. See Andrew Beck Morison’s Company Law (NZ) (online ed, LexisNexis) at [36.1]; and Fran Barber “Indirectly Directors: Duties Owed Below the Board” (2014) 45 VUWLR 27 at 41.
  3. Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority “FMA statement on director liability and continuous disclosure” (press release, 17 June 2020).
  4. Letter from Geoff Thorn (General Manager of the Commerce Commission) to the Rules Committee regarding a possible group actions regime in the High Court Rules (31 July 2017) at 6–7.

Behaviour modification and deterrence

The goal is to incentivize economic actors to include the expected value of injuries or losses caused by their illegal behaviour (including the legal expenses associated with recouping losses) in their calculus when deciding whether and how to design, produce, distribute, and market a product or service.



  1. This has been referred to as specific deterrence (stopping the defendant from continuing the misconduct) and general deterrence (preventing potential wrongdoers from committing misconduct): Brian T Fitzpatrick “Do Class Actions Deter Wrongdoing?” (12 September 2017) Social Science Research Network <www.ssrn.com> at 184.
  2. Deborah R Hensler “Can private class actions enforce regulations? Do they? Should they?" in Francesca Bignami and David Zaring (eds) Comparative Law and Regulation: Understanding the Global Regulatory Process (Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham (UK), 2016) 238 at 244.

111 See Catherine Piché “Class Action Value” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 261 at 276.

112 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 89.

  1. Brian T Fitzpatrick “An Empirical Study of Class Action Settlements and Their Fee Awards” (2010) 7 JELS 811 at 824; and Brian T Fitzpatrick “Do Class Actions Deter Wrongdoing?” (12 September 2017) Social Science Research Network

<www.ssrn.com> at 184.

  1. See comments by Bell Gully partner Jenny Stevens in Rod Vaughan “Debate over litigation funding heats up” (5 June 2020) ADLS <http://adls.org.nz> .

115 Brian T Fitzpatrick “Do Class Actions Deter Wrongdoing?” (12 September 2017) Social Science Research Network

<www.ssrn.com> at 185.


not.116 Others consider there is insufficient evidence.117 Linda Mullenix comments that while in some cases prudent lawyers are likely to guide their clients’ actions to avoid class action litigation:118

it is equally likely that the prospect of future class litigation serves little or no deterrent function and that at least some (if not many) corporate clients view class litigation as a cost of doing business, with costs passed along to consumers.


116 Brian T Fitzpatrick “Do Class Actions Deter Wrongdoing?” (12 September 2017) Social Science Research Network

<www.ssrn.com> at 196–200.

  1. For example, it has been observed that while the costs of defending class actions are visible, we do not know which of the precautionary measures taken by defendants would not be there without the threat of a class action: James D Cox and Randall S Thomas “Mapping the American Shareholder Litigation Experience: A Survey of Empirical Studies of the Enforcement of the US Securities Law” (2009) 6 ECFLR 164 at 183. It has also been said that if a class action claim is based on an activity unique to government, general deterrence is largely irrelevant: Craig Jones and Angela Baxter “The Class Action and Public Authority Liability: ‘Preferability’ Re-Examined” (2007) 57 UNBLJ 27 at 44.
  2. Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399 at 420.

119 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 89.

120 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 89.

  1. Some examples of behaviour modification that were given to the LCO included: employers changing policies relating to overtime, legal advice to corporate clients including discussions about the risk of class action litigation, improved disclosure by companies and changes to solitary confinement practices. However, there were cases where behaviour modification did not appear to occur or where it was difficult to isolate the deterrent effect of class actions compared to other factors such as regulatory proceedings: Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 89–90.
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [9.31].
  3. John C Coffee Jr Entrepreneurial Litigation: Its Rise, Fall, and Future (Harvard University Press, Cambridge (Mass), 2015) at 175. See also John C Coffee Jr “Reforming the Securities Class Action: An Essay on Deterrence and its Implementation” (2006) 106 Colum L Rev 1534 at 1542–1543. Some have said that the threat of a class action looms much larger than the prospect of enforcement by the Securities and Exchange Commission: see Myriam Gilles and Gary B Friedman “Exploding the Class Action Agency Costs Myth: The Social Utility of Entrepreneurial Lawyers” (2006) 155 U Pa L Rev 103 at 106.

settlements are much larger than regulatory fines does not mean that securities class actions create an adequate deterrent threat. One reason is that only claims above a certain level are economic to pursue, which means that small companies are said to become practically exempt from securities class actions.124 Another reason is that it may be defendant companies and insurers who actually pay the costs of a settlement, rather than culpable officers and directors.125 One study found that individual defendants almost never contribute personally to settlements in United States securities class action settlements.126 Australian research found that individuals are more likely to have orders or enforcement mechanisms imposed on them personally by regulatory action than by an investor class action.127

  1. John C Coffee Jr “Reforming the Securities Class Action: An Essay on Deterrence and its Implementation” (2006) 106 Colum L Rev 1534 at 1543.
  2. John C Coffee Jr “Reforming the Securities Class Action: An Essay on Deterrence and its Implementation” (2006) 106 Colum L Rev 1534 at 1550–1551.
  3. See Janet Cooper Alexander “Rethinking Damages in Securities Class Actions” (1996) 48 Stan L Rev 1487 at 1499; and Denise N Martin and others “Recent Trends IV: What Explains Filings and Settlements in Shareholder Class Actions” (1999) 5 Stan J L Bus & Fin 121 at 134.
  4. Michelle Welsh and Vince Morabito “Public v Private Enforcement of Securities Laws: An Australian Empirical Study” (2014) 14 JCLS 39 at 64.
  5. See discussion of this in John C Coffee Jr “Rescuing the Private Attorney General: Why the Model of the Lawyer as Bounty Hunter is not Working” (1983) 42 Md L Rev 215 at 220.
  6. Myriam Gilles and Gary B Friedman “Exploding the Class Action Agency Costs Myth: The Social Utility of Entrepreneurial Lawyers” (2006) 155 U Pa L Rev 103 at 155–157.

130 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 34.

131 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 38.

132 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 24–25 and 44.


also cause others to pre-emptively modify their behaviour to mitigate the risk of also becoming subject to one.

Should behaviour modification and deterrence be an objective of class actions or simply an incidental benefit?

(a) Even an individual case which had compensation as its main purpose would inevitably help to achieve deterrence by preventing the defendant from retaining unjust profits or forcing a defendant to internalise costs.

(b) There were aspects of civil substantive law which had incorporated deterrence, such as restitution and punitive damages.


  1. Deborah Hensler has commented that “[w]hether regulatory enforcement ought to be a goal of collective litigation ... is central to controversy over the use of class action procedures in virtually every jurisdiction that has considered adopting, expanding, or restricting their use": Deborah R Hensler “Can private class actions enforce regulations? Do they? Should they?" in Francesca Bignami and David Zaring (eds) Comparative Law and Regulation: Understanding the Global Regulatory Process (Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham (UK), 2016) 238 at 243–244.

134 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 79.

135 Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 29.

136 Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 44.

  1. See Deborah R Hensler “Can private class actions enforce regulations? Do they? Should they?" in Francesca Bignami and David Zaring (eds) Comparative Law and Regulation: Understanding the Global Regulatory Process (Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham (UK), 2016) 238 at 244.

138 See Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 44–45.

139 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 142–145.

(c) It may not be in the public interest (or the interests of defendants) to make behaviour modification the exclusive preserve of the criminal law.

(d) Fines imposed in criminal proceedings may not deprive defendants of the benefits of their wrongful conduct or require them to internalise the costs of the injuries caused to individuals.

(e) A class action procedure simply removes the barriers to litigation that prevent individual claims from being brought. A class action will not modify behaviour to any greater extent than other methods of removing barriers to bringing claims.




140 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 145.

  1. Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399 at 420; Deborah R Hensler “Happy 50th Anniversary, Rule 23! Shouldn’t We Know You Better After All This Time?” (2017) 165 U Pa L Rev 1599 at 1611. See also William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§1:8]; and Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 63–64.
  2. Arthur R Miller “Of Frankenstein Monsters and Shining Knights: Myth, Reality, and the ‘Class Action Problem’” (1979) 92 Harv L Rev 664 at 669:

Although it was expected that the revision would operate to assist small claimants, the draftsmen conceived the procedure’s primary function to be providing a mechanism for securing private remedies, rather than deterring public wrongs or enforcing broad social policies.

143 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [323].

  1. Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, House of Representatives, 14 November 1991, 3174 (Michael Duffy, Attorney- General).
  2. In the Senate, the Minister for Justice and Consumer Affairs commented in Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, Senate, 13 November 1991, 3125 (Michael Tate):

The enhancement of the rights of many shareholders to take this sort of representative proceeding will be a great aid to the more formal regulators, such as the Australian Securities Commission, in ensuring compliance with the corporations law.

See also Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [1.13]; and Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [9.28] commenting that “[i]t is generally accepted that there are two goals that shareholder class actions are expected to deliver: compensation for shareholders harmed by breaches of the rules, and deterrence against future breaches”.

QUESTION
What do you see as the advantages of class actions? In particular, to what extent

do you think class actions are likely to:

  1. improve access to justice?
    1. improve efficiency and economy of litigation?
    1. strengthen incentives to comply with the law. Is this an appropriate role for a class actions regime?

Q3

2020_4534.png

2020_4535.png





































146 Scottish Law Commission Multi-Party Actions (Scot Law Com No 154, Report, 1996) at [2.23].

CHAPTER 6



Disadvantages of class actions


INTRODUCTION

(a) Negative impacts on the court system.

(b) Negative impacts for defendants, including pressure to settle claims and increased costs.

(c) Broader negative impacts on the business and regulatory environment.

(d) Insufficient protection of class members’ interests.

CLASS ACTIONS MAY HAVE NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON THE COURT SYSTEM

Increasing the workload of the courts



1 This criticism is discussed in Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 169.

  1. There were 17 securities class actions filed in the year ending 30 June 2017, 24 securities class actions filed in the year ending 30 June 2018 and 19 securities class actions filed in the year ending 30 June 2019. Vince Morabito discusses some of the reasons for the “fairly significant” number of securities class actions and disputes the claim there has been an “explosion” in securities class actions in Australia: Vince Morabito Shareholder class actions in Australia – myths v facts (An evidence-based approach to class action reform in Australia, November 2019) at 15.

class actions are “skyrocketing” in the United States, with one in 12 companies subject to such a case.3



  1. United States Chamber Institute for Legal Reform A Rising Threat: The New Class Action Racket That Harms Investors and the Economy (October 2018) at 1.
  2. The Victorian Law Reform Commission has commented that class actions are significantly more resource-intensive than other cases and often require extensive judicial case management: Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at 140.

5 Michael J Legg “Shareholder Class Actions in Australia – The Perfect Storm?” [2008] UNSWLawJl 37; (2008) 31 UNSWLJ 669 at 698.

  1. Court fees are set out in the High Court Fees Regulations 2013. The Ministry of Justice’s consultation paper on these fees set the estimated cost recovery level at 33 per cent for the District Court, 37 per cent for the High Court, 15 per cent for the Court of Appeal and 0.5 per cent for the Supreme Court. See Tāhū o te Ture | Ministry of Justice Civil fees review: A public consultation paper (September 2012) at 7.
  2. John C Coffee Jr “Reforming the Securities Class Action: An Essay on Deterrence and its Implementation” (2006) 106 Colum L Rev 1534 at 1540.
  3. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 8.
  4. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.13].
  5. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.14].
  6. Vince Morabito Shareholder class actions in Australia – myths v facts (An evidence-based approach to class action reform in Australia, November 2019) at 12.
  7. Deborah R Hensler “From Sea to Shining Sea: How and Why Class Actions Are Spreading Globally” (2017) 65 U Kan L Rev 965 at 987.

Taken together these data suggest that in common law jurisdictions class actions are used sparingly (relative to the size of national caseloads of civil damage litigation) and tend to rise and fall in response to broader economic trends, as well as with precedential decisions. There is no evidence of class actions overwhelming any country's civil justice system.

Encouraging trivial claims




  1. See Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 75; and Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 82–83.

14 See Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 33.

15 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 43.

  1. Selnick v Sacramento Cable No 541907 (Cal Super Ct 1996) as cited in Deborah R Hensler and others Class Action Dilemmas: Pursuing Public Goals for Private Gain (RAND Corporation, 2000) at 418.
  2. Inman v Heilig-Meyers Furniture No CV 94-047 (Ala Cir Ct Fayette County filed May 12, 1994) as cited in Deborah R Hensler and others Class Action Dilemmas: Pursuing Public Goals for Private Gain (RAND Corporation, 2000) at 418.
  3. Congress voted to remove the sticker requirement from legislation in 2012. The Bureau of Consumer Protection considered that the consumer benefit being eliminated was minimal. It noted that the sticker notice did not tell the consumer the amount of the fee or whether a fee would be charged, it usually only stated that a fee “may” be charged: Supplementary Information issued by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection on 26 March 2013 in relation to Disclosures at Automated Teller Machines (Regulation E) 78 FR 18221-01.

19 See “McCormick & Company, Inc, Pepper Products Settlement” <www.blackpeppersettlement.com>.


Commissioner and Motor Vehicles Disputes Tribunal.20 A potential consequence of class actions may be the development of a litigious mindset in the community, with litigation being seen as the first resort for dispute resolution.21

Nothing is more destructive to a sense of injustice than the widespread belief that it is much more risky for an ordinary citizen to take $5 from one person at the point of a gun than it is for a corporation to take $5 each from a million customers at the point of a pen.

High transaction costs



20 For details of dispute resolution bodies by services, see Consumer Protection “Help by product & service”

<www.consumerprotection.govt.nz>.

21 Michael J Legg “Shareholder Class Actions in Australia – The Perfect Storm?” [2008] UNSWLawJl 37; (2008) 31 UNSWLJ 669 at 708.

22 Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at

129. She discusses class actions in Israel, where up to a third of all class actions have been classified as frivolous and many cases are withdrawn prior to certification due to low prospects of success and few cases ever reach a settlement. This is compared with Australia, where around half of cases result in a judicially approved settlement and only a small number are voluntarily withdrawn.

23 High Court Rules 2016, r 14.6(4)(a).

  1. Vice President Walter F Mondale “Address to the Second Judicial Circuit Conference” (10 September 1977) as cited in Kate Tokeley “Class Actions for New Zealand Consumers” in Christian Twigg-Flesner and others (eds) The Yearbook of Consumer Law 2008 (Ashgate Publishing, Aldershot (UK), 2007) 297 at 300.

25 Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at

127. Capital Strategic Advisors refers to class actions as having ‘management costs’ such as the time a lawyer must spend promoting the claim to prospective class members, conducting due diligence and assessing class member claims and the time spent by the parties and the court on certification: Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 35.

(a) In Australia, the median funder commission taken out of class action settlement funds is 25 per cent.26 Legal fees make up a median 15 per cent of settlements.27

(b) An Ontario study found that the average lawyer’s fee approved by a court in a class action was $3.06 million.28

(c) Data from the United States shows that legal fees made up an average of 27 per cent of gross recovery.29

CLASS ACTIONS MAY HAVE NEGATIVE IMPACTS FOR DEFENDANTS





  1. Vince Morabito Common Fund Orders, Funding Fees and Reimbursement Payments (An Evidence-Based Approach to Class Action Reform in Australia, January 2019) at 11. This does not include litigation costs that a funder will receive reimbursement for. See also Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.49]–[3.50] showing that litigation funding fees make up a median 30 per cent of a settlement in funded cases in the Federal Court. Funding commissions ranged from 17 per cent of a $3 million settlement ($510,000) to 62 per cent of a $6.6 million settlement ($4.092 million).
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.49]–[3.50]. Fee percentages ranged from 2 per cent of a $250 million settlement ($5 million) to 50 per cent of a $3 million settlement ($1.5 million). Vince Morabito comments that while the Full Federal Court of Australia has observed it frequently costs at least $10 million to run a class action, this figure has been surpassed in several cases, citing examples of cases costing over $36 million, $25 million and $19.2 million to run. See Vince Morabito “Lessons from Australia on Class Action Reform in New Zealand” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 178 at 184.
  3. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 131.
  4. Theodore Eisenberg, Geoffrey Miller and Roy Germano “Attorneys’ Fees in Class Actions: 2009–2013” (2017) 92 NYU L Rev 937 at 947. Costs and expenses made up a median 1.71 per cent of recovery: at 963.

30 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 23.

  1. Vince Morabito The First Twenty-Five Years of Class Actions in Australia (Fifth Report, An Empirical Study of Australia's Class Action Regimes, July 2017) at 30. The category of settled class actions with the longest average duration was product liability class actions, with a duration of 1,149 days.
  2. Jack Forrest “Issues in Case Management of Class Actions and Administration of Settlements – Kilmore East/Kinglake Bushfire Trial” in Damian Grave and Helen Mould (eds) 25 Years of Class Actions in Australia: 1992–2017 (Ross Parsons Centre of Commercial, Corporate and Taxation Law, Sydney, 2017) 71 at 73.
  3. Brian T Fitzpatrick “An Empirical Study of Class Action Settlements and Their Fee Awards” (2010) 7 JELS 811 at 820. This was a study of federal class action cases from 2006–2007. The average time to settlement was 1,196 days and the median time was 1,068 days.

company, overseas experience shows this is not always the case. In Australia, for example, one in five class actions has been brought against the Government.34

Defendants face strong settlement pressure





34 Vince Morabito “Government has shelled out $1.1B in class actions” (23 July 2020) Lawyerly <www.lawyerly.com.au>.

35 See Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 43.

36 Michael J Legg “Shareholder Class Actions in Australia – The Perfect Storm?” [2008] UNSWLawJl 37; (2008) 31 UNSWLJ 669 at 674–675.

  1. United States Chamber Institute for Legal Reform A Rising Threat: The New Class Action Racket That Harms Investors and the Economy (October 2018) at 18.
  2. Michael J Legg “Shareholder Class Actions in Australia – The Perfect Storm?” [2008] UNSWLawJl 37; (2008) 31 UNSWLJ 669 at 698 and 699– 700.

39 Gary L Sasso “Class Actions: De Minimis Curat Lex?” (2005) 31(4) Litigation 16 at 18.

  1. The concept of a ‘blackmail settlement’ is believed to have originated in Henry J Friendly Federal Jurisdiction: A General View (Columbia University Press, New York, 1973). See also United States Chamber Institute for Legal Reform Unstable Foundation: Our Broken Class Action System and How to Fix It (October 2017) at 17–18; Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399 at 416; Milton Handler “The Shift from Substantive to Procedural Innovations in Antitrust Suits—The Twenty-Third Annual Antitrust Review” (1971) 71 Colum L Rev 1 at 9 (“Any device which is workable only because it utilizes the threat of unmanageable and expensive litigation to compel settlement is not a rule of procedure—it is a form of legalized blackmail”). For a critique of the legalised blackmail argument, see Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 146; Charles Silver “‘We’re Scared to Death’: Class Certification and Blackmail” (2003) 78 NYU L Rev 1357; and Bruce Hay and David Rosenberg “Sweetheart and Blackmail Settlements in Class Actions: Reality and Remedy” (2000) 75 Notre

Dame L Rev 1377 at 1391.

  1. William Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§11:1]. One empirical study of class actions in four districts found that the percentage of certified class actions that resulted in a class settlement ranged from 62 per cent to 100 per cent: Thomas E Willging, Laural L Hooper and Robert J Niemic Empirical Study of Class Actions in Four Federal District Courts: Final Report to the Advisory Committee on Civil Rules (Federal Judicial Center,

1996) at 60.


This is said to be particularly the case for securities class actions.42 In Canada, over 90 per cent of cases allowed to proceed as class actions result in negotiated settlements.43 In Australia, empirical analysis of class actions between March 1992 and March 2017 shows that 52 per cent of class actions settled, with some categories of cases having much higher settlement rates than others.44 In its 2018 report, the ALRC noted that all federal shareholder class actions had settled to date and that it was difficult to assess whether claims were meritorious in the absence of judgments.45 In Victoria, approximately two- thirds of all class actions have settled.46





  1. Linda S Mullenix “Ending Class Actions as We Know Them: Rethinking the American Class Action” (2014) 64 Emory LJ 399 at 432–433 commenting that the “in terrorem” effect of a certified securities class action is so powerful that they almost never go to trial. She cites figures showing that only 14 out of 3,998 securities class actions went to trial verdict.
  2. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 92.
  3. Vince Morabito The First Twenty-Five Years of Class Actions in Australia (Fifth Report, An Empirical Study of Australia's Class Action Regimes, July 2017) at 30, 34 and 37. For example, 73 per cent of investor class actions settled compared with 26 per cent of consumer protection class actions: at 30.
  4. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [9.50]–[9.51]. We are aware of one shareholder class action having proceeded to judgment since the Australian Law Reform Commission’s report: TPT Patrol Pty Ltd as trustee for Amies Superannuation Fund v Myer Holdings Ltd [2019] FCA 1747, (2019) 140 ACSR 38.
  5. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.10].
  6. Geoffrey Venning “Greater Efficiency in Civil Procedure” (paper presented to New Zealand Bar Association-Australian Bar Association Joint Conference, Queenstown, August 2019).
  7. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 76.

49 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 147.

Settlement of meritless claims

[F]rivolous claims which utilise the threat of unmanageable and expensive litigation to compel defendants to settle because of the risks inherent in any litigation and the enormous costs of defending a class action.





50 Australian Law Reform Commission Access to the Courts — II Class Actions (ALRC Discussion Paper 11, 1979) at [23].

  1. See Conference Report (HR Rep No 104-369) at 31 on what is now the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 Pub L No 104-67, 109 Stat 737 (1995). See also discussion in Elliott J Weiss and John S Beckerman “Let the Money Do the Monitoring: How Institutional Investors Can Reduce Agency Costs in Securities Class Actions” (1995) 104 Yale LJ 2053 at 2084–2088 where the authors comment:

Some portion of class actions surely meet our definition of strike suits, but whether the correct figure is four percent or forty percent we cannot say. We are confident, though, that the strike suit problem has an agency-cost dimension.

  1. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 Pub L No 104-67, 109 Stat 737 (1995); and Securities Litigation Uniform Standards Act of 1998 Pub L 105-353, 112 Stat 3227 (1998). See discussion of these Acts in David M Levine and Adam C Pritchard “The Securities Litigation Uniform Standards Act of 1998: the sun sets on California’s Blue Sky laws” (1998) 54 Bus Law 1.
  2. The Australian Law Reform Commission commented on this point. It noted that all federal shareholder claims had settled at that point and the question of whether claims were meritorious was difficult to assess in the absence of any having proceeded to judgment: Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [9.50]–[9.51].

54 Cornerstone Research Securities Class Action Settlements: 2019 Review and Analysis (2019) at 4.

  1. Myriam Gilles and Gary B Friedman “Exploding the Class Action Agency Costs Myth: The Social Utility of Entrepreneurial Lawyers” (2006) 155 U Pa L Rev 103 at 158. See also Brian T Fitzpatrick “Can the Class Action Be Made Business Friendly?” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 169 at 171; and Charles Silver “‘We’re Scared to Death’: Class Certification and Blackmail” (2003) 78 NYU L Rev 1357 at 1396.

56 Cornerstone Research Securities Class Action Filings: 2020 Midyear Assessment (2020) at 13.


in bad faith from proceeding.57 The ALRC considered that the risk of meritless claims was countered by the adverse costs rule that operates in Australia and the court’s power to dismiss proceedings that were frivolous, vexatious or an abuse of process.58 It has also been said that there are unique characteristics of litigation in the United States that might lead to ‘blackmail’ settlements, including the use of jury trials in civil cases and high levels of punitive damages.59

Overpayment due to risk aversion




  1. Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 149. See also Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [130].

58 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [351].

59 Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 57–58.

  1. High Court Rules 2016, r 15.1. See also rr 5.35A and 5.35B of the High Court Rules 2016 which allow a Registrar to refer a proceeding to a judge before service if it is “plainly an abuse of the court”.

61 High Court Rules 2016, r 14.6(4).

62 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 22.

  1. Michael Legg comments that strike suits are possible in Australia because a successful company will not recover all of its direct costs (let alone indirect costs such as management time): Michael J Legg “Shareholder Class Actions in Australia – The Perfect Storm?” [2008] UNSWLawJl 37; (2008) 31 UNSWLJ 669 at 710.

64 We discuss certification in Chapter 10.

65 Brian T Fitzpatrick “Can the Class Action Be Made Business Friendly?” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 169 at 173.

  1. Charles Silver “‘We’re Scared to Death’: Class Certification and Blackmail” (2003) 78 NYU L Rev 1357 at 1409. See also John C Coffee Jr “Rescuing the Private Attorney General: Why the Model of the Lawyer as Bounty Hunter is not Working” (1983) 42 Md L Rev 215 at 230 discussing risk aversion among plaintiff lawyers.

Even if defendants are risk averse, this may be cancelled out by plaintiff lawyers also being risk averse and being willing to accept too little to settle cases.67

Impacts of large settlements or damages awards

CLASS ACTIONS MAY HAVE NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON THE BUSINESS AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Impact on directors and officers liability insurance




67 Brian T Fitzpatrick “Can the Class Action Be Made Business Friendly?” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 169 at 174.

68 Charles Silver “‘We’re Scared to Death’: Class Certification and Blackmail” (2003) 78 NYU L Rev 1357 at 1404–1405.

69 Charles Silver “‘We’re Scared to Death’: Class Certification and Blackmail” (2003) 78 NYU L Rev 1357 at 1407.

  1. Vince Morabito Common Fund Orders, Funding Fees and Reimbursement Payments (An Evidence-Based Approach to Class Action Reform in Australia, January 2019) at 9. He explains that another three cases could possibly be added this list — two involve confidentiality orders and one involves waiver of debt rather than a payment by the defendants.
  2. See Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 77. We discuss this point further in Chapter 7.
  3. The claim is discussed in Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [9.81]–[9.85]. See also Australian Institute of Company Directors, Submission No 40 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 7–9.

affect the pricing and availability of D&O insurance in Aotearoa New Zealand.73 A recent report predicts that increased litigation funding, developments in representative actions as well as potential class actions law reform, and the growing regulatory burden on directors and officers, could also result in changes to the D&O insurance market in Aotearoa New Zealand.74 It has been suggested that these changes may in turn adversely impact the ability of companies to recruit directors and officers.75

Difficulties in appointing directors

Defendants may become overly risk averse



  1. Institute of Directors New Zealand, MinterEllisonRuddWatts and Marsh Directors and Officers Insurance: Trends and Issues in Turbulent Times (June 2019) at 5.
  2. Institute of Directors New Zealand, MinterEllisonRuddWatts and Marsh Directors and Officers Insurance: Trends and Issues in Turbulent Times (June 2019) at 11.
  3. Institute of Directors New Zealand, MinterEllisonRuddWatts and Marsh Directors and Officers Insurance: Trends and Issues in Turbulent Times (June 2019) at 3.
  4. Institute of Directors New Zealand and ASB Director Sentiment Survey 2019 (21 November 2019) at 8. See also Australian Institute of Company Directors, Submission No 40 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 5.
  5. Edward H Cooper “Class Action Advice in the Form of Questions” (2001) 11 Duke J Comp & Intl L 215 at 219; Martin H Redish “The Liberal Case Against the Modern Class Action” (2020) 73 Vand L Rev 1127 at 1144; and Brian T Fitzpatrick “Can the Class Action Be Made Business Friendly?” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 169 at 173.
  6. See Tim Smith and Duncan McLachlan “Kiwifruit and the Crown – Expanding regulator liability in Strathboss” (2018) 920 LawTalk 49. This discusses the High Court’s decision in Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2018] NZHC 1559, a representative action under r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016, which is described as “a decision causing some angst for all regulators carrying out an operational rule”. This decision was subsequently overturned by the Court of Appeal (Attorney-General v Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd [2020] NZCA 98) and the Supreme Court has granted leave to hear the case (Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2020] NZSC 68).

liability is ultimately due to the underlying legal claims rather than the procedure used to bring the claims.79

Impact on overall business environment





  1. In relation to the Strathboss decision for example, commentary has focused on the High Court’s substantive findings on the plaintiff’s claims as opposed to the use of the representative actions rule to bring the claim. See Stephen Young and Alex Latu “Class actions, Crown negligence, immunities and epidemics on trial” [2020] NZLJ 368.

80 Michael J Legg “Shareholder Class Actions in Australia – The Perfect Storm?” [2008] UNSWLawJl 37; (2008) 31 UNSWLJ 669 at 710.

81 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [147].

  1. Australian Institute of Company Directors, Submission No 40 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 4.
  2. Australian Institute of Company Directors, Submission No 40 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 7.

84 Michael J Legg “Shareholder Class Actions in Australia – The Perfect Storm?” [2008] UNSWLawJl 37; (2008) 31 UNSWLJ 669 at 710.

85 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 44.

86 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 45.

Increased cost to Government

CLASS ACTIONS MAY PROVIDE INSUFFICIENT PROTECTION OF CLASS MEMBERS’ INTERESTS

Class action judgment binds the class


  1. Vince Morabito “Government has shelled out $1.1B in class actions” (23 July 2020) Lawyerly <www.lawyerly.com.au> stating that a total of $1,155,270,100 was paid in judicial-approved settlements and post-trial awards of damages.
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.126].
  3. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.129].
  4. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.130]; and Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [1.43].

part of. In particular, this includes the requirement to provide notice and an opportunity to opt out of the claim. We discuss this in Chapter 12.

Class members have limited involvement in litigation

Conflicts between class members and with the representative plaintiff






  1. See Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.183]–[4.187]; Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, ss 14, and 27.1(7), (8) and (16); United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(e)(1) and (5)(A); and The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 94(7).
  2. See Michael Legg "Class Action Settlements in Australia — The Need for Greater Scrutiny" [2014] MelbULawRw 23; (2014) 38 MULR 590 at 599– 600; Azra Alagic “Objectors – The Reality of Objecting to Class Action Settlements” (1 September 2020) Class Action Clinic: Windsor Law <www.classactionclinic.com>; and William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:21] and [§13:58].
  3. In Canada, a court may permit a class member to participate in the proceeding to ensure that the interests of class members are fairly and adequately represented: Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.23(1); Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 14(1); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 15(1); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 16(1); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 15(1); The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 17; Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 18(1); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 17(1); and Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 166. In the United States, class members may intervene in proceedings: see United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, rr 23(d)(1)(B)(iii), 23(d)(1)(c) and 24. In the United Kingdom Competition Appeal Tribunal, a proposed class member may

apply to make submissions at the certification hearing: The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(5).

  1. We note that in 2019 the University of Windsor class action clinic was set up for this purpose. See Class Action Clinic: Windsor Law “Our Mission and Services” <www.classactionclinic.com>.
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.4]. See also Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [1.35].

members. They will have different circumstances and they may have experienced different types and amounts of harm.96 This may lead to conflicts of interest.

Potential conflicts between the lawyer and the class


96 Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Consultation Paper

(July 2017) at [3.65].

97 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 164.

98 This is discussed in Chapter 11.

  1. See Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 184–188 and 287.
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 390.
  3. In Australia, the parties will usually need to persuade the court that (a) the proposed settlement is fair and reasonable, having regard to the claims of those who will be bound by the settlement; and (b) it is in the interests of the class members, as well as the applicant and respondent: see Federal Court of Australia, Practice Note GPN-CA — Class Actions Practice Note, 20 December 2019 at [14.3]; Supreme Court of Victoria, Practice Note SC Gen 10 — Conduct of Group Proceedings (Class Actions) (Second Revision), 1 July 2020 at [16.1]; Williams v FAI Home Security Pty Ltd (No 4) [2000] FCA 1925, (2000) 180 ALR 459 at [19]; and Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [22.1]. In Canada, in order to approve a settlement, the court must find that it is fair, reasonable and in the best interests of the class: Nunes v Air Transat A T Inc (2005) 20 CPC (6th) 93 (ONSC) at [7]; and Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of

Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 93.

102 See for example Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33W.

103 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 5 (glossary).


weak incentive to supervise their lawyer. This can lead to litigation costs that are substantially higher than efficient levels.104


  1. Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 37. Capital Strategic Advisors also comments that the principal-agent problems arise from two sources of information asymmetry: a client’s inability to perfectly observe lawyers’ actions and effort levels and a client’s lack of legal expertise: see at 22–

24. We note that lawyers are bound to act competently and must not charge more than a fee that is fair and reasonable. See Lawyers and Conveyancers Act (Lawyers: Conduct and Client Care) Rules 2008, rr 3 and 9 in particular.

  1. See Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 131 which states legal fees have been calculated as an average of $3.06 million in class action cases; and Theodore Eisenberg, Geoffrey Miller and Roy Germano “Attorneys’ Fees in Class Actions: 2009–2013” (2017) 92 NYU L Rev 937 at 944 which states the mean attorney fee award for cases with recoveries over $100 million ranged from

$37.9 million in 2010 to $124 million in 2013.

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.49].

107 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 71.

108 Martin H Redish “The Liberal Case Against the Modern Class Action” (2020) 73 Vand L Rev 1127 at 1142.

  1. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 73.
  2. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 79; and Susan P Koniak and George H Cohen “In Hell There Will Be Lawyers Without Clients or Law” (2001) 30 Hofstra L Rev 129 at 132–133.
  3. Susan P Koniak and George H Cohen “In Hell There Will Be Lawyers Without Clients or Law” (2001) 30 Hofstra L Rev 129 at 143.

  1. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 87.
  2. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 86.
  3. John C Coffee Jr “Understanding the Plaintiff’s Attorney: The Implications of Economic Theory for Private Enforcement of Law Through Class and Derivative Actions” (1986) 86 Colum L Rev 669 at 679.
  4. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 87. See also David Napier “Sins of the Father – Residential Schools special report” Anglican Journal (online ed, Toronto, 2 May 2000).
  5. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 88.
  6. John C Coffee Jr “Understanding the Plaintiff’s Attorney: The Implications of Economic Theory for Private Enforcement of Law Through Class and Derivative Actions” (1986) 86 Colum L Rev 669 at 681–682; and John C Coffee Jr “Rescuing the Private Attorney General: Why the Model of the Lawyer as Bounty Hunter is not Working” (1983) 42 Md L Rev 215 at 224.
  7. John C Coffee Jr “Understanding the Plaintiff’s Attorney: The Implications of Economic Theory for Private Enforcement of Law Through Class and Derivative Actions” (1986) 86 Colum L Rev 669 at 680.
  8. See generally Howard M Erichson “Aggregation as Disempowerment: Red Flags in Class Action Settlements” (2016) 92 Notre Dame L Rev 859 for a discussion of features of class action settlements that benefit the plaintiff’s lawyer and the defendant without providing value to class members.
  9. United States Chamber Institute for Legal Reform A Rising Threat: The New Class Action Racket That Harms Investors and the Economy (October 2018) at 7.

disclosures while the plaintiff’s lawyer receives a significant fee. 121 Another form of settlement that may provide little benefit to class members is coupons for the defendant’s product, particularly where the coupons may not be transferred to others, may not be used with other discounts and have restrictions such as an expiry date.122 There may also be a risk of collusive or ‘sweetheart’ deals, where plaintiff lawyers are willing to settle class action claims for less than their true value in exchange for generous legal fees.123 However, the collusive settlement claim has been criticised on the basis that class action fees must be approved by the court rather than by settlement between the parties (in the United States at least).124





  1. Emma Weiss “In Re Trulia: Revisited and Revitalized” (2018) 52 U Rich L Rev 529 at 529; and United States Chamber Institute for Legal Reform A Rising Threat: The New Class Action Racket That Harms Investors and the Economy (October 2018) at 7.
  2. See Howard M Erichson “Aggregation as Disempowerment: Red Flags in Class Action Settlements” (2016) 92 Notre Dame L Rev 859 at 878–882.
  3. Deborah R Hensler and Thomas D Rowe Jr “Beyond ‘It Just Ain’t Worth It’: Alternative Strategies for Damage Class Action Reform” (2001) 64 LCP 137 at 138. See also John C Coffee Jr “Understanding the Plaintiff’s Attorney: The Implications of Economic Theory for Private Enforcement of Law Through Class and Derivative Actions” (1986) 86 Colum L Rev 669 at 690; John C Coffee Jr “Rescuing the Private Attorney General: Why the Model of the Lawyer as Bounty Hunter is not Working” (1983) 42 Md L Rev 215 at 232; and Susan P Koniak and George H Cohen “In Hell There Will Be Lawyers Without Clients or Law” (2001) 30 Hofstra L Rev 129 at 146–147.
  4. Myriam Gilles and Gary B Friedman “Exploding the Class Action Agency Costs Myth: The Social Utility of Entrepreneurial Lawyers” (2006) 155 U Pa L Rev 103 at 160.

125 See Lawyers and Conveyancers Act 2006, ss 333 and 334.

  1. See Lawyers and Conveyancers Act 2006, ss 333 and 334; and Lawyers and Conveyancers Act (Lawyers: Conduct and Client Care) Rules 2008, r 9.
  2. Canadian Bar Association “Resolution 00-04A” <www.grantnativelaw.com> as cited in Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 87.

Possible conflicts between class and litigation funder

(a) When recruiting class members. The litigation funder has an incentive to maximise the class size and so may give undue prominence to the prospects of success of a claim.

(b) The terms of a funding agreement. The litigation funder has an incentive to maximise the amount it receives if the claim is successful, while class members will want to minimise costs and maximise their return.

(c) Settlement. The litigation funder may want to settle while class members wish to continue the claim. The terms of a settlement, such as non-monetary benefits, may also cause a conflict.

QUESTION
Do you have any concerns about class actions? In particular, do you have concerns

about:

  1. the impact on the court system?
  2. the impact on defendants?
  1. the impact on the business and regulatory environment?
  1. how class members’ interests will be affected?

Q4

2020_4536.png

2020_4532.png

2020_4537.png

  1. Vince Morabito The First Twenty-Five Years of Class Actions in Australia (Fifth Report, An Empirical Study of Australia's Class Action Regimes, July 2017) at 33. This shows that 74 out of 160 class actions filed between 1 June 2012 and 31 May 2017 were funded by a litigation funder, which is 46.2 per cent.

129 We discuss this in Chapter 3.

130 Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Consultation Paper

(July 2017) at [3.62].

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.49].

CHAPTER 7



A statutory class actions regime for Aotearoa New Zealand


INTRODUCTION

(a) Group litigation is beneficial but current mechanisms and alternatives are inadequate.

(b) Class actions are likely to improve access to justice, facilitate efficiency and economy of litigation and strengthen incentives for compliance with the law.

(c) Many of the potential disadvantages of class actions can be mitigated by the design of the regime.

(d) A statutory regime can provide greater certainty, predictability and transparency of the law.

GROUP LITIGATION IS BENEFICIAL BUT CURRENT MECHANISMS AND ALTERNATIVES ARE INADEQUATE


  1. Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 31–32 (discussing the counterfactual of there being no class actions regime).

(a) People may be tempted to free ride on the efforts of others, and adopt a ‘wait and see’ approach before commencing their own litigation.

(b) If a defendant has a limited ability to pay, plaintiffs have incentives to compete to access the defendant’s funds.

(c) A defendant has an incentive to over-spend in an effort to defeat early litigation attempts, in order to deter later claims.

(d) If a plaintiff has a claim with a low chance of success, even if they are successful, other potential plaintiffs may still doubt their own prospects of success and fail to bring their own claim.

Existing group litigation mechanisms

Regulatory action



2 These points are discussed in more detail in Chapter 4.

  1. See Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 50, where she notes that the drawbacks of using consolidation and joinder devices have been cited by overseas law reform bodies when considering class actions reform.
  2. In David Friar and Daniel Scholes “Do litigants need a new statutory regime to cover opt-out class actions?” (3 April 2020) Auckland District Law Society <www.adls.org.nz> the authors refer to the proportion of compensation paid to law firms and litigation funders in Australian class actions and ask:

Is an opt-out class action regime the most efficient way to remedy wrongs by corporate defendants? Or should regulators be better empowered and resourced to prosecute the type of proceedings commonly brought as class actions?

See also Deborah R Hensler “Can private class actions enforce regulations? Do they? Should they?" in Francesca Bignami and David Zaring (eds) Comparative Law and Regulation: Understanding the Global Regulatory Process (Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham (UK), 2016) 238 at 265 who notes that:


of the law and in Chapter 3 we discussed the powers of the Commerce Commission and the Financial Markets Authority (FMA) with respect to enforcement of consumer, competition and financial markets legislation.

Undoubtedly, if public enforcers had the resources and willingness both to prosecute culpable defendants, and to pursue compensatory redress on behalf of victims of that behaviour, then the need for private enforcement via civil litigation would be reduced, if not obviated.



... there is little agreement on whether private class actions operate as a useful complement to public enforcement. Some argue that private class actions add little of value to public enforcement of market regulations. They argue that in many instances class counsel bring actions when public regulators deemed or would deem no actionable violation took place, and that where public officials have undertaken regulatory activities class counsel simply ride the coattails of public officials, driving up the costs of enforcement without achieving commensurate benefits.

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.8]–[8.9]; and Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [118].
  2. The Australian Law Reform Commission notes that the shift in the role of regulators in England and Wales has meant that:

... regulators do not ‘settle’ for lower sums as happens in contested litigation. What may be reduced is the civil penalty (or fine) and ... the transaction costs (lawyers fees and court costs) ...

See Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.33].

7 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 72.

  1. The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission has commented that “class actions are an efficient and appropriate mechanism for obtaining compensation that generally and appropriately supplements public enforcement”: Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, Submission No 15 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 2.

9 Te Komihana Tauhokohoko | Commerce Commission "Enforcement Criteria" <www.comcom.govt.nz>.

10 Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority “Enforcement” (23 April 2019) <www.fma.govt.nz>.


regulatory agencies has been a factor in class actions reform in other jurisdictions.11 In CSA’s assessment, while regulatory agencies reduce the need for class actions, they are unlikely to remove the need for them entirely. This is due to constraints faced by regulators such as politically determined budgets.12

Other alternatives to class actions are also inadequate


  1. Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 211; Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [36] and [38]; and Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Private Actions in Competition Law: A consultation on options for reform – final impact assessment (January 2013) at [17]–[18].

12 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 27.

  1. See Te Komihana Tauhokohoko | Commerce Commission Enforcement Response Guidelines (October 2013) at [5]; and Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority Regulatory response guidelines (August 2016) at 8 and 10–14.
  2. For example, Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority (FMA) brought two civil proceedings in relation to CBL Insurance. There have also been two representative actions filed relating to CBL Insurance. The website promoting one of the actions states:

We understand the key focus for the FMA is to establish that the defendants have breached their duties and for pecuniary penalties as well as clarify law and provide important legal precedents. So, while the FMA’s case, if successful, will impose fines on the directors, their proceedings aim to address wider public interest and regulatory concerns under the Financial Markets Conduct Act and are therefore unlikely to directly provide compensation for individual investors.

See CBL Class Action “FAQ’s” <www.cblclassaction.co.nz>.

  1. Michael J Duffy “Australian private securities class actions and public interest—Assessing the ‘private Attorney-General’ by reference to the rationales of public enforcement” (2017) 32 Aust Jnl of Corp Law 162 at 190. Duffy comments this suggests a “generally useful supplemental role” for private securities class actions.
  2. See Andrew Beck Morison’s Company Law (NZ) (online ed, LexisNexis) at [36.1]; and Fran Barber “Indirectly Directors: Duties Owed Below the Board” (2014) 45 VUWLR 27 at 41.

Group Litigation Order

Collective alternative dispute resolution mechanisms


  1. Christopher Hodges “From class actions to collective redress: a revolution in approach to compensation” (2009) 28 CJQ 41 at 43.
  2. Rachael Mulheron “Some Difficulties with Group Litigation Orders – and Why a Class Action is Superior” (2005) 24 CJQ 40 at 47–48.
  3. The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), r 46.6(3) and (4)(b). Common costs are costs incurred in relation to the GLO issues; individual costs incurred in a claim while it is proceeding as a test claim; and costs incurred by the lead legal representative in administering the group litigation: see r 46.6(2).
  4. There are 109 Group Litigation Orders listed by the courts: HM Courts & Tribunals Service “Guidance: Group Litigation Orders” (23 June 2020) UK Government <www.gov.uk>. Commentary notes that this list may not be comprehensive but that the use of group litigation orders remains relatively limited: Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [1-021].

21 See The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), rr 19.11(2)(a) and 46.6.

  1. Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 115–117.
  2. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 51.

Expanded role for regulators in collective redress

(a) It may have the power to pursue collective litigation on behalf of affected individuals.

(b) It may be able to negotiate with a business to pay redress to affected people.



  1. Some specific dispute bodies in New Zealand will refer claims to mediation or individuals can organise a private mediation at their own expense and if the other party agrees: Consumer Protection “Take your complaint further”

<www.consumerprotection.govt.nz>.

25 Christopher Hodges “Collective Redress: The Need for New Technologies” (2019) 42 J of Consum Policy 59 at 67.

  1. See Rachel Dunning “All for One and One for All: Class Action Litigation and Arbitration in New Zealand” (2016) 3 PILJNZ 68.

27 Arbitration Act 1996, s 11(1).

28 Insurance Law Reform Act 1977, s 8(2).

  1. Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 123.
  2. Christopher Hodges “Current discussions on consumer redress: collective redress and ADR” (2012) 13 ERA Forum 11 at 28.
  3. See the discussion of the response to the Storm Financial collapse: Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.24]–[8.27].

32 Christopher Hodges “Collective Redress: The Need for New Technologies” (2019) 42 J of Consum Policy 59 at 63.

(c) It may have a power to order redress to be paid.

(d) It may have the power to establish a redress scheme or to approve a voluntary redress arrangement.


  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.8].
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at Recommendation 23 and [8.76].
  3. For example, the United Kingdom’s Competition and Markets Authority has the authority to approve voluntary redress schemes for breaches of the Competition Act 1998 (UK). See Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 124; and Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.35]–[8.42].
  4. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.42].
  5. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.55]–[8.58].

mass ADR that is carried out by non-governmental organisations. Collective settlements from such ADR are binding on a class.38 Other jurisdictions have consumer ombudsmen, which tend to be industry-specific. Consumer ombudsmen have likewise developed processes to aggregate and resolve mass claims between consumers and businesses. The ombudsmen can also refer issues to the sector regulator for the exercise of broader regulatory powers.39

CLASS ACTIONS HAVE SEVERAL ADVANTAGES

Class actions are likely to improve access to justice


  1. For example, the Netherlands’ Collective Settlement of Mass Claims (WCAM) process: Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 124.

39 Christopher Hodges “Collective Redress: The Need for New Technologies” (2019) 42 J of Consum Policy 59 at 68–69.

  1. See Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.11]–[8.14] (recommending that enforcement tools available to regulators of consumer and small business products and services should be reviewed to provide for a consistent framework of regulatory redress).
  2. We discuss the existing role of regulators in Chapter 3. New Zealand consumers also have access to over 50 dispute resolution schemes in New Zealand including the Disputes Tribunal and industry-specific schemes such as the Banking Ombudsman, Motor Vehicle Disputes Tribunal, Insurance and Financial Services Ombudsman, and Telecommunications Dispute Resolution. Each scheme has its own process for resolving disputes, which may involve mediation and/or a hearing process. See Consumer Protection New Zealand Consumer Survey 2018: Summary Findings (Hīkina Whakatutuki I Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, May 2019) at 18; and Consumer Protection “Take your complaint further” <www.consumerprotection.govt.nz>.

which would not be economic to pursue individually. Although the current representative actions regime has seen some low-value cases proceed, many recent representative actions have involved high-value individual claims. We think that a statutory class actions regime is likely to increase the number of cases brought, including low-value claims. This is because having clear procedural rules would increase certainty, which should make litigation more efficient and less costly, making a greater range of claims economic. CSA’s analysis found that class actions involving only high value individual claims were unlikely to affect access to justice, because these claims would have been brought anyway, although it noted that few class actions were likely to fit into this category.




  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.8].
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.9].
  3. Vince Morabito Shareholder class actions in Australia – myths v facts (An evidence-based approach to class action reform in Australia, November 2019) at 9. See also Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [8.9] commenting that federal class actions are “heavily skewed towards shareholder and investor disputes” because they are considered “low risk and profitable to run”.
  4. Between 1 June 1992 and 31 May 2017 there were three claims by native title holders (0.5 per cent of claims) and six claims by alleged victims of racial discrimination in non-migration proceedings (1.1 per cent). See Vince Morabito The First Twenty-Five Years of Class Actions in Australia (Fifth Report, An Empirical Study of Australia's Class Action Regimes, July 2017) at 27.
  5. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 88.

Class actions may improve the efficiency and economy of litigation

Class actions may improve compliance with the law

MANY OF THE POTENTIAL DISADVANTAGES CAN BE MITIGATED BY GOOD DESIGN

Impacts on defendants


47 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 34–35.

48 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 45.

  1. CSA draws a parallel with companies, where rules can be adopted which mitigate principal-agent problems between management and shareholders while retaining most of the benefits of collective action. See Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 33.
  2. See Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 75.

likely to be concerned about the financial impact of any rise in litigation in certain industries.51 In other jurisdictions, reforms have been enacted to respond to concerns about certain types of class actions. For example, as discussed in Chapter 6, the United States introduced reforms to requirements for bringing securities class actions to respond to the issue of ‘strike suits’. In Australia, the Government temporarily amended the continuous disclosure provisions in the Corporations Act 2001 as a response to COVID-19, noting:52

[t]he heightened level of uncertainty around companies’ future prospects as a result of COVID-19 exposes companies to the threat of opportunistic class actions for allegedly falling foul of their continuous disclosure obligations if their forecasts in the middle of a pandemic are found to be inaccurate.

Impacts on the court system






  1. Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 15 comments that even if it is assumed that class action legislation is solely procedural:

... it does not necessarily follow that the system designer should ignore the substantive effect of aggregation on the outcomes of litigation. Indeed, although generally phrased in procedural terms, the principal purpose of aggregate actions remains to influence who can sue whom for what, and most importantly, how successfully.

  1. See Josh Frydenberg (Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia) “Temporary Changes to continuous disclosure provisions for companies and officers” (press release, 25 May 2020); and Josh Frydenberg (Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia) “Extension of temporary changes to continuous disclosure provisions for companies and officers” (press release, 23 September 2020). The Financial Markets Authority declined to take similar action in relation to Aotearoa New Zealand’s continuous disclosure laws: Financial Markets Authority “FMA statement on director liability and continuous disclosure” (press release, 17 June 2020).

53 Brian T Fitzpatrick “Can the Class Action Be Made Business Friendly?” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 169 at 170.

54 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 45.

Protecting interests of class members

A STATUTORY REGIME CAN PROVIDE GREATER CERTAINTY, PREDICTABILITY AND TRANSPARENCY



55 See Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 83.

  1. Federal Court of Australia, Practice Note GPN-CA — Class Actions Practice Note, 20 December 2019; Supreme Court of New South Wales, Practice Note No SC GEN 17 — Supreme Court Representative Proceedings, 31 July 2017; Supreme Court of Victoria, Practice Note SC Gen 10 — Conduct of Group Proceedings (Class Actions) (Second Revision), 1 July 2020; Supreme Court of Queensland Practice Direction No 2 of 2017 — Representative Proceedings, 27 February 2017; Supreme Court of Tasmania, Practice Direction No 2 of 2019 — Representative Proceedings, 6 September 2019.

57 Draft High Court Rules (Representative Proceedings) Amendment Rules 2019 (PCO 20692/4.2).


original representative actions rule for particular situations (such as claims against a representative defendant or cases with a very small class), as we discuss in Chapter 8.

QUESTION
Should Aotearoa New Zealand have a statutory class actions regime? Why or why
not?

Q5

2020_4538.png

2020_4522.png






CHAPTER 8



Scope of a statutory class actions regime


INTRODUCTION

(a) Should a class actions regime cover all areas of the law?

(b) Which courts should a class actions regime apply to?

(c) Should defendant class actions be allowed?

(d) Should the representative actions rule be retained?

WHICH AREAS OF THE LAW SHOULD A CLASS ACTIONS REGIME COVER?

General or sectoral class actions regime?






  1. Deborah R Hensler “Can private class actions enforce regulations? Do they? Should they?" in Francesca Bignami and David Zaring (eds) Comparative Law and Regulation: Understanding the Global Regulatory Process (Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham (UK), 2016) 238 at 245.
  2. Deborah R Hensler “Can private class actions enforce regulations? Do they? Should they?" in Francesca Bignami and David Zaring (eds) Comparative Law and Regulation: Understanding the Global Regulatory Process (Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham (UK), 2016) 238 at 245.

Jurisdictions will sometimes start with a class action procedure applying in one area of the law and then expand it to other areas of the law if it is seen as successful.3

  1. Deborah R Hensler “Can private class actions enforce regulations? Do they? Should they?" in Francesca Bignami and David Zaring (eds) Comparative Law and Regulation: Understanding the Global Regulatory Process (Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham (UK), 2016) 238 at 245–246.
  2. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 137.
  3. Ministry of Justice The Government's Response to the Civil Justice Council's Report: ‘Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions’ (July 2009) at 3.
  4. Ministry of Justice The Government's Response to the Civil Justice Council's Report: ‘Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions’ (July 2009) at 6.
  5. Ministry of Justice The Government's Response to the Civil Justice Council's Report: ‘Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions’ (July 2009) at 6.
  6. Ministry of Justice The Government's Response to the Civil Justice Council's Report: ‘Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions’ (July 2009) at 6.
  7. Ministry of Justice The Government's Response to the Civil Justice Council's Report: ‘Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions’ (July 2009) at 6.
  8. Rachael Mulheron “Recent milestones in class actions reform in England: a critique and a proposal” (2011) 127 LQR 288 at 297. Note that Mulheron was a contributing author of the Civil Justice Council report.
  9. Rachael Mulheron “Recent milestones in class actions reform in England: a critique and a proposal” (2011) 127 LQR 288 at 300–301.
  10. Rachael Mulheron “Recent milestones in class actions reform in England: a critique and a proposal” (2011) 127 LQR 288 at 301–305.

Exclusions from a class actions regime




  1. An action for collective redress can be brought in relation to allegations that an enterprise has violated its contractual obligations or specified Belgian and European laws (which relate to consumer protection): Hakim Boularbah and Maria- Clara Van den Bossche "Belgium" in Camilla Sanger (ed) The Class Actions Law Review (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2020) 13 at 14.
  2. A class action can be brought to deal with matters relating to the environment, consumer relations, assets and rights carrying artistic, aesthetic, historical, tourism and landscape value: Sérgio Pinheiro Marçal and Lucas Pinto Simão “Brazil” in Camilla Sanger (ed) The Class Actions Law Review (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2020) 26 at 29.
  3. Collective suits are permitted for specific matters including consumer protection, unfair competition law and quality of construction: Gonzalo Fernández, Juan Carlos Riesco and Claudio Matute "Chile: Global Litigation Guide 2019 - Chilean Chapter" Mondaq (online ed, Chile, 28 February 2019).
  4. The group action mechanism was initially limited to consumer and competition law. It was later extended to health issues, data protection, discrimination, environmental matters and administrative law: Alexis Valençon and Nicolas Bouckaert “France” in Camilla Sanger (ed) The Class Actions Law Review (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2020) 85 at 86.
  5. Class actions are permitted for consumer claims: Chie Yakura, Louise C Stoupe and Yuka Teraguchi “Litigation and enforcement in Japan: overview” (1 December 2019) Thomson Reuters Practical Law

<www.uk.practicallaw.thomsonreuters.com>.

  1. Collective actions only apply to consumer protection issues: Alejandro Ferreres Comella and Cristina Ayo Ferrándiz “Spain” in Camilla Sanger (ed) The Class Actions Law Review (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2020) 194 at 194.

19 Migration Act 1958 (Cth), s 486B(4)(a).

  1. See Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, House of Representatives, 14 March 2000, 14622 (Philip Ruddock, Minister for Immigration).

21 Environmental Bill of Rights SO 1993 c 28, s 84(7).

QUESTION
Should a class actions regime be general in scope or should it be limited to particular

areas of the law?

Q6

2020_4539.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4540.png

WHICH COURTS SHOULD THE REGIME APPLY TO?






  1. Howick Engineering Ltd v Manukau City Council HC Auckland CP2021/91, 11 August 1992; Talley’s Fisheries Ltd v Minister of Immigration [1994] NZHC 1689; (1994) 7 PRNZ 469 (HC); Ankers v Attorney-General [1995] NZHC 125; (1995) 8 PRNZ 455 (HC); Jones v Attorney-General HC Wellington CP175/02, 8 July 2003; Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV- 2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005; Healthcare Providers New Zealand Inc v Northland District Health Board HC Wellington CIV-2007-485-1814, 7 December 2007; and Accent Management Ltd v Commissioner of Inland Revenue [2010] NZHC 305; (2010) 24 NZTC 24,126 (HC).
  2. For example, in Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005 there was a judicial review cause of action as well as claims seeking damages for breach of statutory duty and in negligence.

District Court

4.24 will need to be considered if a statutory class actions regime is introduced, whether or not it applies to the District Court. Later in this chapter, we discuss whether a representative actions rule should be retained alongside a statutory class actions regime.

Employment Court

Environment Court



  1. In the 2018–2019 reporting year, there were 687 new defended civil cases in the District Court, compared with 128,746 new criminal cases: Te Kōti ā Rohe | District Court of New Zealand Annual Report 2019 (2019) at 35 and 45.

25 District Court Act 2016, s 74.

26 See Chapter 3.

  1. In Australia, there were six employment class action claims filed in the year ending 30 June 2019, making up 11 per cent of all class actions: King & Wood Mallesons The Review: Class Actions in Australia 2018/2019 (2019) at 4. Vince Morabito’s empirical research shows that employment claims made up 21 per cent of all Australian class actions between 1992–2004 and only 3.6 per cent between 2004–2017. See Vince Morabito The First Twenty-Five Years of Class Actions in Australia (Fifth Report, An Empirical Study of Australia's Class Action Regimes, July 2017) at 28. In Ontario, employment and pensions cases made up 12 per cent of class actions between 1993–2018: Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 15. In the United States, an empirical

study of federal class action settlements in 2006–2007 showed that labour employment was the second largest category of case, making up 14 per cent of cases: Brian T Fitzpatrick “An Empirical Study of Class Action Settlements and Their Fee Awards” (2010) 7 JELS 811 at 818.

  1. Norton v Marlborough District Council EnvC Christchurch C017/09, 30 March 2009. Resource Management Act 1991, s 278 provides that the Environment Court and Environment Judges have the same powers that the District Court has in the exercise of its civil jurisdiction.

requirements for the Environmental Legal Assistance Fund. 29 The fact that only one representation order has been sought in the Environment Court may indicate a lack of demand for this kind of procedural device. This may be because claims are often brought by an incorporated society, which is said to provide a “simple and relatively risk-free way” for a group of people to bring an environmental claim together.30 Also the nature of Environment Court proceedings is that the outcome will generally affect a wide group without needing to have a class of people bound by the judgment.

Māori Land Court

QUESTION
Should a class actions regime be available in the District Court, Employment Court,

Environment Court or Māori Land Court?

Q7

2020_4528.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4540.png

SHOULD DEFENDANT CLASS ACTIONS BE ALLOWED?


29 Norton v Marlborough District Council EnvC Christchurch C017/09, 30 March 2009 at [3].

30 Derek Nolan (ed) Environmental and Resource Management Law (online ed, LexisNexis) at [19.21].

31 Te Ture Whenua Maori Act 1993, s 30(1)(b).

32 Te Ture Whenua Maori Act 1993, s 30(2).

  1. See for example Ngāti Pāoa Iwi Trust v Ngāti Pāoa Iwi Trust Board (2018) 173 Waikato Maniapoto MB 51 (173 WMN 51); Ngāti Pāoa Whanau Trust (1995) 96A Hauraki MB 155 (96A H 155); and Manuirirangi v Nga Hapu o Nga Ruahine Iwi Inc [2010] Chief Judge’s MB 355 (2010 CJ 355).
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 42; Vince Morabito “Defendant Class Actions and the Right to Opt Out: Lessons for Canada from the United States” (2004) 14 Duke J Comp & Intl L 197 at 199; and Ruth Rodgers Civil Section Documents: A Uniform Class Actions Statute (Uniform Law Conference of Canada, 1995) at [17].

plaintiff class actions can be applied without difficulty to defendant class actions. 35
However, defendant class actions also raise distinctive issues, which we discuss below.

Defendant representative actions under HCR 4.24

4.24 to date.

Issues raised by defendant class actions




35 See Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [456].

36 High Court Rules 2016, r 4.24 states that persons may “may sue or be sued” as the representatives of a larger group.

  1. See Whakatane District Council v Keepa HC Rotorua M7/00, 27 June 2000; Wanganui District Council v Tangaroa [1995] 2 NZLR 706 (HC); Talley’s Fisheries Ltd v Minister of Immigration [1994] NZHC 1689; (1994) 7 PRNZ 469 (HC); and Blue Star Taxis (Christchurch) Society Ltd v Gold Band Taxis (Christchurch) Society Ltd HC Christchurch CIV-2009-409-2921, 19 November 2010. Blue Star is a rare instance of a case involving both a representative plaintiff and representative defendant. For judgments in the Employment Court, see Fire Service Commission v Duncan [1995] NZEmpC 36; [1995] 1 ERNZ 169 (EmpC); and Air New Zealand Ltd v Flight Attendants & Related Services (NZ) Assoc Inc [2002] NZEmpC 194; [2002] 2 ERNZ 770. We are also aware of two unsuccessful applications to appoint a representative defendant: Derby v Hemi Pukeikura [1935] GLR 205 (SC); and Tahi Enterprises Ltd v Taua [2018] NZHC 516.
  2. See Tahi Enterprises Ltd v Taua [2018] NZHC 516; Whakatane District Council v Keepa HC Rotorua M7/00, 27 June 2000; Derby v Hemi Pukeikura [1935] GLR 205 (SC); and Wanganui District Council v Tangaroa [1995] 2 NZLR 706 (HC).
  3. Tahi Enterprises Ltd v Taua [2018] NZHC 516 at [39]. The approach in Tahi Enterprises is a slight relaxation of an older approach under which the availability of different defences was treated as an absolute bar to bringing representative proceedings. See for example Derby v Hemi Pukeikura [1935] GLR 205 (SC), which applied the restrictive approach of London Association for Protection of Trade v Greenlands Ltd [1916] 2 AC 15 (HL).

40 Tahi Enterprises Ltd v Taua [2018] NZHC 516 at [39].

  1. See Talley’s Fisheries Ltd v Minister of Immigration [1994] NZHC 1689; (1994) 7 PRNZ 469 (HC) at 471, where the Court appointed Sealord to represent foreign crew members who could be affected by the outcome of the proceeding even though it objected to taking on the role. See also Whakatane District Council v Keepa HC Rotorua M7/00, 27 June 2000, where the Court appointed Mr Keepa as representative defendant, although he objected to the appointment on the grounds that a prior hui had only given him authority to represent Tūhoe in the Māori Land Court.

42 See obiter comments in Whakatane District Council v Keepa HC Rotorua M7/00, 27 June 2000 at [7].

(a) While a representative plaintiff chooses to take on the role, a representative defendant is usually selected by the plaintiff and may be unwilling to perform this role.43

(b) In a plaintiff class action, class members do not face a risk of personal liability or an adverse costs order. However, proceedings against a representative defendant expose defendant group members to the risk of liability, including orders to pay damages.44

(c) In a plaintiff class action, the act of bringing the claim usually suspends the limitation period for class members. This means that the class members are given the advantage of extra time to bring their claims if the class action is later discontinued. By contrast, in a defendant class action the suspension of the limitation period applies to the plaintiff’s individual claims against the defendant class members. This means that a plaintiff who initiates and then discontinues a class action is given the advantage of additional time to bring individual claims against the defendant class members, rather than the class members gaining an advantage.45

(d) Under an opt-out mechanism, defendant class members are all strongly incentivised to opt out, given they are both involuntary participants and face direct liability. The ability to opt out provides an important due process protection for members of a defendant class, but it may undermine the utility of defendant class actions if all or most defendants opt out and plaintiffs are forced to file individual proceedings.46 The risk of defendants opting out en masse has been identified as a reason why so few defendant class actions have been commenced.47










  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 44; and Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 4.
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 44; and Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 4. It is unclear as to whether represented defendants could ever be exposed to liability under an adverse costs order. As we discuss in Chapter 11, in a plaintiff representative action in Aotearoa New Zealand, group members are not liable for adverse costs. In some jurisdictions, such as Ontario, defendant class actions are allowed on an identical basis to plaintiff class actions. This includes that only the representative plaintiff is liable to pay costs: Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 31(2).
  3. Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [470]; Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 44; and Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 4.
  4. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 44; and Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 4.
  5. Vince Morabito “Defendant Class Actions and the Right to Opt Out: Lessons for Canada from the United States” (2004) 14 Duke J Comp & Intl L 197 at 226–227.

Approaches taken by overseas jurisdictions

(a) Certain certification requirements.54

(b) The ‘common issue’ requirement.55

(c) The application of limitation period.56

(d) Rules for discontinuing proceedings.57

(e) Removing the right to opt out of proceedings.58





48 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(a).

49 Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.14(2)–(3).

50 Rules of Civil Procedure RRO 1990 reg 194 r 12.07.

51 Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 5(2).

  1. In the United States, defendant class actions are said to be “as rare as unicorns”: John C Coffee Jr “Class Action Accountability: Reconciling Exit, Voice, and Loyalty in Representative Litigation” (2000) 100 Colum L Rev 370 at 388. See also Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 45; Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [431]; Ian F Leach “Defendant Class Proceedings – The Class Action Joshua Tree” Mondaq (online ed, Canada, 9 January 2012) (there were only three requests to certify defendant class proceedings in Ontario, and no requests in the Federal Court or Nova Scotia); Graham C Lilly “Modeling Class Actions: The Representative Suit as an Analytic Tool” (2003) 81 Neb L Rev 1008 at 1041 (as at 2003, the United States Supreme Court had met only eight certified defendant class actions); and Lorell M Guerrero “Asarco Attempts to Certify Rarely-Seen Defendant Class Action” (31 May 2019) American Bar

Association <www.americanbar.org>.

  1. For example, the Ontario Committee which designed Ontario’s Class Proceedings Act explicitly sought to provide for defendant class actions in a way which “mirrored plaintiff class proceedings”: Report of the Attorney General’s Advisory Committee on Class Action Reform (Ministry of the Attorney General, February 1990) at 29–30. See also Vince Morabito “Defendant Class Actions and the Right to Opt Out: Lessons for Canada from the United States” (2004) 14 Duke J Comp & Intl L 197 at 219–220.
  2. The Alberta Law Reform Institute (ALRI) observed that the Ontario certification requirement to have a plan for advancing the proceedings make sense for a representative plaintiff but not a defendant. The ALRI therefore recommended that this certification requirement be removed for defendant class actions: Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [457]–[459].
  3. The ALRI observed that the particular wording of the Ontario statute’s common issues requirement created potential problems when applied to defendant class actions: Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [462]–[463].

56 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [470]–[473].

  1. Unlike plaintiff class actions, court approval should not be needed to discontinue a defendant class action: Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [469].

58 See Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [445]–[449].

QUESTION
Should a class actions regime include defendant class actions?

Q8

2020_4528.png

2020_4529.png

2020_4541.png

SHOULD THE REPRESENTATIVE ACTIONS RULE BE RETAINED?


59 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [464]–[467] and Recommendation 26(4).

  1. As discussed above, Alberta instead followed the recommendation of the Uniform Law Conference of Canada and did not include any provisions providing for defendant class actions.

61 Allen D Vestal “Uniform Class Actions” (1977) 63 ABA J 837 at 841.

  1. Vince Morabito “Defendant Class Actions and the Right to Opt Out: Lessons for Canada from the United States” (2004) 14 Duke J Comp & Intl L 197 at 222.
  2. These jurisdictions include all of the Australian regimes, as well as Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Newfoundland and Labrador, and Saskatchewan.
  3. Ruth Rodgers Civil Section Documents: A Uniform Class Actions Statute (Uniform Law Conference of Canada, 1995) at [17].
  4. The Australian federal regime, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Alberta, British Columbia, New Brunswick, Newfoundland and Labrador, and Saskatchewan. Two jurisdictions have abolished their representative actions rules without providing for defendant class actions (New South Wales and Manitoba).
  5. The Australian Law Reform Commission also recognised the need for further research on defendant class actions: Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 4.

67 This concern was raised with respect to reform in New Zealand by Anthony Wicks:

[T]he existence of a parallel regime for group litigation would create opportunities to avoid the legislative regime where parties saw advantages in doing so. If Parliament does go to the trouble of making the difficult policy decisions over where the balance should be struck between the interests of plaintiffs and defendants in group litigation, this choice should not be able to be circumvented by resort to a parallel regime.

See Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 112. This was also key reason for initially abolishing the representative rule in Ontario when its class actions regime was first passed.


role) would also simplify and streamline the law.68 In jurisdictions that provide for both procedures, fewer representative actions appear to be brought compared to class actions.69 This suggests there is little to be gained from keeping the representative action procedure.

However, a version of the rule was reinstated which only applied to defendants: Garry D Watson (ed) Ontario Civil Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [R12§3].

68 This is especially the case if there are minor yet highly technical inconsistencies between the two procedures.

  1. See for example Francesca Bartlett and Jennifer Corrin “Representative or the same? Representative rule and class actions in Queensland and Western Australia” (2016) 35 CJQ 41 at 44–45 comparing the prevalence of class actions and representative actions in Australia. They conclude that when plaintiffs have a choice between procedures, the data suggests they have a strong preference for using a codified class actions regime: at 41–45. See also Vince Morabito “Statutory Limitation Periods and the Traditional Representative Action Procedure” (2005) 5 OUCLJ 113.
  2. There is now a lot of overlap between the two procedures, especially as representative actions have become more influenced by class actions regimes (as we discuss in Chapter 4). See, for example, Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126; Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534; and Carnie v Esanda Finance Corp Ltd [1995] HCA 9; (1995) 182 CLR 398.
  3. See for instance Vlaar v van der Lubbe [2016] NZHC 2398, (2016) 4 NZTR 26-022 which involved a representative plaintiff representing five beneficiaries of an estate. The remedy sought was for the representative plaintiff to be appointed as both an executor and a trustee of the estate. See also Lin v Registrar of Companies [2016] NZHC 395 in which a group of apartment owners who were also creditors of a company successfully applied to have a liquidator’s report set aside.
  4. For example, where non-monetary remedies are sought, a small number of group members have identical interests, or the proceeding is against a group of defendants.
  5. Our research indicates that the Australian jurisdictions with a class actions regime have retained a representative action rule, except for New South Wales. Most of the Canadian jurisdictions with class actions regimes have retained a representative actions rule, with the exception of the Federal Court and Manitoba. Note that Nova Scotia’s representative rule is limited to circumstances in which the expense or complexity of a class proceeding is not warranted because all members of a class are identified as members of an organisation: Nova Scotia Civil Procedure Rules, r 68.01.

providing specific criteria.74 For example, in Ontario and Nova Scotia, the representative actions rule expressly provides that a representative action procedure can be used where it would be unduly expensive to bring a class action.75 If a class actions regime provided for a minimum number of class members (such as the requirement for seven people in the Australian regimes), then representative actions might be appropriate for smaller groups.

QUESTION
Should the representative actions rule be retained alongside a class actions regime?

For which kinds of case?

Q9

2020_4542.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4540.png















  1. This could allow the court to determine that a class action is preferable to a representative procedure, even though the representative actions rule has evolved in recent times to include proceedings that closely resemble class actions.
  2. In Ontario this special exception only applies to trade unions and unincorporated associations: Rules of Civil Procedure RRO 1990 reg 194 r 12.08. Nova Scotia has a simplified representative proceeding for when “the expense or complexity of a class proceeding is not warranted because all members of a class are identified as members of an organization”: Nova Scotia Civil Procedure Rules, r 68.01(1)(b).
  3. This approach was taken by the Supreme Court of British Columbia, which found that an expansive approach to the representative actions rule is not appropriate when a detailed statutory regime is provided, and that the representative actions rule cannot be used as a means of pursuing a class action-like claim outside of the restrictions of a class actions regime: Araya v Nevsun Resources Ltd 2016 BCSC 1856, (2016) 408 DLR (4th) 383 at [498]–[504].
  4. While there are no instances of a representative order being granted in the District Court, a representative order has been granted in the Environment Court relying on r 4.24 of the District Court Rules 2014: see Norton v Marlborough District Council EnvC Christchurch C017/09, 30 March 2009.

CHAPTER 9



Principles for a statutory class actions regime


INTRODUCTION

(a) Have clear objectives for the class action procedure.

(b) Strike an appropriate balance between the interests of plaintiffs and defendants.

(c) Ensure that the interests of class members are safeguarded.

(d) Provide a procedure that is just, speedy, efficient and proportionate.

(e) Be appropriate for contemporary Aotearoa New Zealand.

(f) Recognise and provide for relevant tikanga Māori concepts.

(g) Not adversely impact on other methods of bringing collective litigation.

(h) Provide clarity on issues arising in funded class actions.

CLEAR OBJECTIVES FOR THE CLASS ACTIONS PROCEDURE


1 Legislation Design and Advisory Committee Legislation Guidelines (March 2018) at 14.

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [37]–[40]; Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [52]; and Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [11(a)] and [11(b)].

A key benefit of establishing clearer regimes for class actions and litigation funding would be to enhance access to justice. The Law Commission will therefore conduct a first principles review of class actions and litigation funding in New Zealand to ensure the law in these areas supports an efficient economy and a just society; and is understandable, clear and practicable.


  1. We note that the Court of Appeal has described access to justice as “far and away the most important” objective of representative actions: Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [54]. The Supreme Court referred to the Court of Appeal’s comment but did not express a view as to the main objective of r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016. See Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [37]– [40].
  2. See Craig Jones Theory of Class Actions (Irwin Law, Toronto, 2003) at 83 commenting that “[t]he goal of access for underrepresented plaintiffs is, at least in the case of aggregated low-value suits, frequently at odds with the goal of judicial economy”. See also Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 52–60.
  3. Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [115]. See also Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 142–143 and 145 referring to behaviour modification as “essentially an inevitable, albeit important, by-product of class actions”.
  4. Rachael Mulheron comments that “[c]ompensatory redress is, and always has been, the primary motivator” of class actions regimes, rather than modifying defendant behaviour: Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 79.

result in features of a regime which compromise the ability to fully compensate class members. This can happen, for example, if a class action settlement is allowed to include terms such as the defendant making a substantial payment to charity rather than compensation to individual class members.7

QUESTION
What should the objectives of a statutory class actions regime be? Should there be

a primary objective?

Q10

2020_4539.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4540.png

BALANCING THE INTERESTS OF PLAINTIFFS AND DEFENDANTS


  1. See Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 121 referring to dozens of Ontario class action settlements which distributed funds to charities with no connection to the subject matter of the class action or the class members. She comments:

From a policy perspective, the payment of a significant settlement award to any recipient by a defendant can be justified as serving the deterrence function of class proceedings. Reliance on the deterrence argument alone, however, effectively transforms cy-près awards into payment of a fine, and class counsel into a true private attorney general. (emphasis in original).

8 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [96]–[97].

  1. Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 291. A third consideration was whether a proposed scheme would protect the interests of absent class members.

they consider defensible.10 While deterring wrongful conduct may be a legitimate goal for class actions, a class actions regime should not unduly inhibit legitimate business and government activity. From the defendant’s perspective, aspects of a regime that will be critical include: having a clear idea of the potential scope of liability, procedural steps which prevent vexatious or unmeritorious claims from going ahead, having some finality to proceedings and assurance that the representative plaintiff has the ability to pay an adverse costs order.

QUESTION
Which features of a class actions regime are essential to ensure the interests of

plaintiffs and defendants are balanced?

Q11

2020_4539.png

2020_4543.png

2020_4544.png

SAFEGUARDING INTERESTS OF CLASS MEMBERS




  1. See Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 57 commenting that access to justice is a “two-way street” and that class actions jurisprudence must seek to ensure the defendant is protected from unmeritorious claims and can understand and mount a defence to the claim against it.
  2. William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§ 9:1] observes the following: “[t]he law knows few odder parties than the absent class member in a class action law suit” (footnote omitted).
  3. See for example Money Max Int Pty Ltd v QBE Insurance Group Ltd [2016] FCAFC 148, (2016) 245 FCR 191 at [50] (“It is the Court’s responsibility to protect class members’ interests ...”).

in the control, supervision and disposition of class action proceedings.13 The need to protect the interests of class members becomes particularly important in the settlement context where an “adversarial void” can arise because both the plaintiff and defendant are advocating for the settlement to be approved.14 In the United States, some courts have said the judge has a “fiduciary duty” to class members during settlement. 15 In Australia, the courts have described their role in settlement as “acting akin to a guardian” of class members.16 In Canada, courts will exercise their broad supervisory jurisdiction to ensure that the interests of class members are protected during settlement.17







  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Access to the Courts — II Class Actions (ALRC Discussion Paper 11, 1979) at [65]. See also Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 446 noting the “activist role” played by class action judges.
  2. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 93; and Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [22.3].
  3. William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§ 13:40]. See also Barbara J Rothstein and Thomas E Willging Managing Class Action Litigation: A Pocket Guide for Judges (3rd ed, Federal Judicial Center, 2010) at 12.
  4. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [22.2].

17 Garry D Watson (ed) Ontario Civil Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [R12§37].

18 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [105].

19 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [103]–[104].

20 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [81], [85] and [88].

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [78].
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [77].

QUESTION
Which features of a class actions regime are essential to ensure the interests of

class members are protected?

Q12


2020_4528.png

2020_4522.png

We discussed additional considerations that apply in relation to class members in defendant class actions in Chapter 8 (where we also noted that defendant class actions, when permitted in comparable jurisdictions, have been rare).





23 This is discussed further in Chapter 11.

  1. Dyczynski v Gibson [2020] FCAFC 120, (2020) 381 ALR 1 at [209] per Murphy and Colvin JJ; and Joseph M McLaughlin McLaughlin on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:27] (citing several United States authorities). See also Poulin v Ford Motor Co of Canada Ltd (2008) 301 DLR (4th) 610 (ONSC) at [62] where the responsibilities of the lead

plaintiff to class members were said to be “akin to that of a fiduciary”.

  1. See Jasminka Kalajdzic “Self-Interest, Public Interest, and the Interests of the Absent Client: Legal Ethics and Class Action Praxis” (2011) 49 Osgoode Hall LJ 1 at 24 citing Paul Perell "Class Proceedings and Lawyers' Conflicts of Interest" (2009) 35 Advoc Q 202 at 213.

26 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§19:2].

27 American Bar Association Model Rules of Professional Conduct 1983, §1.7 comment 25 as cited in William B Rubenstein

Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§19:21].

  1. The Federal Court of Australia declined to find that lawyers owe fiduciary duties to class members who are not their clients but did comment that the lawyer had other duties to act in the interests of non-client class members: see Kelly v Willmott Forests Ltd (in liq) (No 4) [2016] FCA 323, (2016) 335 ALR 439 at [220]. Contrast Simone Degeling and Michael Legg “Fiduciary Obligations of Lawyers in Australian Class Actions: Conflicts between Duties” [2014] UNSWLawJl 33; (2014) 37 UNSWLJ 914 at 923 and 926–928.
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at 93 and Recommendation 13.

JUST, SPEEDY, INEXPENSIVE AND PROPORTIONATE PROCEDURE

The time and expense devoted to a proceeding ought to be proportionate to what is at stake in the proceedings and, if possible, take into account the parties’ resources or ability to bring the case to a hearing.



  1. High Court Rules 2016, r 1.2; and District Court Rules 2014, r 1.3. We observe that to some extent, the goals of the High Court Rules may be seen as aspirational, particularly in ensuring that proceedings are speedy and inexpensive. For example, see Soma v Nath [2019] NZHC 1088 at [19] per Brewer J:

“Speedy” and “inexpensive” are relative terms. The procedures mandated by the Rules are almost never carried out in an objectively speedy way and in all my years involved in litigation I have never heard parties celebrate them as inexpensive.

31 SM v LFDB [2014] NZCA 326, [2014] 3 NZLR 494 at [27]; and Parlane v Hayes [2015] NZCA 341 at [30]–[32].

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [26]; Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [12]–[13], [17] and [26]; Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [130]; RJ Flowers Ltd v Burns [1986] NZHC 243; [1987] 1 NZLR 260 (HC) at 271; Paine v Carter Holt Harvey Ltd [2019] NZHC 1614 at [15]; and Smith v Claims Resolution Service Ltd [2019] NZHC 127 at [40].
  2. Bridgette Toy-Cronin “Keeping Up Appearances: Accessing New Zealand’s Civil Courts as a Litigant in Person” (PhD Thesis, University of Otago, 2015) at 36 and 202–203. She cites the Court of Appeal’s decision in SM v LFDB [2014] NZCA 326, [2014] 3 NZLR 494 at [26] where the Court commented that the case management regime was designed to achieve the objective of the High Court Rules “by isolating the issues and trying them fairly, swiftly and efficiently, with regards to what is at stake”. See also at [27], where the Court referred to the interests of the immediate parties, litigants in other cases and potential litigants, commenting that all of these interests were relevant and formed part of the interests of justice.
  3. Geoffrey Venning “Greater Efficiency in Civil Procedure” (paper presented to New Zealand Bar Association-Australian Bar Association Joint Conference, Queenstown, August 2019) at [20].
  4. The Rules Committee Improving Access to Civil Justice: Initial Consultation with the Legal Profession (Discussion Paper, 16 December 2019) at [14].
  5. LPF Group (a litigation funder that was an intervener in the case) had submitted that given New Zealand’s small size, the cost of resolving matters associated with opt-out proceedings through litigation would be disproportionate. The Court said that the question of proportionality of cost to the size of the claim and the burden on the defendant would be relevant in terms of the objective of securing the just, speedy and inexpensive determination of proceedings: Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [89].

required in class action litigation in the interests of the proceeding as a whole or for the greater good of all court users, such as streamlined procedures for establishing individual claims.37

(a) In the Australian federal regime, a case may be discontinued as a class action if the procedure “will not provide an efficient and effective means of dealing with the claims of group members”.42

(b) Victoria’s Class Action Practice Note states that the procedures are “intended to facilitate the just, efficient, timely and cost-effective conduct of group proceedings”.43

(c) In Ontario, when the court is determining individual class member issues, it must “choose the least expensive and most expeditious method of determining the issues that is consistent with justice to class members and the parties”.44

(d) In Newfoundland and Labrador, class action rules and procedures must be interpreted and applied in a way that promotes “the effective and economical use of the judicial system”.45





  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 50–52 and 266–268.

38 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(2)(b).

39 Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33N(1)(a).

40 We discuss this in Chapter 10.

  1. For example, see Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 37M(2)(e); Federal Court Rules 2011 (Cth), r 1.31(2); Rules of Civil Procedure RRO 1990 reg 194 r 1.04(1.1); and The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), r 1.1(2)(c).

42 Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33N(1)(c).

43 Supreme Court of Victoria, Practice Note SC Gen 10 — Conduct of Group Proceedings (Class Actions) (Second Revision),

1 July 2020 at [1.3].

44 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 25(3).

  1. Rules of the Supreme Court SNL 1986 c 42, r 7A.01(4). Rules and procedures must also be interpreted and applied in a way that makes the court system more accessible to the public and ensures that parties responding to a class action are able to present their case fairly to the court.

QUESTION
Is proportionality an appropriate principle for a class actions regime? If so, what

features of a class actions regime could help to achieve this?

Q13

2020_4542.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4540.png

APPROPRIATE FOR CONTEMPORARY AOTEAROA NEW ZEALAND




46 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 369.

  1. See Takamore v Clarke [2012] NZSC 116, [2013] 2 NZLR 733 at [164] per Tipping, McGrath and Blanchard JJ (“... the common law of New Zealand requires reference to the tikanga, along with other important cultural, spiritual and religious values ...”). See also at [94] per Elias CJ (“Maori custom according to tikanga is therefore part of the values of the New Zealand common law”).
  2. We discuss costs in Chapter 13 of this report, including the issue of whether it is appropriate to retain the adverse costs rule with respect to all aspects of class actions.
  3. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 437.
  4. Stephen Todd (ed) Todd on Torts (8th ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2019) at [2.1]. See Accident Compensation Act 2001, s 317.

QUESTION
Are there any unique features of litigation in Aotearoa New Zealand that need to

be considered when a class action regime is designed?

Q14

2020_4542.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4540.png

RECOGNISING AND PROVIDING FOR TIKANGA MĀORI


51 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Māori Custom and Values in New Zealand Law (NZLC SP9, 2001) at [126].

  1. Richard Benton, Alex Frame and Paul Meredith Te Mātāpunenga: A Compendium of References to the Concepts and Institutions of Māori Customary Law (Victoria University Press, Wellington, 2013) at 431.

53 See Hirini Moko Mead Tikanga Māori: Living by Māori Values (rev ed, Huia Publishers, Wellington, 2016) at 6–7.

  1. Ani Mikaere “The Treaty of Waitangi and Recognition of Tikanga Māori” in Michael Belgrave, Merata Kawharu and David Williams (eds) Waitangi Revisited: Perspectives on the Treaty of Waitangi (Oxford University Press, Auckland, 2005) 330 at 330.
  2. Te Aka Matua o te Ture I Law Commission The Use of DNA in Criminal Investigations I Te Whakamahi i te Ira Tangata i ngā Mātai Taihara (NZLC R144, 2020) at [2.30].

56 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Māori Custom and Values in New Zealand Law (NZLC SP9, 2001) at [125].


collective action by Māori through a class actions regime and the role of tikanga in identifying the representative plaintiff are considered in Chapter 11. The status of tikanga more generally invites consideration of tikanga in the design of any class actions regime for Aotearoa New Zealand.57 Through its status under the common law and its integration in legislation, tikanga has transformed state law through a process that Williams J, writing extrajudicially, has described as part of the development of the third law of Aotearoa or “Lex Aotearoa”.58

Of all of the values of tikanga Māori, whanaungatanga is the most pervasive. It denotes the fact that in traditional Māori thinking relationships are everything – between people; between people and the physical world; and between people and the atua (spiritual entities). The glue that holds the Māori world together is whakapapa or genealogy identifying the nature of relationships between all things. That remains the position today. In traditional Māori society, the individual was important as a member of a collective. The individual identity was defined through that individual’s relationships with others. It follows that tikanga Māori emphasised the responsibility owed by the individual to the collective. No rights enured if the mutuality and reciprocity of responsibilities were not understood and fulfilled.








  1. See also Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [55] (where the Supreme Court notes that where necessary, the representative actions rule should be construed consistently with the tikanga that underpins this history of representative claims brought by individual rangatira).
  2. Joseph Williams “Lex Aotearoa: An Heroic Attempt to Map the Māori Dimension in Modern New Zealand Law” [2013] WkoLawRw 2; (2013) 21 Wai L Rev 1 at 17.
  3. Joseph Williams “Lex Aotearoa: An Heroic Attempt to Map the Māori Dimension in Modern New Zealand Law” [2013] WkoLawRw 2; (2013) 21 Wai L Rev 1 at 3.
  4. Māmari Stephens “Fires Still Burning? Māori Jurisprudence and Human Rights Protection in Aotearoa New Zealand” in Kris Gledhill, Margaret Bedggood and Ian McIntosh (eds) International Human Rights Law in Aotearoa New Zealand (Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2017) 99 at [3.3.02].

No right in resources can be sustained without the right holder maintaining an ongoing relationship with the resource. No relationship; no right. The term that describes the legal obligation is kaitiakitanga. This is the idea that any right over a human or resource carries with it a reciprocal obligation to care for his, her or its physical and spiritual welfare. Kaitiakitanga is then a natural (perhaps even inevitable) off-shoot of whanaungatanga.

Mana is at the heart of historical and modern Māori concepts of leadership. It is defined in the Williams Dictionary of the Māori Language as authority, control, influence, prestige, and power on one hand, and psychic force on the other. The definition conveys the key aspects of the concept. Mana encompasses political power, which is both ascribed through whakapapa and acquired through personal accomplishment. It incorporates the dynamics of earthly politics, and the capacity to articulate the aspirations of the people. It is also a power that has a spiritual aspect to it and is thought of as being received from the atua – “that which manifests the power of the gods”.






61 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Māori Custom and Values in New Zealand Law (NZLC SP9, 2001) at [163].

  1. Joseph Williams “Lex Aotearoa: An Heroic Attempt to Map the Māori Dimension in Modern New Zealand Law” [2013] WkoLawRw 2; (2013) 21 Wai L Rev 1 at 4.
  2. Joseph Williams “Lex Aotearoa: An Heroic Attempt to Map the Māori Dimension in Modern New Zealand Law” [2013] WkoLawRw 2; (2013) 21 Wai L Rev 1 at 3.

64 Cleve Barlow Tikanga Whakaaro: Key Concepts in Māori Culture (Oxford University Press, Auckland, 1991) at 61–62.

65 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Māori Custom and Values in New Zealand Law (NZLC SP9, 2001) at [137].

66 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Māori Custom and Values in New Zealand Law (NZLC SP9, 2001) at [158].


QUESTION
To what extent, and in what ways, should tikanga Māori should influence the design

of a class actions regime?

Q15

2020_4542.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4540.png

NO ADVERSE IMPACT ON OTHER METHODS OF GROUP LITIGATION



  1. This was recognised in Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [494], [673] and [807] per Elias CJ and Glazebrook, Arnold and O’Regan JJ. Note that in the High Court, it was held that Rore Stafford (a kaumātua of Ngāti Rarua and Ngāti Tama) did not have standing to bring the breach of fiduciary claim because there was no evidence he represented those customary groups and he had not made an application for representative status: Proprietors of Wakatū Inc v Attorney-General [2012] NZHC 1461 at [316].
  2. See Te Ture Whenua Maori Act 1993, s 30. In Stirling v Maori Land Court CP11/98, 5 February 1998, the extent to which the Māori Land Court’s jurisdiction under s 30 was ousted, excluded or limited by the High Court’s representation orders was raised as an issue to be determined. (It was not required to be determined on the application for interim relief and there is no substantive judgment).

69 See Chapter 3.

QUESTION
Do you have any concerns about how a class actions regime could impact on other

kinds of group litigation or on regulatory activities? How could such concerns be managed?

Q16

2020_4528.png

2020_4522.png

evidence.70 We are aware of the concern that the advantages provided by this policy could be undermined by the risk of a class action against a cartel member who has come forward.71

CLARITY ON ISSUES ARISING IN FUNDED CLASS ACTIONS

(a) The court’s role, if any, with respect to monitoring or approving a litigation funding arrangement in a class action.72

(b) Whether it is permissible to have a “closed class” whereby the class definition requires class members to sign up to a litigation funding agreement.73

(c) Whether common fund orders or funding equalisation orders should be available to allow the court to require class members to contribute a portion of any settlement towards the funder’s commission, even if they have not signed up to the funding agreement. These devices have been developed in other jurisdictions to address the problem of some class members ‘free riding’ on litigation funding secured by others.74

(d) The court’s powers with respect to litigation funding aspects of a settlement (for example, whether a court should be required to approve the litigation funder’s commission.

(e) Whether the court should have the power to require a litigation funder to provide security for costs or meet any adverse costs order.


70 To Komihana Tauhokohoko I Commerce Commission Cartel Leniency Policy and Guidelines (June 2018).

  1. This issue has also been noted by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission in its submission to the Australian Federal Parliamentary inquiry on litigation funding: Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, Submission No 15 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020).

72 See Chapter 15.

73 See Chapter 12.

74 See our discussion in Chapter 12.
QUESTIONS

2020_4539.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4526.png





arising in funded class actions need to be addressed in a class actions
Q17
Which issues
regime?
Q18
Do you agree with our list of principles to guide development of a class actions
regime?





CHAPTER 10



Certification and threshold legal test



INTRODUCTION TO KEY DESIGN QUESTIONS

(a) At the beginning: including pleading requirements, certification stage, rules for class membership and who can be the representative claimant.

(b) During the action: including the process for opting out, court control, how the case is to be conducted and limitation periods.

(c) At the end: including settlement of a class action, awarding damages, managing individual issues and appeal rights.

(d) Costs and funding: including whether an adverse costs rule will apply, contingency legal fees and litigation funding.

(a) Whether a certification stage is desirable.

(b) The threshold legal test for commencing a class action.

(c) Who can be a representative plaintiff.

(d) How class membership should be determined.

(e) Whether to apply the adverse costs rule to class actions.




1 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 82–93.

CERTIFICATION

Current approach under HCR 4.24

Class actions regimes with certification


  1. Vince Morabito and Jane Caruana “Can Class Action Regimes Operate Satisfactorily without a Certification Device? Empirical Insights from the Federal Court of Australia” (2013) 61 Am J Comp L 579 at 582 (noting Australia and Sweden as jurisdictions without certification).

3 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 36.

4 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 36.

  1. High Court Rules 2016, r 4.24(a). Consent may be given after the proceedings have been filed: Visini v Cadman [2012] NZCA 122, (2012) 21 PRNZ 70 at [20]. However, the proceeding may not be allowed to continue as a representative action if a court later considers that those consenting do not have the necessary common interest: Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [66]–[67]. See also Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005 at [183] (“... consent is not decisive. The Court must be satisfied that there is a common interest”).

6 High Court Rules 2016, r 4.24(b).

(a) Where it is necessary to avoid the risk of inconsistent or varying adjudications or adjudications adversely affecting non-party class members.

(b) Where an individual judgment would be likely to dispose of the interests of the class or substantially impair their ability to protect their interests.

(c) A claim for injunctive or declaratory relief.

(d) One in which common questions predominate and class action is superior to other methods of adjudication.

If the case satisfies these requirements the court may issue an order certifying it as a class action.10







  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 9.

8 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(a).

  1. United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b). For further discussion, see William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:1].

10 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b).

11 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume I, 1982) at 281.

12 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 38.

  1. See Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.16(1); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 5(1); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 4(1); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 4; Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 6(1); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 5(1); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 7(1); Class Proceedings Act

SO 1992 c 6, s 5(1); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 6(1).

(a) the class members’ claims raise identical, similar or related issues of law or fact;

(b) the facts alleged appear to justify the conclusions sought;

(c) the composition of the class makes it difficult or impracticable to use other methods to take part in judicial proceedings on behalf of others or for consolidation of proceedings; and

(d) the representative plaintiff is in a position to properly represent the class.

(a) whether collective proceedings are an appropriate means for the fair and efficient resolution of the common issues;


  1. Code of Civil Procedure CQLR c C-25.01, art 574. Note that in Québec, authorisation takes place prior to the filing of the claim. This is unlike common law class action proceedings in Canada and other jurisdictions where certification is sought after the proceeding is filed.

15 Code of Civil Procedure CQLR c C-25.01, art 575.

16 Hollick v Toronto (City) 2001 SCC 68, [2001] 3 SCR 158 at [16].

  1. Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 6(2); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 5(7); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 5(2); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 7(2); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 6(2); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 8(2); Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(5); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 7(2). See also Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 38.
  2. The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK). The Court may only certify the action, according to r 77(1), if it meets the requirements of rr 78 and 79.

19 Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Private Actions in Competition Law: A consultation on options for reform

– government response (January 2013) at [5.13] and [5.35]–[5.37].

20 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 77(1).

21 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(1). See also Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings

(2015) at [6.37].

  1. The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(2). The Tribunal may also take into account “all matters it thinks fit”.

(b) the costs and benefits of the proceedings;

(c) whether separate claims have already been commenced by class members;

(d) the size and nature of the class;

(e) whether it is possible to determine whether a person is a member of the class;

(f) whether the claims are suitable for an aggregate award of damages; and

(g) the availability of any alternative dispute resolution or other means of resolving the dispute.

Approach in Australia




23 Merricks v Mastercard Inc [2019] EWCA Civ 674 at [44]; and The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015, r 72(2)(h).

24 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [147].

25 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [146].

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [146]–[147]. See also Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 25.
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [4.48]; and Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice— Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.57]–[4.59]. The Western Australian Law Reform Commission also did not recommend certification: Law Reform Commission of Western Australia Representative Proceedings (LRCWA R103, 2015) at [5.92].
  3. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.58].
  4. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [4.48].

(a) there are insufficient class members;31 or

(b) where the costs of distributing any money paid to class members would be excessive in regard to the total value of the claim;32 or

(c) it is in the interests of justice to do so because:33

(i) the costs of a class action are likely to be greater than if it were conducted individually; or

(ii) all the relief sought can be obtained by an alternative means; or

(iii) a class action will not provide an efficient and effective means of managing the class members’ claims; or

(iv) it is otherwise inappropriate for the claims to be pursued as a class action.

Advantages and disadvantages of certification.


  1. The Court may also make some of these orders on its own motion. For example, see Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), ss 33L and 33N; Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), ss 164 and 166; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), ss 103I and 103K; and Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), ss 73 and 75, which allow the court to make orders on their own motion to discontinue a class action where there are fewer than seven class members and where it is in the interests of justice to do so. In Victoria, the court can only make discontinuation orders on their own motion where there are less than seven group members: Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33L.
  2. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33L; Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 164; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103I; Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 73; and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33L.
  3. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33M; Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 165; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103J; Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 74; and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33M.
  4. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33N; Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 166; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103K; Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 75; and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33N.
  5. Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 166; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103K; and Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 75.
  6. Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 100; Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 27; and Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 44–45.

numerosity or commonality and protecting the interests of class members and defendants. 36 The United Kingdom Civil Justice Council similarly explained that certification plays an important role in protecting the public interest in effective court management and ensuring that parties to the litigation are treated fairly.37 Certification enables the courts to act as a “diligent gatekeeper” of a class action. 38 Having a certification stage may also provide an opportunity for the courts to consider how competing class actions should be managed.39


36 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [145].

  1. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 152–153.
  2. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 153.
  3. The Australian Law Reform Commission noted that submissions in support of a certification requirement focused on certification as a means of dealing with competing class actions: Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [4.46].
  4. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 24.
  5. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 25.

42 Bright v Femcare Ltd [2002] FCAFC 243, (2002) 195 ALR 574 at [160].

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 27.
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.38]–[4.40].

applications.45 It also found that for every 10 class actions challenged by a defendant (through a discontinuation provision), eight were allowed to proceed as class actions.46 Moreover, only about one-quarter of class actions were subject to discontinuance applications.47 It has been noted that while there were initially a number of interlocutory applications, the regime has now matured and is now more settled and streamlined.48






  1. Vince Morabito and Jane Caruana “Can Class Action Regimes Operate Satisfactorily without a Certification Device? Empirical Insights from the Federal Court of Australia” (2013) 61 Am J Comp L 579 at 594. For a brief summary of this article see Vince Morabito “Empirical Perspectives on 25 Years of Class Actions” in Damian Grave and Helen Mould (eds) 25 Years of Class Actions in Australia: 1992–2017 (Ross Parsons Centre of Commercial, Corporate and Taxation Law, Sydney, 2017) 43.
  2. Vince Morabito and Jane Caruana “Can Class Action Regimes Operate Satisfactorily without a Certification Device? Empirical Insights from the Federal Court of Australia” (2013) 61 Am J Comp L 579 at 601.
  3. Vince Morabito and Jane Caruana “Can Class Action Regimes Operate Satisfactorily without a Certification Device? Empirical Insights from the Federal Court of Australia” (2013) 61 Am J Comp L 579 at 594.
  4. Michael Lee “Certification of Class Actions: A ‘Solution’ In Search of a Problem?” (paper presented to the Commercial Law Association Seminar on Class Actions – Different Perspectives, 20 October 2017) at 12.

49 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [146].

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 25.
  2. Deborah R Hensler “From Sea to Shining Sea: How and Why Class Actions Are Spreading Globally” (2017) 65 U Kan L Rev 965 at 972.

52 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [147].

  1. Michael Lee “Certification of Class Actions: A ‘Solution’ In Search of a Problem?” (paper presented to the Commercial Law Association Seminar on Class Actions – Different Perspectives, 20 October 2017) at 10.
  2. Michael Lee “Certification of Class Actions: A ‘Solution’ In Search of a Problem?” (paper presented to the Commercial Law Association Seminar on Class Actions – Different Perspectives, 20 October 2017) at 10.
  3. Michael Lee “Certification of Class Actions: A ‘Solution’ In Search of a Problem?” (paper presented to the Commercial Law Association Seminar on Class Actions – Different Perspectives, 20 October 2017) at 11.

QUESTION
Should a class action regime include a certification requirement? If not, should the

court have additional powers to discontinue a class action (as in Australia)?

Q19

2020_4542.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4540.png

THRESHOLD LEGAL TEST FOR CLASS ACTIONS

(a) Numerosity.

(b) Commonality, which sometimes includes a predominance test.

(c) Preferability or superiority.

(d) A preliminary test of the merits or cost-benefit analysis.

(e) A litigation plan.

(f) An assessment of any litigation funding arrangements.

(g) Adequacy of the representative plaintiff.




56 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 36.

57 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 47.

58 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 38.

Numerosity

(a) A descriptive numerosity requirement. A class actions regime could require the class to consist of “numerous persons” or use a similar descriptive requirement. This test was recommended by the OLRC in 1982 but was not adopted by the legislature.61 While not a class actions regime, a descriptive numerosity requirement is also used for Group Litigation Orders in England and Wales which requires “a number of claims”.62

(b) A minimum specified number of plaintiffs. The Australian class actions regimes specify that a class action may only be commenced where it is shown that seven or more persons have claims against the same person. 63 Despite this requirement, Australian courts have a wide discretion to permit a class action with fewer than seven participants to continue.64 The ALRC recognised that the use of any minimum figure in this context is “arbitrary”.65 Rachael Mulheron criticises both the “artificiality” of relying on a specified minimum number and the lack of cohesion between the apparently strict test and the wide discretion to permit actions which do not meet the test.66 She observes that the reluctance of Australian courts to exercise their power to discontinue actions with fewer than seven members suggests the threshold may not actually be setting an effective minimum threshold for numerosity.67

(c) Impracticability of joinder. Numerosity in the United States is determined by asking whether “the class is so numerous that joinder of all members is impracticable”.68 There is no ‘magic number’ that will satisfy this requirement nor is the size of the class


59 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 326.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 116.
  2. Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 331. Instead, the legislature adopted a requirement that there be “an identifiable class of two or more persons”: Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(1)(b).

62 The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), r 19.11(1).

  1. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33C(1)(a); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 157(1)(a); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103B(1)(a); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 66(1)(a); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33C(1)(a).
  2. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33L; Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 164; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103I; Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 73; and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33L.
  3. Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [140]. For instance, the Australian Law Reform Commission noted that:

... efficiency may be achieved by grouping as few as two claims but in some cases other procedures such as joinder may be more appropriate if there are only a small number of group members.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 119–120.

67 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 121.

68 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(a)(1).


alone necessarily determinative.69 However, as a general rule, a class of fewer than 20 will have difficulty being certified (absent other reasons why joinder is impractical), while classes of over 40 raise a presumption that joinder is impractical.70 There are also some federal statutes which have specific numerosity requirements for particular class action claims in federal courts.71 Rachael Mulheron has commented that other class actions regimes have avoided this approach to numerosity because of its potential to cause confusion and the disparity as to the size of class that would satisfy the requirement.72

(d) A bare threshold test. The Canadian common law jurisdictions only require “an identifiable class of two or more persons”.73 Similarly, class actions brought in the United Kingdom Competition Appeal Tribunal must consist of “two or more claims”.74 The Manitoba Law Reform Commission has observed that this approach “all but remove[s] a numerosity requirement”.75 However, it has the benefit of simplicity. It also ensures that, provided there is more than a single identifiable claimant, small yet beneficial class actions are not barred.76 It has been said that this low numerosity threshold is unlikely to “open the floodgates of class litigation” given the other certification criteria which can screen out claims.77





  1. William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:11]–[§3:12]. For example, courts have certified classes with as few as 16 members and declined to certify a class of 258 members.
  2. William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:12]. For those in the ‘grey area’ of 20-40 class members, the courts will be guided by other factors when considering whether joinder is impractical, including judicial economy resulting from multiple cases, where class members are located, financial resources of class members and ability of class members to bring their own claims.
  3. William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:17] (referring to the Magnuson- Moss Consumer Product Warranty Act 15 USC §§ 2301 et seq and the Class Action Fairness Act 28 USC §§ 1332(d), 1453 and 1711–1715 which requires 100 plaintiffs to be joined for certain class action claims).
  4. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 125–126. Problems appear to arise in particular where “some courts treat the requirement as a simple test of numerosity, whereas other courts consider a much wider range of factors”: at 129.
  5. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.16(1)(b); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003, c C-16.5, s 5(1)(b); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 4(1)(b); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 4(b); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 6(1)(b); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 5(1)(b); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 7(1)(b); and Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(1)(b). Saskatchewan legislation only requires “an identifiable class” and does not impose a two member minimum: The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 6(1)(b).

74 Competition Act 1998 (UK), s 47B(1).

75 Manitoba Law Reform Commission Class Proceedings (R100, 1999) at 49.

76 Manitoba Law Reform Commission Class Proceedings (R100, 1999) at 50.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 128.

78 See Cadman v Visini (2011) 3 NZTR 21-011 (HC) and Ankers v Attorney-General [1995] NZHC 125; (1995) 8 PRNZ 455 (HC).


criterion. 79 The Rules Committee’s 2009 draft Class Actions Bill only permitted class actions where there were seven or more people with claims against the defendant(s).80

QUESTION
Should a class actions regime contain a numerosity requirement? If so, what should
this be?

Q20

2020_4545.png

2020_4546.png

2020_4530.png

Commonality

United States



  1. Rule 4.66(a) of the Draft High Court Rules (Representative Proceedings) Amendment Rules 2019 (PCO 20692/4.2). This provided that the Rules would apply if “the persons comprising the class that the plaintiff proposes to represent are so numerous that, having regard to the nature of the claim, joinder of all members of the class would be impractical”.

80 Draft Class Actions Bill 2009 (Parliamentary Counsel Office, PCO 8247/2.13), cl 6(1)(a).

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 165.

82 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:18].

  1. See for example Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(2); Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33Q(2); and The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 75(3).

84 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(a)(2).

85 Wal-Mart Stores Inc v Dukes 564 US 338 (2011).

86 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:18].


the Supreme Court took a stricter approach to commonality.87 This approach has been criticised as being likely to limit the claims that can be brought as class actions.88 However, it has been described as an exceptional case and the Court’s approach to commonality may have been partly due to the lack of a predominance requirement for that type of claim.89









  1. Wal-Mart Stores Inc v Dukes 564 US 338 (2011). The Court stated that it “requires the plaintiff to demonstrate that the class members have suffered the same injury” and not merely having “suffered a violation of the same provision of law. The Court said the claims must depend on a “common contention” and determination of this must “resolve an issue that is central to the validity of each one of the claims in one stroke”.
  2. See for example Marcia L McCormick “Implausible Injuries: Wal-Mart v Dukes and the Future of Class Actions and Employment Discrimination Cases” (2013) 62 DePaul L Rev 711 at 728–729.
  3. William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:18] and [§3:22]. The claim was brought as a Rule 23(b)(2) class action. Predominance is only a requirement for claims brought under r 23(b)(3).

90 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(3).

  1. Allan Erbsen “‘From ‘Predominance’ to ‘Resolvability’: A New Approach to Regulating Class Actions’” (2005) 58 Vand L Rev 995 at 1056.

92 Amchem Products Inc v Windsor [1997] USSC 67; 521 US 591 (1997) at 623.

93 Amchem Products Inc v Windsor [1997] USSC 67; 521 US 591 (1997) at 623–624.

94 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:51].

95 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:50].

96 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:51].

97 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:26].

Canada


  1. In the common law provinces “common issues” means “(a) common but not necessarily identical issues of fact, or (b) common but not necessarily identical issues of law that arise from common but not necessarily identical facts”: Federal Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 1; Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 1; The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 1; Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 1; Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 2; Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 1; and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 2. In Québec this requirement is phrased as a requirement that “the claims of the members of the class raise identical, similar or related issues of law or fact”: Code of Civil Procedure CQLR c C-25.01, art 575.
  2. So long as the issue can be manageably resolved at the common issues trial the court can certify the action: Garry D Watson (ed) Ontario Civil Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [R12§11].

100 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(1.1).

  1. Letter from Andrew Pinto (Chair of the Law Commission of Ontario) to Doug Downey (Attorney General of Ontario) regarding the Class Proceedings Amendments Bill (22 January 2020) at 2. See also the comments of Nye Thomas (Executive Director of the Law Commission of Ontario) to the Standing Committee on Justice Policy concerning the Smarter and Stronger Justice Bill located in (12 June 2020) 19 JP-496.
  2. Class Action Clinic: Windsor Law “Submission to the Standing Committee on Justice Policy on Bill 161” (4 March 2020) at 4.
  3. Comments of Peter Sahagian (General Counsel, KPMG) to the Standing Committee on Justice Policy concerning the Smarter and Stronger Justice Bill located in (12 June 2020) 19 JP-480.
  4. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.16(2)(a); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 5(2)(a); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 4(2)(a); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 6(2)(a); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 5(2)(a); and Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 7(2)(a). Note that the Manitoba and Saskatchewan legislation provide that when considering commonality, it is not necessary for the common issues to predominate over individual issues: see The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 4(c); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 6(1)(c).
  5. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.16(1)(c); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 5(1)(c); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 4(1)(c); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 4(c); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 6(1)(c); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 5(1)(c); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 7(1)(c); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 6(1)(c).

contracts, different remedies are sought for different class members or where there is a sub-class whose members have different claims or defences with common issues not shared by all class members.106

Australia

United Kingdom Competition Appeal Tribunal



  1. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.18(a)–(c) and (e); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 8(a)–(c) and (e); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 7(a)–(c) and (e); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 7(a)–(c) and (e); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 9(a)–(c) and (e); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 8(a)–(c) and (e); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 10(a)–(c) and (e); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 10(a)–(c) and (e).
  2. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33C(1)(b); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 157(1)(b); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103B(1)(b); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 66(1)(b); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33C(1)(b).
  3. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at 69 citing Zhang De Yong v Minister for Immigration, Local Government and Ethnic Affairs [1993] FCA 489; (1993) 45 FCR 384 (FCA) at 404–405.
  4. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33C(1)(c); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 157(1)(c); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103B(1)(c); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 66(1)(c); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33C(1)(c).
  5. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at 71.
  6. The High Court in Wong v Silkfield Pty Ltd [1999] HCA 48, (1999) 199 CLR 255 at [27]–[28]. In a later case, the Victorian Supreme Court described the word substantial as “protean”: Stojanovski v Australian Dream Homes Pty Ltd [2015] VSC 404 at [45]. For further discussion see Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 115.

112 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 114.

113 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(1)(b).

114 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 73(2). See also the Competition Act 1998 (UK), s 47B(6).


Australian formulation as the “same, similar or related issues” requirement is definitional rather than being an additional factor.115

Aotearoa New Zealand



  1. See discussion in Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 114–115.
  2. Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [11(g)] and [11(h)]; Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [2] and [129]; and Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [10]–[12] and [38].

117 Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [11(d)]; and Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton

[2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [51] per Elias CJ and Anderson J.

118 Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [11(e)]; and Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton

[2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [55] and [129]–[131].

119 Anthony Wicks “Class Actions in New Zealand: Is Legislation Still Necessary?” [2015] NZ L Rev 73 at 79.

  1. See Vicki Waye “Advantages and Disadvantages of Class Action Litigation (and its Alternatives)” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 109 at 115. Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 is a representative action alleging that faulty cladding systems manufactured by Studorp Ltd and James Hardie caused damage to the claimants’ homes.

121 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [41].

122 Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [11(i)].

123 Rule 4.74(a) of the Draft High Court Rules (Representative Proceedings) Amendment Rules 2019 (PCO 20692/4.2).

124 Draft Class Actions Bill 2009 (Parliamentary Counsel Office, PCO 8247/2.13), cl 6(1)(b)–(c).

2020_4522.png






Q21
Should the commonality test that applies to representative actions under HCR 4.24
apply to a class actions regime? If not, how should this test be amended?
Q22
Should a representative plaintiff have to establish that the common issues in a class
action are substantial or that they ‘predominate’ over individual issues?

QUESTIONS

2020_4539.png

2020_4522.png

Preferability or superiority






  1. Note preferability and superiority appear to be used interchangeably: see Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 220.
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 219.
  3. Ontario takes a comparatively restrictive approach in this area: see Buffett v Attorney General for Ontario (1998) 42 OR (3d) 53 (ONCJ); and Garry D Watson (ed) Ontario Civil Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [R12§16].
  4. United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(3). Note the preferability requirement does not apply to all United States class actions, only claims brought under r 23(b)(3) of the United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure as opposed to r 23(b)(1) or (2).
  5. United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(3). Note that while the rule states that these factors can be applied to both predominance and superiority, courts generally only apply these to the superiority test: William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:68].

130 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:64].





  1. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.16(1)(d); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 5(1)(d); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 4(1)(d); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 4(d); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 6(1)(d); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 5(1)(d); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 7(1)(d); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 6(1)(d). The Québec class actions regime does not include a preferability requirement: Code of Civil Procedure CQLR c C-25.01, art 575.
  2. The Federal Courts, Alberta, British Columbia, New Brunswick, Newfoundland & Labrador and Nova Scotia have an additional subsection in their certification provision providing a non-exhaustive list of factors to be considered when assessing preferability. See the Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.16(2); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 5(2); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 4(2); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 6(2); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 5(2); and Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 7(2).

133 Smarter and Stronger Justice Act SO 2020 c 11, sch 4.

134 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(1.1).

135 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(1.1).

  1. Letter from Andrew Pinto (Chair of the Law Commission of Ontario) to Doug Downey (Attorney General of Ontario) regarding the Class Proceedings Amendments Bill (22 January 2020) at 2. See also the comments of Nye Thomas (Executive Director of the Law Commission of Ontario) to the Standing Committee on Justice Policy concerning the Smarter and Stronger Justice Bill located in (12 June 2020) 19 JP-496.
  2. Class Action Clinic: Windsor Law “Submission to the Standing Committee on Justice Policy on Bill 161” (4 March 2020) at 2.

138 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(1)(c).

139 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(2)(a).

140 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(2)(c).


of resolving the dispute”.141 These preferability requirements were considered key to ensuring certification provided an effective safeguard in an opt-out class actions regime.142

QUESTION
Should a representative plaintiff have to establish that a class action is the

preferable or superior procedure for resolving the claim?

Q23

2020_4547.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4540.png

Preliminary merits assessment or cost-benefit analysis


141 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(2)(g).

142 Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Private Actions in Competition Law: A consultation on options for reform

– government response (January 2013) at [5.54]–[5.55].

  1. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33N; Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 166; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103K; Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 75; and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33N.
  2. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33N(1)(c); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 166(1)(c); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103K(1)(c); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 75(1)(c); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33N(1)(c).
  3. Bright v Femcare Ltd [2002] FCAFC 243, (2002) 195 ALR 574 at [74]. See also discussion in Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 221–222.

146 Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2017] NZCA 376, (2017) 23 PRNZ 582 at [39].

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [33].

court system.148 Requiring an initial assessment of a claim can help shield both the courts and defendants from wasted time and expense on unmeritorious actions. However, burdensome preliminary tests may also risk undermining the purpose of class actions.


  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 130.
  2. Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 6(2); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 5(7); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 5(2); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 7(2); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 6(2); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 8(2); Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(5); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 7(2). Note that the Federal regime is silent on this point: Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106.

150 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 45.

151 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 44.

152 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 45.

  1. Although, as we have discussed in this chapter, other amendments were made to the certification test which are likely to make it harder for plaintiffs to bring class action claims.

154 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 75(2)(h).

155 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(3)(a).

  1. Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) Rules of Procedure – Government Response (September 2015) at [3.16]; and Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.39].

157 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.39].


the likely total of those amounts”.158 The purpose of this power is to address concerns that small claims could impose a disproportionate expense on defendants and is said to be consistent with the principle that “the law does not concern itself with trifles”.159 This power has been criticised on the basis that it can leave class members without a remedy just because they are disparate and have small individual claims.160 The federal provision has not been successfully invoked by the defendant to date.161 Australian courts also have a broad power to discontinue a class action where it is in the interests of justice to do so.162 One of the grounds is where the costs of continuing the case as a class action are likely to exceed the costs that would be incurred if each class member conducted a separate proceeding.163 A defendant who is bringing an application to discontinue on this ground will need evidence of the likely costs and benefits of the proceeding continuing as a class action.164


  1. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33M. See also the Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 165(b); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103J(1)(b); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 74(b); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33M(b).
  2. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at 206–207.
  3. Vince Morabito “The Federal Court of Australia’s Power to Terminate Properly Instituted Class Actions” (2004) 42 Osgoode Hall LJ 473 at 490.
  4. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at 203.
  5. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33N(1); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 166(1); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103K(1); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 75(1); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33N(1).
  6. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33N(1)(a); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 166(1)(a); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103K(1)(a); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 75(1)(a); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), 33N(1)(a).
  7. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at 217.
  8. The court may take into account “the costs and benefits of continuing the collective proceedings”: The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(2)(b).

166 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.37].

167 The court may take into account:

... whether it is practicable for the proceedings to be brought as opt-in collective proceedings, having regard to all the circumstances, including the estimated amount of damages that individual class members may recover.

See The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(3)(b). Given the relatively recent introduction of collective proceedings, it is not yet clear how the Tribunal will interpret and apply these tests: see Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 117.


relief to individual class members justifies the costs and burdens of class litigation”.168 This proposal was criticised by academics and consumer advocates who feared it would threaten the use of class actions for regulatory enforcement and was ultimately abandoned.169

That must be so, as the Court cannot grant leave to the bringing of plainly meritless claims, and so allow those propounding the claim to invite others to join the group represented. But it is highly undesirable that this criterion be seen as creating the need or opportunity for a mini trial at the leave stage, at which the Court receives and reviews evidence on contested fact. Such an approach would be inconsistent with the objectives of the High Court Rules, and would substantially undermine the effectiveness of the r 4.24 procedure.
QUESTION
Should a court be required to conduct a preliminary merits assessment of a class

action or an assessment of the costs and benefits?

Q24


2020_4542.png

2020_4522.png

In addition, the court’s provisional assessment should only involve consideration of the claims as pleaded to ensure that they disclose an arguable case on the facts as pleaded.172 The court should take a “broad brush impressionistic approach” rather than carrying out a detailed analysis of every allegation.173 The plaintiff does not have to provide the facts its case is based upon, but the defendant can bring evidence to refute a “clearly wrong and critical factual allegation”.174 An analogy can be drawn to the approach to evidence in a strike-out application.175



  1. Proposed Amendments to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, 167 F.R.D. 559, 559 (1996). See also Deborah R Hensler and Thomas D Rowe Jr “Beyond ‘It Just Ain’t Worth It’: Alternative Strategies for Damage Class Action Reform” (2001) 64 LCP 137 at 141.
  2. Deborah R Hensler and Thomas D Rowe Jr “Beyond ‘It Just Ain’t Worth It’: Alternative Strategies for Damage Class Action Reform” (2001) 64 LCP 137 at 142.
  3. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [16]; and Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [38(d)].
  4. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [16].
  5. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [17].
  6. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [17]; Saunders v Houghton [2012] NZCA 545, [2013] 1 NZLR 652 at [103]–[105]; and Houghton v Saunders [2011] NZHC 542; (2011) 20 PRNZ 509 (HC) at [44].
  7. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [17].
  8. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [17].

Litigation plan











  1. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, s 334.16(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 5(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 4(1)(e); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 4(e); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 6(1)(e); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 5(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 7(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(1)(e)(ii); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 6(1)(e).

177 Poulin v Ford Motor Co of Canada Ltd (2006) 35 CPC (6th) 264 (ONSC) at [99].

178 For example, see Healey v Lakeridge Health Corp (2006) 38 CPC (6th) 145 (ONSC).

  1. Pearson v Inco Ltd (2006) 79 OR (3d) 427 (ONCA) at [97]. See also Maxwell v MLG Ventures Ltd (1995) 7 CCLS 155 (ONCJ).

180 Miller v Merck Frosst Canada Ltd 2013 BCSC 544, [2013] BCJ No 613; aff’d 2015 BCCA 353, (2015) 81 BCLR (5th) 33.

181 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 78(3).

182 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 78(3)(c).

183 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.30].

QUESTION
Should a representative plaintiff be required to provide a litigation plan?

Q25

2020_4542.png

2020_4522.png

conferences.184 In Aotearoa New Zealand, the High Court Rules set out matters that must be addressed in case management conferences for civil litigation generally.185

Litigation funding arrangements


  1. Federal Court of Australia, Practice Note GPN-CA — Class Actions Practice Note, 20 December 2019; Supreme Court of Victoria, Practice Note SC Gen 10 — Conduct of Group Proceedings (Class Actions) (Second Revision), 1 July 2020; Supreme Court of New South Wales, Practice Note No SC GEN 17 — Supreme Court Representative Proceedings, 31 July 2017; Supreme Court of Queensland Practice Direction No 2 of 2017 — Representative Proceedings, 27 February 2017; and Supreme Court of Tasmania, Practice Direction No 2 of 2019 — Representative Proceedings, 6 September 2019.

185 High Court Rules 2016, rr 7.3, 7.3A, 7.4, 7.8, 7.17, and schs 5 and 10.

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [76(a)].

187 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [86].

  1. Although note in Victoria the plaintiff’s solicitor must file a funding information summary statement when commencing a class action: Supreme Court of Victoria, Practice Note SC Gen 10 — Conduct of Group Proceedings (Class Actions)(13 October 2020) at [6]. See also[12]–[13].
  2. Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1.(3) A funding agreement is defined as an agreement in which a funder who is not a party to a class action agrees to indemnify the representative plaintiff or provide money to pursue a class action, in return for a share of any monetary award or settlement funds or for any other consideration: s 33.1.
  3. Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(4). The court must receive an unredacted copy but (s 33.1(6)) but the plaintiff may redact information which may confer a tactical advantage in the copy provided to the defendant (s 33.1(5)).
  4. Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(9)(a). The court must also consider whether the plaintiff received independent legal advice with respect to the funding agreement: s 33.1(10). The Attorney General may also prescribe other factors for the court to consider when approving a funding agreement: ss 33.1(9)(iv) and 38(1).

QUESTIONS


2020_4538.png


2020_4522.png

Some law reform bodies have suggested the courts should exercise greater oversight of funding arrangements in class actions. For example, the United Kingdom Civil Justice Council suggested the court should have a power to assess funding arrangements in collective proceedings to ascertain whether they are fair and just. 195 The ALRC has recommended a requirement for the court to approve funding agreements in class actions and expressly empowering courts with a statutory power to reject, vary or amend terms of funding agreements.196




Q26
Should a court consider funding arrangements as part of a threshold legal test for
a class action?
Q27
Should a statutory class actions regime have any other threshold legal tests?

2020_4522.png

OTHER CERTIFICATION MATTERS

(a) What the evidentiary standard should be for certification. Jurisdictions take different approaches to this. For example, Ontario requires “some basis in fact,” while in the United States, courts often require the plaintiff to prove the certification requirements “by a preponderance of the evidence”.197


192 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 78(2)(d).

193 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.33].

194 See Defazio v Ontario (Ministry of Labour) (2007) 38 CPC (6th) 223 (ONSC) at [128] and discussion in Rachael Mulheron

Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 164.

  1. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 94. The Civil Justice Council noted a list of factors such an assessment could include, drawing on an article by Rachael Mulheron: see Rachael Mulheron and Peter Cashman “Third Party Funding: A Changing Landscape” (2008) 27 CJQ 312 at [36].
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at Recommendation 14.
  3. Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 45–46; and William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§7:21].

(b) Whether pre-certification discovery should be required and what this should involve.

(c) How the court should manage ‘competing’ class actions.

(d) Whether there should be rights of intervention (such as by potential class members) when the court considers an application for certification.

(e) Appeal rights from certification decisions.





CHAPTER 11



The representative plaintiff



INTRODUCTION

(a) Whether a proposed representative plaintiff’s suitability for the role should be assessed when a class action is commenced and what the criteria should be.

(b) Whether a representative plaintiff must be a class member.

(c) Whether government entities should be allowed to be representative plaintiffs.

(d) The potential role of tikanga in determining who can be a representative plaintiff in a class action involving a Māori collective.

ASSESSING THE SUITABILITY OF THE REPRESENTATIVE PLAINTIFF

Adequacy of representation


  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 289.
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 289.
  3. Beggs v Attorney-General [2006] NZHC 871; (2006) 18 PRNZ 214 (HC) at [16]; and Harding v LDC Finance Ltd (in rec) HC Christchurch CIV- 2008-409-1140, 19 November 2009 at [33]. These cases cite Saxmere Co Ltd v The Wool Board Disestablishment Co Ltd HC Wellington CIV-2003-485-2724, 6 December 2005, where Miller J referred to the Canadian requirement that a representative must adequately represent the class (as set out by the Supreme Court of Canada in Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534).
  4. In the United States, one of the certification criteria is that “the representative parties will fairly and adequately protect the interests of the class”: United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(a)(4). In Canada, see Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.16(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 5(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 4(1)(e); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 4(e); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 6(1)(e); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 5(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 7(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(1)(e); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 6(1)(e). In Québec, the criteria for authorisation includes the requirement that the representative plaintiff is in a position to properly represent the class members: Code of Civil

Procedure CQLR c C-25.01, art 575(4). In the UK, there are certain matters that the Tribunal must consider when determining whether the proposed representative would act fairly and adequately in the interest of the class: see The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), rr 78(2)(a) and 78(3).

5 Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534 at [41].

6 Joseph M McLaughlin McLaughlin on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:27].

  1. Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 166(1)(d); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103K(1)(d); and Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 75(1)(d).
  2. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33T; Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 171; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103P; Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 80; and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33T. Commentary on

Conflicts of interest




the Federal Court provision observes that s 33T has been applied without detailed consideration in the case law but it appears the court will only exercise the power when there is actual incompatibility of interests: Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [20.2].

  1. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.142]–[4.146].
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 277–278. This has been the focus of overseas legislative provisions as discussed below.
  3. Rachael Mulheron comments that while these scenarios are often warned against by law reformers, they appear to be relatively uncommon: Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 283.
  4. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 283.
  5. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 283.
  6. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 284–285. Mulheron comments that “[t]his potential conflict is as old as the English representative rule itself”.
  7. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.16(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 5(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 4(1)(e); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 4(e); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 6(1)(e); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 5(1)(e); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 7(e); Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 5(1)(e); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 6(1)(e). See also Saskatchewan Queen’s Bench Rules 2013, r 3-93(2)(f).

be a class representative has a material interest in relation to the common issues that is in conflict with the interests of class members.16

Understanding of the role






  1. The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 78(2)(b). Examples of when a conflict might arise include where the class representative has a stake in the legal fees incurred on behalf of the class or where the person is a class representative in a separate but related collective action which might affect recovery in the proceeding at issue: Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.31].

17 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:58].

  1. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [20.1].
  2. In Dyczynski v Gibson [2020] FCAFC 120, (2020) 381 ALR 1 at [209], the Federal Court of Australia held that a representative plaintiff has a fiduciary duty toward class members. In the United States, a class representative has a fiduciary duty to promote and protect the interests of the class they represent. Commentary notes that the fiduciary duties definitely arise upon class certification, but it is somewhat unclear what duties apply in the “twilight zone of pre- certification”: Joseph M McLaughlin McLaughlin on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:27].

20 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:67].

  1. These are Saskatchewan and Newfoundland and Labrador. See Saskatchewan Queen’s Bench Rules 2013, r 3-93(2); and Rules of the Supreme Court SNL 1986 c 42, r 7A.04(4).
  2. Where the proposed class representative is a member of the class, the Tribunal will take into account their suitability to manage the proceedings: The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 78(3)(a).

exert sufficient control over the legal work and costs incurred and may require them to demonstrate a basic understanding of the relevant facts and the nature of the claims.23

Sufficient financial resources







23 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.30].

  1. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.155].

25 Law Council of Australia and Federal Court of Australia Case Management Handbook (2014) at [13.22].

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 297–298.

27 Western Canadian Shopping Centres Inc v Dutton 2001 SCC 46, [2001] 2 SCR 534 at [41].

  1. Garry D Watson (ed) Ontario Civil Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [R12§13]. We discuss Ontario’s Class Proceedings Fund in Chapter 13.

29 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), rr 78(2)(d) and 78(2)(e).

30 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.33].

31 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:69].

Typicality

QUESTION
Should a court consider the representative plaintiff’s suitability for the role as part

of the threshold legal test for a class action? If so, what should the criteria be?

Q28

2020_4548.png

2020_4524.png

2020_4549.png

MUST THE REPRESENTATIVE PLAINTIFF BE A CLASS MEMBER?

(a) Requiring a representative plaintiff to be a class member does not guarantee they will act in the interests of the other class members as they may be self-interested.38



32 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(a)(3).

33 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:29].

34 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§3:30].

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 311.
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 303.
  3. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 304.
  4. See also Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 349; and Vince Morabito “Ideological Plaintiffs and Class Actions—An Australian Perspective” (2001) 34 UBC L Rev 459 at 496:

...the proposition that requiring the class representative to have a personal stake in the outcome of the litigation will ensure that the claims of the class members are vigorously advanced is unpersuasive.

(b) An organisation such as a consumer group or union may be a capable and well- resourced representative for the members whose interests it was formed to represent.

(c) Where an organisation is driving the litigation on behalf of unsophisticated class members, it is a pretense to name a class member as the plaintiff.

(d) It can prevent an individual group member from facing retaliation as a result of being the named plaintiff.

(e) It is consistent with the goal of increasing access to justice for class members. Potential representative plaintiffs may be deterred by the risk of adverse costs and concerns such as reprisal from a defendant. Expanding the range of possible plaintiffs increases the chance that an individual or organisation will be willing to take on the role.39

(a) The self-interest of a class member helps to ensure that class members’ interests are protected.41

(b) Having a non-class member as plaintiff is a significant departure from traditional rules of standing in litigation.

(c) The absence of ideological plaintiffs has not caused problems in jurisdictions such as Ontario.42

(d) It could be difficult for the defendant to obtain appropriate discovery if the representative plaintiff does not have a personal claim.

Current approach under HCR 4.24


39 Vince Morabito “Ideological Plaintiffs and Class Actions—An Australian Perspective” (2001) 34 UBC L Rev 459 at 506.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 304.
  2. The Ontario Law Reform Commission described this as the “major argument” in favour of requiring a representative plaintiff to be a member of the class. It noted, however, that self-interest may not ensure adequate representation if a representative plaintiff’s individual claim was small. Conversely, if the representative plaintiff had a large claim, self- interest might cause them to advance their own interests to the detriment of class members: Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 349.
  3. On the other hand, it has been observed that no abuse has resulted in Canadian jurisdictions which have allowed non- class members to bring claims: Vince Morabito “Ideological Plaintiffs and Class Actions—An Australian Perspective” (2001) 34 UBC L Rev 459 at 500.

to represent descendants of the customary owners who are not included as beneficiaries of Wakatū. The Supreme Court unanimously confirmed that Mr Stafford had standing as a rangatira. 43A majority of the judges considered that Wakatū and the trustees of Te Kahui Ngahuru Trust did not have standing44 (with Elias CJ and Glazebrook J dissenting on this point).45

Overseas approaches to ideological representative plaintiffs


43 Proprietors of Wakatu v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [494], [673], [807], [952].

44 Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [795]–[796], [810] and [952].

45 Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [492]–[493], [499], [657] and [673].

  1. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [50]–[55] per Elias CJ and Anderson J.
  2. Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [651] citing Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [50]–[55] and [129].

48 Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [657]. See also [491] per Elias CJ.

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [32].
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [33].
  3. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33D(1); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 158(1); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103C(1); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 67(1); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33D(1).

have statutory standing (under other legislation) to bring claims.52 The ACCC’s ability to bring class actions is discussed later in this chapter.


  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 306–307; Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 107; Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [5.16]; and Finance Sector Union of Australia v Commonwealth Bank of Australia [1999] FCA 1250, (1999) 166 ALR 141 at [18].

53 Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.12(1); and Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 2(1).

  1. Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 2(4); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 2(4); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 2(4); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 3(5); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 3(4); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 4(5); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 4(4).
  2. Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 2(6). Note also that in Newfoundland and Labrador, the court may appoint a parent, guardian or the Public Trustee as a representative plaintiff (where the members of the class have a disability and none can adequately represent the class) or a public agency or incorporated advocacy group whose mandate is the protection of the rights of a class (where none of the class can adequately represent it): see Rules of the Supreme Court SNL 1986 c 42, r 7A.04(7).

56 Code of Civil Procedure CQLR c C-25.01, art 571.

57 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(a).

58 Competition Act 1998 (UK), s 47B(8); and The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 78(1)(a).

59 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.30].

  1. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 141–143 (recommending that bodies such as consumer, industry or public interest associations may bring proceedings for collective redress if they can satisfy the court of their ability to act in the best interests of individual claimants). Rachael Mulheron suggests that this recommendation influenced the drafting of the Competition Appeal Tribunal regime: Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 107–108.

QUESTION
Should a representative plaintiff be a class member or should ideological plaintiffs

be allowed?

Q29

2020_4550.png

2020_4529.png

2020_4551.png

A GOVERNMENT ENTITY AS REPRESENTATIVE PLAINTIFF






61 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 225.

  1. In that case the Ministry of Education was the owner of the land upon which almost all of the buildings were constructed and so was a plaintiff in its own right.
  2. Mulheron further divides this into two categories: (a) a situation where the government entity shares the class members’ cause of action against the defendant and is seeking the same kind of relief; and (b) a situation where the government entity has a claim against a defendants in its own right which is not shared with other class members, but where common issues of fact or law arise: Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 226.

64 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 226.

  1. Local councils have been lead plaintiffs in several class actions relating to complex financial products and in two consumer protection class actions: Vince Morabito “Government has shelled out $1.1B in class actions” (23 July 2020) Lawyerly <www.lawyerly.com.au>. See also Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 227.

66 See a reference to ACC being a claimant in Houghton v Saunders [2019] NZHC 2007 at [10]–[11].


authorities are authorised to bring class actions, including Brazil,67 Denmark,68 Spain69 and Sweden.70 Civil law jurisdictions have generally limited standing in class actions to public officials or quasi-public agencies or to pre-existing associations or special purpose foundations, on the assumption they are less likely to be susceptible to conflicts of interest. 71 Deborah Hensler critiques this assumption, noting that officials may be susceptible to political pressures to bring (or not bring) class actions and asserting that “agency problems are inherent in all forms of collective litigation”.72

  1. In Brazil, the parties with standing to bring a class action are the Public Prosecutor’s Office, the Public Defender’s Office, the federal government, states, municipalities and federal districts, government, public administration entities and associations which have protection of collective rights as a purpose: Sérgio Pinheiro Marçal and Lucas Pinto Simão “Brazil” in Camilla Sanger (ed) The Class Actions Law Review (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2020) 26 at 29.
  2. The representative plaintiff in an opt-out claim must be a specified government entity — currently the Consumer Ombudsman: Christian Alsøe, Søren Henriksen and Morten Melchior Gudmandsen "Denmark" in Camilla Sanger (ed) The Class Actions Law Review (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2020) 45 at 50.
  3. Collective actions can only be brought by consumer organisations and the Public Prosecutor’s Office: Alejandro Ferreres Comella and Cristina Ayo Ferrándiz “Spain” in Camilla Sanger (ed) The Class Actions Law Review (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2020) 194 at 194.
  4. Group actions can be commenced by private groups that have a claim, organisations and public authorities: Ola Hansson and Carl Rother-Schirren "Sweden" in Camilla Sanger (ed) The Class Actions Law Review (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2020) 202 at 202.
  5. Deborah R Hensler “From Sea to Shining Sea: How and Why Class Actions Are Spreading Globally” (2017) 65 U Kan L Rev 965 at 973.
  6. Deborah R Hensler “From Sea to Shining Sea: How and Why Class Actions Are Spreading Globally” (2017) 65 U Kan L Rev 965 at 974.
  7. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33D(1); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 158(1); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103C(1); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 67(1); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33D(1).
  8. Finance Sector Union of Australia v Commonwealth Bank of Australia [1999] FCA 1250, (1999) 166 ALR 141 at [18]. Note that there have been some differing judicial views on this issue: see Australian Competition and Consumer Commission v Giraffe World Australia Pty Ltd [1998] FCA 819, (1998) 156 ALR 273; Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 237–239; and Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated

Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [5.15]–[5.16].

75 Vince Morabito “Government has shelled out $1.1B in class actions” (23 July 2020) Lawyerly <www.lawyerly.com.au>.

  1. Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth), s 50. The proceeding may be for (a) the recovery of damages for fraud, negligence, default, breach of duty, or other misconduct, committed in connection with a matter to which the investigation (or examination) related; or (b) recovery of property of the person.
  2. ASIC brought 10 class actions on behalf of investors in the Westpoint group and secured settlements in nine of these: Vince Morabito “Government has shelled out $1.1B in class actions” (23 July 2020) Lawyerly <www.lawyerly.com.au>.

compensation for class members, ASIC has not filed a class action since 2009 and the ACCC since 2003.78

Intervener role





  1. Vince Morabito “Government has shelled out $1.1B in class actions” (23 July 2020) Lawyerly <www.lawyerly.com.au>. One possible explanation may be the rise in class actions being brought through private initiative.
  2. Draft Class Actions Bill 2009 (Parliamentary Counsel Office, PCO 8247/2.13) at cls 17–21. These clauses would have amended the Commerce Act 1986, Fair Trading Act 1986, Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, Securities Act 1978 and Securities Markets Act 1988 to enable the Commerce Commission or Securities Commission (as appropriate) to apply to be a lead plaintiff in relation to certain claims under those Acts.
  3. See letter from Geoff Thorn (General Manager of the Commerce Commission) to the Rules Committee (31 July 2007) noting that the reasons for the relative lack of private damages claims in Aotearoa New Zealand for breach of competition law are uncertain. One obstacle in other jurisdictions is that many competition claims encounter evidential difficulties, particularly in cartel cases where the offending behaviour is covert and hard to detect and where assessment of damages may be complicated by inflated prices being passed on down a vertical chain of purchasers and customers.

81 Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), s 1330.

82 Australian Securities and Investments Commission v Richards [2013] FCAFC 89 at [4].

  1. Class Action Fairness Act of 2005 Pub L No 109-2, 118 Stat 4 at § 1715(b). See also William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§ 13:26].

QUESTION
When should a government entity be able to bring a class action as representative
plaintiff?

Q30

2020_4542.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4551.png

PROVISION FOR TIKANGA MĀORI TO INFORM WHO CAN BE REPRESENTATIVE PLAINTIFF IN MĀORI COLLECTIVE ACTION

  1. It is accepted that r 7.43A(1)(d)–(e) of the High Court Rules 2016 and the inherent jurisdiction enable the High Court to grant leave to a third-party to intervene. Crown Proceedings Act 1950, s 35(2)(h); and High Court Rules 2016, rr 4.27,

7.4 and sch 5(2) are relevant to the Attorney-General’s ability to intervene in proceedings: see Seales v Attorney-

General [2015] NZHC 828 at [41].

85 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Review of the Judicature Act 1908: Towards a Consolidated Courts Act

(NZLC IP29, 2012) at [15.44].

  1. See Chapter 3. The standing of rangatira should not be adversely impacted by a class actions regime in accordance with the no adverse impact principle discussed in Chapter 9.
  2. See Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General [2017] NZSC 17, [2017] 1 NZLR 423 at [796]–[802] and [810] per Arnold and O’Regan JJ, and [952] per William Young J (rejecting the standing of Wakatū and the trustees of Te Kahui Ngahuru Trust to represent descendants of customary owners of certain land). Compare [490]–[491] per Elias CJ and [657] and [668]–[673] per Glazebrook J (proposing a more flexible approach and noting the appellants’ submission that decisions on the appropriate plaintiff or plaintiffs should be “decided according to tikanga, which is part of the values of New Zealand common law”). For discussion, see Karen Feint “A Commentary on the Supreme Court Decision of Proprietors of Wakatū v Attorney-General” [2017] WkoLawRw 2; (2017) 25 Wai L Rev 1 at 14–15. We also note that under current law there may be issues as to who may benefit from relief notwithstanding the standing thresholds being met.
  3. In Whakatane District Council v Keepa HC Rotorua M7/00, 27 June 2000, Paterson J held that Mr Keepa was an appropriate representative defendant of owners of Māori land on the ground he had applied to the Māori Land Court to have the matter at issue decided. Mr Keepa objected that his authority did not extend to High Court proceedings and asked for a further hui to enable the question of representation to be addressed. His request was denied.

kinship. One potential consequence is that a person who can meet the general requirements for a representative plaintiff may not have a mandate, in terms of tikanga, to represent the people they purport to represent. Another is that a person who does not meet all the requirements for a representative plaintiff may have a mandate, in terms of tikanga, to represent those people. The boundaries of any mandate may not be drawn precisely and may overlap with mandates held by others. The issue is significant in the sense that any judgment arising from a class action may have inter-generational effects for those people and their descendants.89


  1. Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Waka Umanga: A proposed law for Māori governance entities (NZLC R92, 2006) at [4.55].
  2. See Chapter 9 for a brief description of whanaungatanga and mana. If a decision is made to have defendant class actions, then the question will arise as to whether tikanga has a role in determining who is an appropriate defendant in this context. See Chapter 8 regarding defendant class actions.

91 For example, see Marine and Coastal Area (Takutai Moana) Act 2011, ss 9 and 58.

92 Re Tipene [2016] NZHC 3199, [2017] NZAR 559 at [175]–[176].

  1. Re Tipene [2016] NZHC 3199, [2017] NZAR 559. An iwi, hapū or whānau group seeking recognition of their protected customary rights or customary marine title may appoint a person (or a legal entity) as their representative: Marine and Coastal Area (Takutai Moana) Act 2011, s 9 definition of “applicant group”. An application made on behalf of “all Māori” was struck out as it fell outside the definition of applicant group in Re Paul [2020] NZHC 2039.
  2. For background, see Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Determining Representation Rights under Te Ture Whenua Maori Act 1993: An Advisory Report for Te Puni Kōkiri (NZLC SP8, 2001).
  3. John Burrows (ed) Land Law (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [ML5.13(4)]. The Court itself has suggested that representation should depend on due process of consultation according to tikanga (among other factors): see Ngāti Paoa Whānau Trust (1995) 96A Hauraki MB 15 (96A H 15).

QUESTION
When a plaintiff wants to represent the interests of a whānau, hapū or iwi, should

the court inquire into their suitability to represent the group in terms of tikanga Māori?

Q31


2020_4552.png

2020_4553.png

If a question of tikanga arises, the High Court may state a case for the opinion of the Māori Appellate Court.96 We have heard that this can be a time-consuming and expensive process. It has been suggested to us that the High Court could appoint a tikanga adviser to assist decision-making if needed. There is precedent for this approach in the Marine and Coastal Area (Takutai Moana) Act 2011.97 We think such mechanisms should be used as a last resort, for example, if the evidence needs to be assessed by a person with specialist expertise, given the potential for delay and added cost. We have also heard during our preliminary discussions that reasonably liberal rights of intervention on the question of certification, from both inside and outside the proposed class, may be necessary to ensure a full hearing of representation questions.










OTHER REPRESENTATIVE PLAINTIFF MATTERS

(a) The situations in which a representative plaintiff may be substituted.98

(b) Whether a regime should provide for sub-classes with a sub-class representative plaintiff for each. This might be appropriate where there are common issues not shared by all class members.99

(c) Methods of lessening the burden on the representative plaintiff, such as having a litigation committee formed from a group of class members to take responsibility for important decisions during the litigation.100




96 Te Ture Whenua Maori Act 1993, s 61.

  1. Marine and Coastal Area (Takutai Moana) Act 2011, s 99(1)(b) expressly enables the Court to obtain the advice of a pūkenga who has knowledge and experience of tikanga. A pūkenga could alternatively be appointed by the Court as an expert under r 9.36 of the High Court Rules 2016 or the Court’s inherent jurisdiction: see Ngāti Whātua Ōrākei Trust v Attorney-General [2020] NZHC 3120 at [36]. Specialist advisors can be used in other contexts: see for example Commerce Act 1986, ss 77–78.
  2. We note that the Court granted an application to substitute a representative plaintiff in Nireaha Tamaki v Baker (1902) 22 NZLR 97 (SC).
  3. We note that sub-classes are provided for under the Australian, Canadian, United States and United Kingdom Competition Appeal Tribunal Regimes.
  4. We understand that this approach has been taken in some representative actions in New Zealand, including in Strathboss Kiwifruit v Attorney-General, Cridge v Studorp Ltd and the early stages of Houghton v Saunders. See Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2019] NZHC 62 at [49]–[56]; Houghton v Saunders [2015] NZCA 141 at [21]; and Houghton v Saunders [2019] NZHC 2567 at [49].

(d) Whether the representative plaintiff should be entitled to an incentive payment or award to compensate them for their time and effort spent on the proceedings.101

(e) Whether there should be any restriction on lawyers recruiting representative plaintiffs.102







































  1. Jurisdictions have taken differing approaches to this. In the United States, an incentive award is paid to the representative plaintiff in most class action cases, with an average award of USD$10,000–$15,000: William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§ 17:1]. Canadian courts have been cautious about awarding incentive payments and it is generally accepted that a representative plaintiff should only receive additional compensation where they have provided services over and above the usual duties of a representative plaintiff: Janet Walker (ed) Class Actions in Canada: Cases, Notes, and Materials (2nd ed, Emond Publishing, Toronto, 2018) at 129. In Australia, courts have enabled payments to be made to representative plaintiffs, sub-group representatives and class members who are actively involved in the litigation to reimburse them for their time and expenditure on the litigation: Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [22.22]; and Vince Morabito Common Fund Orders, Funding Fees and Reimbursement

Payments (An Evidence-Based Approach to Class Action Reform in Australia, January 2019) at 21.

  1. In Canada, for example, courts have expressed concerns about recruitment of class action plaintiffs by lawyers because it may result in a plaintiff being essentially a passive placeholder while the case is driven by an entrepreneurial lawyer: Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 81–83.

CHAPTER 12



Membership of the class


INTRODUCTION




  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 29 (citing several law reform body reports).
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 29.
  3. Rachael Mulheron observes that while law reform bodies often describe the decision between opt-in or opt-out as the most important issue, the choice is actually more complicated than that. She sets out 10 different mechanisms by which the class can be comprised. These are: a purely opt-in class; a purely opt-out class; a compulsory class; a compulsory class from which opt-outs are permitted by judicial discretion; an opt-out mechanism which can be made compulsory by judicial discretion; opt-in or opt-out depending on the court’s discretion; default is opt-in unless the court decides opt-out is more appropriate; a compulsory class or an opt-out class which must convert to opt-in following judgment or settlement to achieve finality for class members; opt-out mechanism for the principal class with a specified sub-class required to opt-in; and opt-out class which converts to opt-in prior to judgment on the common issues or settlement. See Rachael Mulheron “Opting in, Opting Out, and Closing the Class: Some Dilemmas for England’s Class Action

Lawmakers” (2011) 50 CBLJ 376 at 379–407.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 29.
  2. Rachael Mulheron “Opting in, Opting Out, and Closing the Class: Some Dilemmas for England’s Class Action Lawmakers” (2011) 50 CBLJ 376 at 384.

so that individual issues can be determined. Under a universal or compulsory approach, there is no opportunity to opt into or out of the claim.

AOTEAROA NEW ZEALAND APPROACH





6 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [82].

7 Ankers v Attorney-General [1995] NZHC 125; (1995) 8 PRNZ 455 (HC).

8 High Court Rules 2016, r 4.24(a).

9 High Court Rules 2016, r 4.24(a) provides:

One or more persons may sue or be sued on behalf of, or for the benefit of, all persons with the same interest in the subject matter of a proceeding — (a) with the consent of the other persons who have the same interest. (emphasis added)

See also Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [28] where the Court of Appeal commented that “[p]lainly it was not feasible for Mr and Mrs Ross to consent the consent of every member of the class to a representative claim,” so they required leave to bring the claim under r 4.24(b) of the High Court Rules 2016.

10 High Court Rules 2016, r 4.24(b).

11 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC).

12 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [28].

13 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [168].

14 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [165].


legislative change, the Court had to work within the existing High Court Rules, which only contemplated opt-in proceedings.15

OVERSEAS APPROACHES



15 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [165].

  1. Note that in Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 the majority appeared to accept that both opt-in and opt-out orders might be available, but this was not an issue the Court needed to decide. See at [163] and [168].

17 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2018] NZHC 3288.

18 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [81] and [111].

19 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [83].

20 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [89].

21 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [40].

  1. Credit Suisse Private Equity LLC v Houghton [2014] NZSC 37, [2014] 1 NZLR 541 at [164]–[165]; and Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [83].
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 35.
  3. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33E; Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 159; Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33E; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103D; and Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 68.
  4. Written consent is required before any of the following can become a group member: the Commonwealth, a State or Territory; a Minister of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; a body corporate established for a public purpose by law (other than an incorporated company or association); or an officer of the Commonwealth or of a state or territory (in their official capacity). The Victorian legislation also includes a judge, magistrate or other judicial officer in this list. See Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33E(2); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 159(2); Supreme Court Act

When the federal class action legislation was introduced to Parliament, the Attorney- General explained that an opt-out regime was preferred on equity and efficiency grounds.26




1986 (Vic), s 33E(2); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103D(2); and Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 68(2).

  1. Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, House of Representatives, 14 November 1991, 3175 (Michael Duffy, Attorney- General).
  2. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.21(1); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 17(1) and (2); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 16(1); Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 16; Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 18(1); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 17(1); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 19(1); Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 9; The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 18; and Code of Civil Procedure CQLR c C-25.01, art 580.
  3. These are New Brunswick, and Newfound and Labrador: Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 18(3); and Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 17(2).

29 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at Recommendation 1 and 491.

  1. Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 485. One of the agreed parameters for the Ontario Attorney General’s Advisory Committee on Class Action Reform was that the procedure would feature an opt-out rule: Report of the Attorney General’s Advisory Committee on Class Action Reform (Ministry of the Attorney General, February 1990) at 6.
  2. Money damages class actions are brought under r 23(b)(3) of the United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure as opposed to r 23(b)(1) or (2).

32 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(c)(2)(A).

33 United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(1)(A). This type of class action is where the prosecution of:

... separate actions by or against individual members of the class would create a risk of incompatible standards of conduct for the adverse party due to inconsistent or varying adjudications with respect to individual members of the class.

  1. United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(1)(B). This type of class action is where an individual judgment would, as a practical matter, dispose of the interests of other class members or would substantially impair/impede their ability to protect their interests.
  2. United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(b)(2). This type of class action is where a party has taken, or refused to take, action with respect to the class and injunctive relief (or similar) is appropriate with respect to the whole class.

36 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:1].

37 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:1].

OPT-IN PROCEEDINGS

Advantages of opt-in proceedings



  1. Competition Act 1998 (UK), s 47B(7)(c). Note that if a proceeding is opt-out, there is an exception for class members residing outside the United Kingdom, who must opt-in: s 47B(11)(b).
  2. The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(3); and Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.39].
  3. Report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the European Economic and Social Committee on the implementation of the Commission Recommendation of 11 June 2013 on common principles for injunctive and compensatory collective redress mechanisms in the Member States concerning violations of rights granted under Union law (2013/396/EU) (European Commission, COM(2018) 40, January 2018) at [2.3.1]. States using opt-in mechanisms include Austria, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Latvia, Malta, Poland, Romania, Spain, and Sweden. States using opt-in and opt-out include Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, and the United Kingdom (we note that since this document was published, the United Kingdom has ceased being a member state). States using only opt-out mechanisms include the Netherlands and Portugal.
  4. Report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the European Economic and Social Committee on the implementation of the Commission Recommendation of 11 June 2013 on common principles for injunctive and compensatory collective redress mechanisms in the Member States concerning violations of rights granted under Union law (2013/396/EU) (European Commission, COM(2018) 40, January 2018) at [2.3.1].
  5. Christopher Hodges “From class actions to collective redress: a revolution in approach to compensation” (2009) 28 CJQ 41 at 44.

43 Scott Dodson “An Opt-In Option for Class Actions” (2016) 115 Mich L Rev 171 at 187.


idea and argues it fails to embrace a fundamental feature of class actions, namely allowing litigants to bring proceedings on behalf of others.44





44 Vince Morabito “Opt In or Opt Out? A Class Dilemma for New Zealand” (2011) 24 NZULR 421 at 440.

45 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [239].

  1. It said that exceptions to this principle should be justified by “reasons of sound administration of justice”. It cited cross- border cases as an example where opt-out proceedings could be particularly problematic: Report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council and the European Economic and Social Committee on the implementation of the Commission Recommendation of 11 June 2013 on common principles for injunctive and compensatory collective redress mechanisms in the Member States concerning violations of rights granted under Union law (2013/396/EU) (European Commission, COM(2018) 40, January 2018) at 13.
  2. Rachael Mulheron “The Case for an Opt-Out Class Action for European Member States: A Legal and Empirical Analysis” (2009) 15 Colum J Eur L 409 at 427.

48 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [97]–[98].

49 Rob Stock “Victims of David Ross seek $80 million in damages from ANZ” (26 February 2020) Stuff <www.stuff.co.nz>.

50 Scott Dodson “An Opt-In Option for Class Actions” (2016) 115 Mich L Rev 171 at 174.


the class members have chosen to join the proceedings and will have conducted their own assessment of the strength of the claim.51

Disadvantages of opt-in proceedings





51 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.39].

  1. See for example Deborah R Hensler “From Sea to Shining Sea: How and Why Class Actions Are Spreading Globally” (2017) 65 U Kan L Rev 965 at 978 commenting that third-party funding works particularly well in opt-in regimes and that in opt-out regimes the practical effect of third-party funding is to convert the class action to an opt-in procedure.
  2. This point is noted in Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [110]. See also Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [54] which refers to the proceeding being funded on an “open class” basis.
  3. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 30. These arguments are critiqued in Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 481–482.
  4. Rachael Mulheron “The Case for an Opt-Out Class Action for European Member States: A Legal and Empirical Analysis” (2009) 15 Colum J Eur L 409 at 433–434. For example, data on 37 English group litigation cases showed that 32 had an opt-in rate of less than 50 per cent, with eight cases having an estimated opt-in rate of less than 10 per cent: at 433.

56 Vince Morabito “Opt In or Opt Out? A Class Dilemma for New Zealand” (2011) 24 NZULR 421 at 437–440.


representative action, over 90 per cent of investors are reported to have opted into the claim.57

57 See Rob Stock “Victims of David Ross seek $80 million in damages from ANZ” (26 February 2020) Stuff

<www.stuff.co.nz>.

58 Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 47.

  1. Deborah R Hensler and Thomas D Rowe Jr “Beyond ‘It Just Ain’t Worth It’: Alternative Strategies for Damage Class Action Reform” (2001) 64 LCP 137 at 145–146.
  2. Vicki Waye and Vince Morabito “When Pragmatism Leads to Unintended Consequences: A Critique of Australia’s Unique Closed Class Regime” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 303 at 315–316.

61 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [240]. See also Ontario Law Reform Commission

Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 480. See also our discussion on barriers to bringing litigation in Chapter 5.

  1. Rachael Mulheron Class Actions and Government (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2020) at 75; and Rachael Mulheron Reform of Collective Redress in England and Wales: A Perspective of Need (Research paper for submission to the Civil Justice Council of England and Wales, November 2008) at 32–34.
  2. Deborah R Hensler and Thomas D Rowe Jr “Beyond ‘It Just Ain’t Worth It’: Alternative Strategies for Damage Class Action Reform” (2001) 64 LCP 137 at 146. They draw an analogy with research on parental consent to student testing, where most of those who failed to sign up did not object but had not received the consent form, lost it or were too busy to fill it out. See also Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 479–480.

64 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [98].

65 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume II, 1982) at 468.

66 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [118].


experience with opt-in representative actions has not shown this to be a common occurrence. The only example we are aware of is the two opt-in representative actions brought in relation to the collapse of CBL Insurance.67 We also note that the risk of multiple class actions is not entirely removed under an opt-out regime, particularly where ‘closed classes’ are allowed, as we discuss below.68 Under both opt-in and opt-out approaches, there may also be individual proceedings brought by those who do not wish to be part of the class action, and there are examples of this in Aotearoa New Zealand.69

OPT-OUT PROCEEDINGS

Advantages of opt-out proceedings



67 We understand that the High Court has allowed both to proceed as representative actions.

  1. In Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [100] the Court noted that an opt-out approach did not preclude the possibility of parallel claims. Claimants could opt out and bring their own claim or participate in another opt-in claim. The Supreme Court noted that the issue of competing claims could arise under both an opt-in and an opt-out approach: Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [87]–[88].
  2. For example, there are both individual proceedings and a representative action filed in relation to Southern Response’s management of insurance claims in Christchurch: see Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Dodds [2020] NZCA 395; and Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126.

70 Scott Dodson “An Opt-In Option for Class Actions” (2016) 115 Mich L Rev 171 at 186.

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [10]. See also Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [35].
  2. Rachael Mulheron “The Case for an Opt-Out Class Action for European Member States: A Legal and Empirical Analysis” (2009) 15 Colum J Eur L 409 at 431.

73 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [98].


opt-out approach has advantages in improving access to justice.74 As discussed earlier in this chapter, there are many barriers which can prevent class members from taking the positive step of joining a class action. For example, they may simply be too busy to respond to the notice, they may not understand the notice, or they may distrust the legal system. An opt-out approach can ensure that these barriers do not prevent a person from having their claims considered by the court and potentially obtaining redress.75

Disadvantages of opt-out proceedings

Denial of individual autonomy



74 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 162 at [40].

  1. Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [237]. See also Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [98] as cited in Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 162 at [40].
  2. See Thomas E Willging, Laural L Hooper and Robert J Niemic Empirical Study of Class Actions in Four Federal District Courts: Final Report to the Advisory Committee on Civil Rules (Federal Judicial Center, 1996) at 52 (finding that in 75 per cent of cases, less than 1.2 per cent of class members opted out); and Vince Morabito “Opt In or Opt Out? A Class Dilemma for New Zealand” (2011) 24 NZULR 421 at 438 (the average opt-out rate in Australia Federal Court class actions is around 13 per cent).

77 Scott Dodson “An Opt-In Option for Class Actions” (2016) 115 Mich L Rev 171 at 185.

78 Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [99].

79 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [237].


somewhat alien to our way of thinking”.80 Opt-out proceedings might be seen to violate principles of freedom of choice and individual autonomy.81 On the other hand, the ability to opt out also promotes individual autonomy.82 The Australian Law Reform Commission (ALRC) has observed that there is no difference in principle between exercising freedom of choice as to whether to commence a proceeding and exercising freedom of choice as to whether to continue one.83

Although a proceeding under Pt 4A may affect the rights both of those who know of and support the prosecution of the proceeding and of those who do not know of it, Pt 4A does not compel the unwilling to continue to remain a group member. The unwilling may seek to opt out.


80 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [157].

81 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [238].

82 See Vince Morabito “Opt In or Opt Out? A Class Dilemma for New Zealand” (2011) 24 NZULR 421 at 440–441.

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [126]. See also Vince Morabito “Opt In or Opt Out? A Class Dilemma for New Zealand” (2011) 24 NZULR 421 at 441.
  2. Mobil Oil Australia Pty Ltd v The State of Victoria [2002] HCA 27, (2002) 211 CLR 1. The appellant argued that provisions of Part 4A of the Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic) were invalid because they exceeded the territorial limits on the legislative power of the state (arising under the Constitution or otherwise) and because they were inconsistent with the requirements for the exercise of judicial power by the Supreme Court arising under the Constitution: at [1].

85 Femcare Ltd v Bright [2000] FCA 512; (2000) 100 FCR 331 (FCA) (sitting as the Full Court).

86 Femcare Ltd v Bright [2000] FCA 512; (2000) 100 FCR 331 at [36] (sitting as the Full Court).

87 Femcare Ltd v Bright [2000] FCA 512; (2000) 100 FCR 331 at [86] (sitting as the Full Court).

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 37.

89 A similar point is made in Andrew Beck “Opt Out Is In: The New Class Action Regime” [2019] NZLJ 356 at 369:

A patronising approach which operates on the basis that someone else has decided what is beneficial does not sit easily with the current thinking that individuals ... should be allowed to determine their own best interest.

90 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at 122.

Natural justice considerations

the right to the observance of the principles of natural justice by any tribunal or other public authority which has the power to make a determination in respect of that person’s rights, obligations, or interests protected or recognised by law.

... the content of the right to natural justice...is always contextual. The question is what form of procedure is necessary to achieve justice without frustrating the apparent purpose of the legislation.


91 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [238].

  1. See Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Waka Umanga: A proposed law for Māori governance entities (NZLC R92, 2006) at [4.55] (“Traditionally, the members of a tribe are not confined to the living but pre-eminently include the tribal forebears and the generations to come”).
  2. In Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 the appellant (Southern Response) submitted that in the absence of adequate notice, determining the rights of class members who are unaware of the claim might infringe s 27(1) of the New Zealand Bill of Rights 1990. As discussed below, the Supreme Court considered that natural justice concerns could be met by notice provisions.
  3. Combined Beneficiaries Union Inc v Auckland City COGS Committee [2008] NZCA 423, [2009] 2 NZLR 56 at [11] per Glazebrook and Hammond JJ.
  4. Dotcom v United States of America [2014] NZSC 24, [2014] 1 NZLR 355 at [120] per McGrath and Blanchard JJ, supported by Glazebrook J at [281]. See also Matthew Smith NZ Judicial Review Handbook (2nd ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2016) at [49.4.2]; and Philip A Joseph Constitutional and Administrative Law in New Zealand (4th ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2014) at [25.1].
  5. Philip A Joseph Constitutional and Administrative Law in New Zealand (4th ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2014) at [25.4.4].

the potential effect of the court’s determination on those rights and interests and the wider public interest in facilitating access to justice in the courts. Even if an opt-out class action does limit an individual’s right to natural justice, that limitation will not necessarily breach the Bill of Rights Act, because (as noted) section 5 provides that rights may be subject to “such reasonable limits prescribed by law as can be demonstrably justified in a free and democratic society”.97

A mechanism which increases effective access to justice to a class of citizens who would previously [have] none, albeit through a mechanism which eschews the traditional method of requiring the individuals concerned to take active steps to assert their right to effective access to justice, cannot legitimately be said to breach Article 6(1) ECHR.



  1. To constitute a justified limitation the measure must be sufficiently important to justify the limitation on the right; rationally connected to the objective it is intended to serve; should constitute a minimal impairment on the right; and the limitation must be proportional to the significance of the objective. See R v Hansen [2007] NZSC 7, [2007] 3 NZLR 1 at [104] as per Tipping J. The prescribed by law requirement will be more easily met by a statutory class actions regime than by the current case by case development of HCR 4.24.
  2. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 148–149. Although the wording of s 27(1) of the New Zealand Bill of Rights Act 1990 is not closely aligned to Art 6(1) of the European Convention of Human Rights (or the equivalent provision in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, Art 14.1), they both guarantee fairness in the determination of a person’s rights. The essential point here, that unless one can access the justice system one cannot have their rights determined in accordance with the Art 6(1) guarantee, would apply equally in the New Zealand context.
  3. Waitemata Health v Attorney-General [2001] NZCA 312; [2001] NZFLR 1122 (CA) at [96]–[108] per Elias CJ for the majority and [111]–[116] per Tipping J. Elias CJ observed that a failure to comply with mandatory statutory notice requirements “will lead to a remedy in the Courts” and, unless the statutory provisions are exhaustive, the common law will supplement the provision to achieve procedural fairness: at [98]. Tipping J also observed that where an order a tribunal might make “could have a detrimental effect on the rights, interests or obligations of someone who is not an immediate party to the proceedings, it should ordinarily inquire whether the person wishes to be heard on the matter”, even if the statutory scheme does not expressly provide for this: at [113]–[114]. Ignoring third parties’ interests would be inconsistent with s 27(2) of the New Zealand Bill of Rights Act 1990: at [113]–[114].
  4. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33X(1)(a); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 175(1)(a); Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103T(1)(a); Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 84(1)(a); and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33X(1)(a).

Canada,101 the United States102 and the United Kingdom Competition Appeal Tribunal103 all require class members to be given notice that a proceeding has been commenced and of their right to opt out. Class actions regimes generally have requirements about what the notice should contain (so that it is easily understandable) and how notice should be provided (to ensure that it reaches as many class members as possible).

Uncertain relationship between lawyer and class members






  1. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.32(5); Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 20(6); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 19(6)(g); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 19(6); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 21(6); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 19(6); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 22(6); Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 17(5); Code of Civil Procedure CQLR c C-25.01, art 579; and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C- 12.01, s 22(1).
  2. Notice of a claim and the ability to opt out is mandatory in relation to class actions brought under r 23(b)(3) (sometimes known as ‘money damages claims’): United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(c)(2)(B). Where a class action is brought under 23(b)(1) or (b)(2), the court may order notice of certification and an opportunity to opt out, but this is not mandatory: r 23(c)(2)(A).

103 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 81.

104 Phillips Petroleum Co v Shutts [1985] USSC 176; 472 US 797 (1985) at 811–813.

105 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [56].

106 See also our discussion of the uncertain relationship between lawyers and class members in Chapter 9.

107 Lawyers and Conveyancers Act (Lawyers: Conduct and Client Care) Rules 2008, r 1.2 definition of “retainer”.

108 New Zealand Law Society submission as intervenor in Southern Response Earthquake Services v Ross (16 March 2020).

Free riders

(a) Closed classes: The class is defined as only those claimants who have entered into a retainer agreement with a particular law firm and/or a particular litigation funding agreement.111 While this approach does mitigate the free rider problem, courts have noted that it reduces the level of access to justice that Parliament intended with the opt-out procedure.112 It also increases the risk of multiple class actions.113 We note that the ALRC has recommended a legislative amendment to prevent closed classes, so that class members are not required to sign up with a particular lawyer or funder to participate.114 A closed class opt-out class action in fact seems similar to an opt-in approach, since it requires some proactive steps from class members to be part of the claim. One innovation is that courts will sometimes open a class briefly before settlement (to allow further class members to sign the relevant agreement and join the proceeding) before closing it again.115

(b) Funding equalisation orders: These deduct an amount from the settlement payments of non-funded members that is equivalent to the funding commission deducted from funded members’ awards. This ensures that class members are treated the same, regardless of whether they signed the funding agreement. The




  1. However, if an opt-in proceeding is brought on an ‘open class’ basis (where class members are not required to enter into a funding agreement to opt into the proceeding) then a free rider issue will arise. This point is noted in Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [110].

110 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [86].

  1. See Multiplex Funds Management Limited v P Dawson Nominees Pty Limited [2007] FCAFC 200, (2007) 164 FCR 275. Vicki Waye and Vince Morabito “When Pragmatism Leads to Unintended Consequences: A Critique of Australia’s Unique Closed Class Regime” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 303 at 306–307.
  2. Multiplex Funds Management Limited v P Dawson Nominees Pty Limited [2007] FCAFC 200, (2007) 164 FCR 275 at [117].
  3. Money Max Int Pty Ltd v QBE Insurance Group Ltd [2016] FCAFC 148, (2016) 245 FCR 191 at [195]–[196]; and Vicki Waye and Vince Morabito “When Pragmatism Leads to Unintended Consequences: A Critique of Australia’s Unique Closed Class Regime” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 303 at 309.
  4. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at 94.
  5. Vicki Waye and Vince Morabito “When Pragmatism Leads to Unintended Consequences: A Critique of Australia’s Unique Closed Class Regime” (2018) 19 Theo Inq L 303 at 314.

amount deducted from non-funded members is pooled and distributed back (pro rata) to all class members at settlement approval.116

(c) Common fund orders: These require all class members to contribute a proportion of their settlement amount to the litigation funder, even if they have not signed a funding agreement.117 As a condition of making a common fund order, the court may defer setting the funding fee to be charged to class members until later in the proceedings. 118 In a 2019 decision, the High Court of Australia held that certain provisions of the Federal and New South Wales legislation do not confer power to make common fund orders.119 However, subsequent decisions of the Federal Court of Australia suggest that common fund orders may be made at settlement under another provision, although the position remains somewhat unsettled.120 In Ross v Southern Response, the representative plaintiff has applied for a common fund order.121 The High Court has yet to determine this application.

ALLOWING A CHOICE OF APPROACHES




  1. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.86]. The first funding equalisation order was made in Dorajay Pty Ltd v Aristocrat Leisure Ltd [2009] FCA 19.
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.87]. The first approval of a common fund order was made by the Full Federal Court in Money Max Int Pty Ltd v QBE Insurance Group Ltd [2016] FCAFC 148, (2016) 245 FCR 191.
  3. For instance, at settlement or at the point of distribution of damages: see Money Max Int Pty Ltd v QBE Insurance Group Ltd [2016] FCAFC 148, (2016) 245 FCR 191 at [79].

119 BMW Australia Ltd v Brewster [2019] HCA 45, (2019) 374 ALR 627.

  1. See Uren v RMBL Investments Ltd (No 2) [2020] FCA 647 at [50]–[55]; and Fisher (trustee for the Tramik Super Fund Trust) v Vocus Group Ltd (No 2) [2020] FCA 579 at [72]–[74]. See also Federal Court of Australia, Practice Note GPN- CA — Class Actions Practice Note, 20 December 2019 at [15.4]. Compare Cantor v Audi Australia Pty Ltd (No 5) [2020] FCA 637 at [405] and [418].

121 See Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [62].

122 See Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [89] and [100].

  1. The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), rr 75(2)(f), 79(3), 80(f), 80(h) and 82. Note that the Civil Justice Council recommended allowing claims to proceed on either an opt-in or opt-out basis: see Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at Recommendation 3.

124 As we noted in Chapter 4, the Government chose not to progress this draft Bill.

...it is a question of considering the relevant factors in light of what will best meet the permissible objectives of the representative action in the particular case.

10) and each has a large claim (of say $150,000 to $200,000), whereas an opt-out approach might be appropriate where there is a large group of people who each have a small claim (for example, $3,000 to $5,000).133


  1. For example, in Denmark, opt-in is the default approach unless the court decides that opt-out is more appropriate. Only public authorities specifically authorised by law can bring opt-out claims. At present, only the Consumer Ombudsman has been authorised to act as a representative in in an opt-out class action: Christian Alsøe, Søren Henriksen and Morten Melchior Gudmandsen "Denmark" in Camilla Sanger (ed) The Class Actions Law Review (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2020) 45 at 45 and 50.

126 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.39].

  1. Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [109] (“... we anticipate that opt out orders will be the norm ...”) and at [111] (“[i]n most cases there will be compelling access to justice reasons for making an opt out order”).

128 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [95].

129 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(3).

130 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(3)(a); and Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings

(2015) at [6.39].

131 The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 79(3)(b); and Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings

(2015) at [6.39].

132 Competition Appeal Tribunal Guide to Proceedings (2015) at [6.39].

133 Rules Committee Class Actions for New Zealand: A Second Consultation Paper (October 2008) at [11]–[13].

(a) In general, the court should adopt the approach proposed by the representative plaintiff unless there is good reason not to.134

(b) The court should consider the relevant factors in light of what will meet the objectives of HCR 4.24 in a particular case.135 These objectives are: improving access to justice, facilitating efficient use of judicial resources and strengthening incentives for compliance with the law.136

(c) An opt-in approach should be favoured where there is a real prospect that some class members may end up worse off or adversely affected by proceedings. This would include the potential for a counterclaim.137

(d) An opt-in approach may be preferable where the class size is small, relative to other claims, and there is a natural community of interest. In such a case, it is likely to be easier to contact class members. However, class size will not necessarily be determinative.138

(e) Whether a class member’s participation is required at stage two may be relevant to the approach to stage one. If continuing an opt-out approach at stage two would lessen the benefits of the proceeding or increase any unfairness or prejudice, this could be a factor suggesting that opt-out is not appropriate for stage one.139

(f) A universal approach may be appropriate when the only remedy sought is a declaration or injunction and the outcome will affect all class members identically. In such a case it may be impractical or almost impossible to provide the necessary notice.140

Advantages and disadvantages of allowing different approaches


  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [95]. It said this would meet concerns that requiring claims to proceed on an opt-out basis could create barriers to access to justice because litigation funders may not wish to fund opt-out claims in the absence of legislation dealing with common fund orders or funding equalisation orders.

135 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [95].

136 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [37] and [40].

137 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [97].

138 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [98].

139 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [99].

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [100]. As we discuss above, in the United States it is not necessary to provide an opportunity to opt out of this type of claim.
  2. Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [241]. See also Scott Dodson “An Opt-In Option for Class Actions” (2016) 115 Mich L Rev 171 at 173–174 (observing that the ‘one size fits all’ premise of the debate ignores the reality that some class actions might best suit opt-out while others might suit opt-in).

142 Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [242].

  1. Alberta Law Reform Institute Class Actions (Final Report 85, 2000) at [242]. See also Vince Morabito “Opt In or Opt Out? A Class Dilemma for New Zealand” (2011) 24 NZULR 421 at 435–436.

QUESTIONS

2020_4528.png

2020_4522.png

class actions regime could provide guidance as to the circumstances in which an opt-in or opt-out approach is likely to be appropriate, such as the Supreme Court did in Southern Response v Ross. This might help to minimise interlocutory disputes over this issue.



Q32
Should class membership be determined on an opt-in basis or an opt-out basis or
should different approaches be available?
Q33
If the court is required to decide whether class membership should be determined
on an opt-in, opt-out or universal basis, what criteria should it apply? Should there be a default approach?

2020_4509.png

Other issues relating to class composition

(a) Whether there should be particular rules for how a class should be defined.144

(b) Whether the lawyer acting for the plaintiff class should be regarded as having a lawyer-client relationship with class members.

(c) Whether sub-classes should be allowed so the court can consider issues which are common to a sub-set of the class.

(d) Whether special rules are needed for certain categories of potential class members, such as government actors, children, people without legal capacity or people outside the jurisdiction.

(e) Whether future claimants can be included in the class, such as someone who has been exposed to a particular substance but has not yet experienced any injury.145

(f) The requirements for notifying potential class members of a class action. Overseas class actions regimes have detailed provisions on when notice is to be given to class members, what must be contained in notices and how notices are to be distributed to class members.

(g) How the class should be ‘closed’. This involves converting an opt-out proceeding into an opt-in proceeding so that individual class members can register their desire to participate in an assessment of their individual issues.146


  1. Issues that have arisen in other jurisdictions include class descriptions which are ‘over-inclusive’ and too wide and class definitions which contain subjective criteria and are too narrow: see Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 323.

145 See discussion of this issue in Joseph M McLaughlin McLaughlin on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§4:4].

  1. Jurisdictions have dealt with the issue of class closure differently. Canadian regimes have legislative provisions while the United States and Australia have relied on courts to resolve these matters as they have arisen. See Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 363.

CHAPTER 13



Adverse costs


INTRODUCTION

APPROACH TO COSTS IN AOTEAROA NEW ZEALAND


1 Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume III, 1982) at 647.

2 High Court Rules 2016, r 14.2(1)(a).

  1. In Canada, it is sometimes referred to as ‘two-way costs shifting’ because both an unsuccessful plaintiff and an unsuccessful defendant can be ordered to pay adverse costs.
  2. High Court Rules 2016, r 14.2.1(d) and (e). According to McGechan on Procedure, this approach aims to balance objectives such as: access to justice; avoiding the successful party being seriously out of pocket; encouraging attempts to resolve disputes outside of court; encouraging engaging counsel of the right skill level and discouraging an unnecessary “Rolls Royce” approach; and removing incentives for impecunious potential litigants to pursue hopeless cases. See Andrew Beck and others McGechan on Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [HR14.2.01].

5 See High Court Rules 2016, rr 14.1, 14.6 and 14.7.

6 See for example Houghton v Saunders [2015] NZHC 548 (defendants awarded costs of $3.066 million).

APPROACH IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS







  1. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [1.86]; and Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 443–444.
  2. Ontario, Alberta, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Saskatchewan and Québec apply an adverse costs rule. See Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 150–

151. Note that Québec’s costs rules limit claims to the small claims tariff. Federal Court, British Columbia, Manitoba and

Newfoundland and Labrador apply a no costs rule, as we discuss below.

  1. Ontario Law Reform Commission Report on Class Actions (Volume III, 1982) at 704–709 and 749. It proposed that costs could not be awarded to a party at the certification or common questions stage except (a) at certification in situations where it would be unjust to deprive the successful party of costs (because no reasonable plaintiff or lawyer should have attempted to obtain certification); and (b) where there was vexatious, frivolous or abusive conduct by a party. (Note commissioners were divided on this, with one commissioner favouring legislation which expressly left the entire question of costs to the judge – see 703). Jasminka Kalajdzic comments that costs was the most divisive issue in the entire consultation process carried out by the Attorney General’s Advisory Committee on Class Action Reform. The

Committee rejected the Ontario Law Reform Commission’s approach in favour of retaining an adverse costs rule. See Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 152.

10 The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), r 44.2(1).

  1. The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), r 44.2. See also Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [7-007].
  2. Merricks v Mastercard Inc [2017] CAT 27 at [16]; and Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [11-143]–[11-146]. Note that when making a costs order, the Tribunal may take into account (among other factors) “whether a party has succeeded on part of its case, even if that party has not been wholly successful”: The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 104(4)(c).

REPRESENTATIVE PLAINTIFF LIABLE FOR ADVERSE COSTS



  1. Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2019] NZCA 431, (2019) 25 PRNZ 33 at [108]; Houghton v Saunders [2011] NZHC 542; (2011) 20 PRNZ 509 (HC) at [211]; Houghton v Saunders HC Christchurch CIV-2008-409-348, 26 May 2010 at [43]; and Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [164].

14 Houghton v Saunders HC Christchurch CIV-2008-409-348, 26 May 2010 at [45].

  1. Hedley v Kiwi Co-Operative Dairies Ltd (2000) 15 PRNZ 210 (HC) at [26]–[38]. The proceedings had originally been filed with 258 plaintiffs (with joint and several liability for costs) and a representative order was sought to change their status. The Court granted the representation order on the basis that the represented persons would remain jointly and severally liable for costs, saying it was unacceptable that the representative plaintiff should have sole costs liability, given his financial situation and the size of the claim. The Court rejected the plaintiff’s suggestion that represented persons’ liability for costs should be limited to a pro rata basis as this would require the defendant to enforce costs judgments against over 250 people.

16 The principles applying to non-party costs orders are discussed in Andrew Beck and others McGechan on Procedure

(online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [HRPt14.09].

  1. Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 43(1A); Civil Procedure Act 2005 (NSW), s 181; Civil Proceedings Act 2011 (Qld), s 103ZB; Supreme Court Civil Procedure Act 1932 (Tas), s 89A; and Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), s 33ZD.
  2. Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 37(4); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 37(4); Class Proceedings Act RSNB 2011 c 125, s 39(2); Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 37(4); Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 40(4); Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 31(2); and The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 40(3). In Québec, the certification notice to class members must state that no class member other than the representative plaintiff or an intervenor may be required to pay costs: Code of Civil Procedure CQLR c C-25.01, art 579(6). The Federal Courts Rules apply a no costs rule to class actions except that the Court has full discretion to award costs with respect to the determination of individual class member claims: Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.39(2). The only provincial class proceedings statute that does not expressly address the exposure of class members to costs liability is Alberta: Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5.

19 As was said in one Canadian case, discussing the practice of indemnities:

The grim reality is that no person in their right mind would accept the role of representative plaintiff if he or she were at risk of losing everything they own. No one, no matter how altruistic, would risk such a loss over a modest claim. Indeed, no rational person would risk an adverse costs award of several million dollars to recover several thousand dollars or even several tens of thousand dollars.

See Dugal v Manulife Financial Corp 2011 ONSC 1785, (2011) 105 OR (3d) 364 at [28].


rules have not materialised and representative plaintiffs are still willing to bring proceedings. However, she comments that the utility of class actions in different jurisdictions has largely been driven by mechanisms that have been introduced to reduce costs exposure, such exceptions to the adverse costs rule, limitations on the level of costs awarded and third parties providing a costs indemnity (whether a public fund or commercial funder).20

ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF ADVERSE COSTS IN CLASS ACTIONS


  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 445.

21 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 78.

  1. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 167.
  2. Consultation by the Law Commission of Ontario indicated the primary reason for public interest class actions not being pursued was the risk of adverse costs: Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms

– Final Report (July 2019) at 81.

  1. Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 80 citing evidence of plaintiffs agreeing not to pursue appeals in exchange for the defendant not enforcing an adverse costs order.
  2. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 167; Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 80; and Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.18].

in no costs regimes have been exaggerated. She notes that class action lawyers, who tend to work on a contingency fee basis, have no incentive to invest time in claims that have little or no prospect of success. Further, even in jurisdictions that have a no costs rule, costs for improper or meritless claims still tend to be available.26

SOME OPTIONS FOR REFORM

(a) A no costs rule for all of the proceeding.

(b) A no costs rule for certain stages of the proceeding.

(c) A rule where only one party can be liable for adverse costs.

(d) A different costs scale for class actions.

(e) Specifying the considerations to be taken into account when determining costs.

No costs rule


  1. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 166–167.

27 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 20.

28 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 21–22.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, 2004) at 439–440; David F Herr Annotated Manual for Complex Litigation (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§14]; and William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§15:25].

and Labrador have adopted no costs rules for class actions.30 Class actions regimes with a no costs rule generally set out limited situations where costs may be ordered. For example, in the Canadian jurisdictions with no cost rules for class actions, adverse costs can be ordered if a party has engaged in vexatious, frivolous or abusive conduct, made an improper or unnecessary application or taken a step to create delay, increase costs or for another improper purpose or where there are exceptional circumstances which make it unjust to deprive the successful party of costs.31

No costs for certain stages of proceeding

(a) No costs for interlocutory proceedings and adverse costs for merits determinations.

(b) Adverse costs for proceedings prior to certification and no costs for certification and post-certification.



  1. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.39(1); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, ss 37(1)–37(2); The Class Proceedings Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, ss 37(1)–37(2); and Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, ss 37(1)–37(2).
  2. Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, r 334.39(1); Class Proceedings Act RSBC 1996 c 50, s 37(2); The Class Proceedings

Act CCSM 2002 c C-130, s 37(2); and Class Actions Act SNL 2001 c C-18.1, s 37(2) (note the language differs slightly from the provincial provisions but is similar in effect). Note also that the no costs rule applies from the certification motion onwards, so costs can be awarded on pre-certification motions: Janet Walker (ed) Class Actions in Canada: Cases, Notes, and Materials (2nd ed, Emond Publishing, Toronto, 2018) at 200.

  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 436.
  2. Janet Walker (ed) Class Actions in Canada: Cases, Notes, and Materials (2nd ed, Emond Publishing, Toronto, 2018) at 200.

34 Brian T Fitzpatrick “Can the Class Action Be Made Business Friendly?” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 169 at 176. Fitzpatrick comments:

The loser-pays rule makes both sides of the litigation worry about how much the litigation is costing their opponents. This tends to keep the expenses symmetric by making litigants think twice before they make their opponents do something.

35 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 83–84.

  1. Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 82–86. Note the report also considers the option of no costs.

(c) No costs for certification and related proceedings and adverse costs for everything else.

One-way costs shifting






  1. Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 100 and Recommendation 40.

38 Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 86.

  1. Smarter and Stronger Justice Act SO 2020 c 11. The Government did not publish a response to the Law Commission of Ontario’s report so we are unaware of its rationale for rejecting this recommendation.
  2. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 436.

41 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [264].

42 The Civil Procedure Rules 1998 (UK), rr 44.13–44.17.

43 William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§15:25]–[§15:26].

  1. William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§15:32]; and David F Herr Annotated Manual for Complex Litigation (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§14.13].

Different costs scale or maximum costs order

Specifying considerations to be taken into account




  1. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 451.
  2. Janet Walker (ed) Class Actions in Canada: Cases, Notes, and Materials (2nd ed, Emond Publishing, Toronto, 2018) at 201.

47 Federal Court Rules 2011 (Cth), r 40.51.

  1. For example, while there is ordinarily no time allowance for providing particulars in the High Court, the Court considered this was appropriate in Strathboss. In that case, the particulars ordered were extensive and were needed (in part) because of the representative nature of the claim and the different groups within the represented class: Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2019] NZHC 62 at [38]–[39].

49 High Court Rules 2016, r 14.7(e). The litigant must have acted reasonably in the conduct of the proceeding.

50 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 31(1).

  1. Class Proceedings Act SA 2003 c C-16.5, s 37; Alberta Rules of Court AR 124/2010, r 10.32 (note the Alberta factors are applied when deciding whether to award costs against an unsuccessful representative party); The Class Actions Act SS 2001 c C-12.01, s 40(2); and Class Proceedings Act SNS 2007 c 28, s 40(3). In Alberta and Saskatchewan the court may also take into account access to justice factors when determining whether to award costs. In Nova Scotia, the court may also consider whether a cost award would further judicial economy, access to justice or behaviour modification.

52 Pearson v Inco Ltd (2006) 79 OR (3d) 427 (ONCA) at [13].


class action involves a matter of public interest.53 It considered this could reduce the risk of adverse costs, which would make the role of representative plaintiff less daunting and encourage third parties to provide financial support.54 This proposed amendment was not included in the Victorian Government’s recent amendments to the class actions legislation.55

Class actions fund to provide an adverse costs indemnity








  1. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.116]–[5.124] and Recommendation 29.
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.119].
  3. Justice Legislation Miscellaneous Amendments Act 2020 (Vic). We are unaware of any Government response explaining why this proposal was not adopted.
  4. Law Society Act RSO 1990 c L-8, s 59.1; Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 153–154. According to the Report of the Attorney General’s Advisory Committee on Class Action Reform (Ministry of the Attorney General, February 1990) at 59:

... [t]he answer to accessibility is not the removal of all risk of the obligations for costs, but rather, the support of worthwhile class proceedings through assistance with disbursements and protection against adverse costs awards.

57 Law Society Act RSO 1990 c L-8, s 59.1(2).

58 Law Society Act RSO 1990 c L-8, s 59.3(2).

  1. See Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 76 noting that outside of Québec, all class counsel are compensated on a contingency fee basis.
  2. The Fund’s levy is calculated in accordance with reg 10 of O Reg 771/92 (Class Proceedings) issued under the Law Society Act RSO 1990 c L-8.

application.61 The Fund’s most recent figures show that in 2017, funding was granted to 18 of the 27 applications received.62

61 See Edwards v Law Society of Upper Canada (1995) 36 CPC (3d) 116 (Ontario Class Proceedings Committee) at 116–

118. Edwards is a decision of the Class Proceedings Committee which outlines the Committee’s approach to applications and is referred to on the Law Foundation of Ontario’s website as a source of guidance for applicants. See The Law Foundation of Ontario “Class Proceedings Fund: Application Process” <https://lawfoundation.on.ca>.

  1. The Law Foundation of Ontario Catalyst for a Stronger Nonprofit Justice Sector: 2018 Annual Report (January 2020) at 34.

63 This is short for Fonds d’aide aux actions collectives.

  1. Act respecting the Fonds d’aide aux actions collectives CQLR c F-3.2.0.1.1, Arts 27 and 29. Note that there is a maximum hourly rate at which legal fees are funded ($100 per hour for senior lawyers and $40 per hour for junior lawyers), which is significantly below the market rate: Catherine Piché “Public Financiers as Overseers of Class Proceedings” (2016) 12 NYU JLB 779 at 802.
  2. The other sources of funding are: annual Government subsidies, reimbursement of funds paid (from costs awarded paid by unsuccessful defendants) and interests on investments. See Catherine Piché “Public Financiers as Overseers of Class Proceedings” (2016) 12 NYU JLB 779 at 797–798.

66 Act respecting the Fonds d’aide aux actions collectives CQLR c F-3.2.0.1.1, Art 23.

67 Catherine Piché “Public Financiers as Overseers of Class Proceedings” (2016) 12 NYU JLB 779 at 804.

68 Catherine Piché “Public Financiers as Overseers of Class Proceedings” (2016) 12 NYU JLB 779 at 804–805.

69 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [306]-[314].

70 Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [308].

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Grouped Proceedings in the Federal Court (ALRC R46, 1988) at [312]; Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.127].
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.128].

2020_4509.png

SECURITY FOR COSTS

QUESTIONS


2020_4542.png


2020_4522.png

An issue which has arisen in Australia is whether a class member can be required to contribute to security for costs, with different approaches being taken by courts.76 The VLRC summarises some of the problems with requiring class members to contribute to security for costs. These include the risk of excluding individuals without resources from accessing justice, the potential that a case will be brought to an end if class members cannot raise sufficient security for costs, forcing the representative plaintiff to accept a poor settlement and making proceedings more expensive and time-consuming initially. The VLRC recommended amending the legislation to specify that the court may not order a class member to provide security for costs. It commented that class members had no obligation to pay adverse costs orders and no control over the litigation.77






Q34
How has the risk of adverse costs impacted on representative actions?

Q35
Should the current adverse costs rule be retained for class actions or is reform
desirable?
Q36
Are there any other issues associated with class actions that we have not identified?
Is there anything else you would like to tell us about class actions?




2020_4509.png

73 High Court Rules 2016, r 5.45.

74 This is discussed further in Chapter 15.

75 We are aware of an application for security for costs in one non-funded representative action that has been adjourned:

Smith v Claims Resolution Service Ltd [2019] NZHC 1013 at [27]–[33].

  1. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [33.7]–[33.9]. The Federal Court has held that security for costs can be awarded against class members, while the Victorian Supreme Court has held that it cannot. In New South Wales, it has been held that while security for costs cannot be ordered against class members, this does not preclude ordering security against a representative plaintiff which may need to be satisfied by class members. The different approaches reflect differences in the statutory language.
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.113] and Recommendation 28.
















Part B


Litigation Funding




























2020_4554.png


CHAPTER 14



Introduction to litigation funding

INTRODUCTION

(a) How litigation funding works, including what it is, who uses it, how funders select cases for funding, and key terms in funding agreements.

(b) The litigation funding market in Aotearoa New Zealand.

HOW LITIGATION FUNDING WORKS

What is litigation funding?


  1. Franca Ciambella and Charlie Morris “Seats of power” (2020) 127 Litigation Funding 18 at 18. Other arrangements are possible, for example, the agreement to participate in future joint ventures underpinning a non-party’s funding of Waitangi Tribunal proceedings discussed in Tahi Enterprises Ltd v Taua [2018] NZHC 516. Because our review is focussed on commercial litigation funding, we do not examine other types of support that people may provide in respect of litigation.

(a) Full funding for a one-off matter. This is where the funder pays all of the funded plaintiff’s legal costs (including solicitors’ fees, barristers’ fees, independent experts’ fees, court fees and other disbursements) and agrees to cover any adverse costs payable to the defendant if the case is unsuccessful. Full funding is often used in representative and class actions. It may also be used by insolvency practitioners on behalf of creditors, or by companies in respect of commercial disputes.

(b) Partial funding. This is where funding is only required for aspects of a case, for example to cover disbursements or satisfy a security for costs order. Partial funding may be favoured by companies who want to share the risks of the litigation with the funder.

(c) Portfolio funding. This is where a company or law firm bundles multiple disputes into a portfolio and uses that portfolio as collateral for litigation funding.2 It is sometimes known as corporate portfolio finance or law firm financing. If some of the cases in the portfolio are unsuccessful, the funder is still entitled to be repaid from any of the cases in the portfolio that are successful (in other words, the investment is cross- collateralised). This means litigation funding is less risky for funders, which enables them to offer lower commissions. Portfolio funding may therefore be more affordable than one-off litigation funding.


  1. Nick Butcher “Litigation funding and class actions: What’s happening in New Zealand?” (2019) 929 LawTalk 66 at 73; and Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [1.40].
  2. In Victoria, lawyers have been permitted to charge contingency fees since 30 June 2020: Justice Legislation Miscellaneous Amendments Act 2020 (Vic), s 5.
  3. See for example Charles Agee and Gretchen Lowe “Litigation Finance Buyer’s Guide” (Westfleet Advisors, 17 November 2019) at 7–8.
  4. In August 2020 DLA Piper (an international law firm with offices in Aotearoa New Zealand) announced an arrangement with Litigation Capital Management to offer its clients access to “£150m for funding large-scale litigation and arbitration”. This funding is “intended to be available [to DLA Piper clients] in all applicable international jurisdictions”. Clients of DLA Piper in Aotearoa New Zealand will be able to access funding through this portfolio funding structure: DLA Piper “DLA Piper and LCM Collaborate With new third-party funder for DLA Piper clients” (13 August 2020) <www.dlapiper.com>.

funder also has input into decisions about the conduct of the litigation. Funders may take a more active role in representative actions and class actions because the representative plaintiff may have weaker incentives to monitor and direct the lawyer (given they share any sum recovered with the class).

Who uses litigation funding?

Plaintiffs in representative actions and class actions

Insolvency practitioners on behalf of creditors

Companies with commercial claims


6 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151.

7 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151–152.

  1. The first English decision to approve litigation funding was Seear v Lawson [1880] UKLawRpCh 220; (1880) 15 Ch D 426 (CA). In Australia, the legitimacy of litigation funding arrangements was first established in the insolvency context in Movitor Pty Ltd (Receivers and Manager Appointed) (in liq) v Sims (1996) 64 FCR 380 (FCA). That decision created the opportunity for litigation funders to develop their business model in Australia. Similarly, in New Zealand the first use of litigation funding we have identified was in the insolvency context in Re Nautilus Development Ltd (in liq) [2000] 2 NZLR 505 (HC).
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [2.7].

litigation costs, but recognise that litigation funding is simply another asset on their balance sheet which allows them to employ capital efficiently across their business.10 Capital Strategic Advisors (CSA) suggests litigation funding may be useful to small and medium sized enterprises who otherwise would not contemplate litigation because of their limited ability to absorb adverse shocks.11

Law firms charging contingency and conditional fees

Others?




10 Nick Butcher “Litigation funding and class actions: What’s happening in New Zealand?” (2019) 929 LawTalk 66 at 73.

11 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 53.

  1. See discussion in Adrian Chopin “Litigation funding: no longer sitting on defence” (12 April 2019) Thomson Reuters Dispute Resolution Blog <http://disputeresolutionblog.practicall a w.com> .
  2. Although note there are some instances of litigation funding occurring for non-financial motives: see Kaja Zaleska- Korziuk “When the Good Samaritan Pays: The Phenomenon of Strategic Third-Party Funding” (2018) 18 Asper Rev Int’l Bus & Trade L 160.
  3. For information about the Public Interest Advocacy Centre see <http://piac.a s n.au> . In 2008, the Victorian Law Reform Commission recommended the creation of a self-funding Justice Fund to financially assist parties with meritorious cases

How do funders select cases for funding?

(a) The merits of the case. A funder will be concerned to ensure the claim has merit. Some funders require the applicable legal principles to be clear.18 Some funders may also seek an independent review of the merits from a senior lawyer.19

(b) Estimated quantum of the case. A funder will assess the estimated costs of the proceedings against the estimated value of the claim to determine whether the case meets its requirements for a return on its investment (funders will either specify a minimum claim size or a return that is a multiple of the funding sought). Some funders have indicated that they will also want to ensure the plaintiff will receive a fair share of the proceeds.






in the public interest, in conjunction with law firms charging on a no win, no fee basis. The recommendation was not implemented: see Victorian Law Reform Commission Civil Justice Review: Report (January 2008) at 12–13 and ch 10.

  1. For example, an investigation is currently being conducted by Russell McVeagh, funded by Omni Bridgeway, to bring a potential representative action on behalf of persons with interests in buildings comprised of combustible panel cladding. There is no representative plaintiff named as yet. Omni Bridgeway (previously called IMF Bentham) was already funding an action in Australia for the same issue when the investigation was announced: see Omni Bridgeway “New Zealand Combustible Cladding Action” <http:// p ortal.omnibridgeway.com> and Rob Stock “Class action by owners of buildings clad in ‘combustible’ panels being lined up” (25 November 2019) <www.stuff.co.nz>.
  2. See Nick Butcher “Litigation funding and class actions: What’s happening in New Zealand?” (2019) 929 LawTalk 66 at 71; Jonathan Woodhams “A Funder’s Perspective” (speech to Lights, Funding, Action: A Closer Look at Litigation Funding and Class Actions, Auckland, 18 June 2020); and Woodsford Litigation Funding “A Practical Guide to Litigation Funding” <http://woodsfo r dlitigationfunding.com> .
  3. Jonathan Woodhams “A Funder’s Perspective” (speech to Lights, Funding, Action: A Closer Look at Litigation Funding and Class Actions, Auckland, 18 June 2020).
  4. Angela Parlane “Lights, Funding, Action: A Closer Look at Litigation Funding and Class Actions” (paper presented to Lights, Funding, Action: A Closer Look at Litigation Funding and Class Actions, Auckland, 18 June 2020). This requirement can be seen in the due diligence process for some funders who operate in New Zealand: see for example LCM “LCM’s Funding Criteria” <www.lcmfinance.com>; and Litigation Lending Services “What We Do”

<www.litigationlending.com.au>.

  1. Adina Thorn “Counsel perspective on litigation funding” (paper presented to Perspectives on Group Litigation and Litigation Funding, Auckland, June 2015).

(c) Enforceability against the defendant. A funder will examine the defendant’s likely ability to pay any damages and costs ordered against it and, if the defendant is based overseas, the enforceability of any such order.20

(d) The plaintiff’s legal representation. A funder will usually assess the quality of the legal advice which has already been given to see if the plaintiff’s lawyer is realistic about the merits of the case.21 If a plaintiff proposes a legal team to conduct the litigation, a funder will consider that team’s legal experience in the relevant area of law and whether the funder believes it can have a good relationship with that team.22 Some funders will seek the right to appoint the plaintiff’s legal team under the funding agreement (as discussed below).

Key terms in funding arrangements



  1. Adina Thorn “Counsel perspective on litigation funding” (paper presented to Perspectives on Group Litigation and Litigation Funding, Auckland, June 2015); Woodsford Litigation Funding “A Practical Guide to Litigation Funding”

<http://woodsfor d litigationfunding.com> Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in

England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-082]; and LCM “LCM’s Funding Criteria”

<www.lcmfinance.com>.

  1. Jonathan Woodhams “A Funder’s Perspective” (speech to Lights, Funding, Action: A Closer Look at Litigation Funding and Class Actions, Auckland, 18 June 2020); and Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-082].
  2. Angela Parlane “Lights, Funding, Action: A Closer Look at Litigation Funding and Class Actions” (paper presented to Lights, Funding, Action: A Closer Look at Litigation Funding and Class Actions, Auckland, 18 June 2020).
  3. Jonathan Woodhams “A Funder’s Perspective” (speech to Lights, Funding, Action: A Closer Look at Litigation Funding and Class Actions, Auckland, 18 June 2020); and Woodsford Litigation Funding “A Practical Guide to Litigation Funding”

<http://woodsfor d litigationfunding.com> .

24 Woodsford Litigation Funding “A Practical Guide to Litigation Funding” <http://woodsfordlit i gationfunding.com> .

25 Woodsford Litigation Funding “A Practical Guide to Litigation Funding” <http://woodsfordlit i gationfunding.com> .

  1. Westfleet Advisors Guide to Litigation Financing (2018) at 11. Westfleet Advisors suggest using a broker can speed up this process.

(a) Funding process. Funding agreements include terms that set out the funder’s obligations to make payments and how and when funding is provided to the plaintiff. These terms may require the funder to pay the plaintiff’s reasonable legal fees and other amounts as set out in an agreed budget or may subject each payment to the funder’s specific approval. The funding terms will also clarify the funder’s liability to cover security for costs and any adverse costs orders — funders will usually accept responsibility to pay these. Funding may be structured as an advance which is repayable in the event of a successful resolution of the claim. The funding of any appeal or defence of any appeal may be subject to further negotiation.

(b) Funder’s entitlements. These terms specify the funder’s entitlement to be paid from any amount awarded to the plaintiff by the court or from any settlement reached. Typically, the funder will be entitled to have its costs repaid first, and then take its agreed commission from the remaining amount. The commission is usually expressed as a percentage of the sum recovered. To secure its entitlements, the funding agreement may require the plaintiff to grant a charge over the legal claim in favour of the funder, or execute a mortgage over specified property. In Chapter 21, we discuss whether the amounts of funder commissions should be addressed by regulation.

(c) Appointment of lawyers. Some funding agreements include provisions that entitle the funder to retain the services of the same lawyer acting for the plaintiff, to assist in the appointment of the plaintiff’s lawyer or to replace and appoint the plaintiff’s lawyer. Where the agreement provides for the same lawyer to act for both the plaintiff and the funder, it may include additional provisions addressing conflicts of interest. For example, the agreement might require the lawyer to accord priority to instructions given by the plaintiff or acknowledge that the lawyer may give advice contrary to the interests of the funder. Some funding agreements specify that the funder will not retain the plaintiff’s lawyer or will not retain the services of a lawyer in relation to the claim at all.

(d) Settlement. Funding agreements will often specify that any dispute over whether a settlement offer should be accepted will be referred to a senior lawyer for advice as to whether the offer is fair and reasonable.

(e) Non-monetary settlement. Funding agreements may also include terms that address how a non-monetary settlement offer can be accepted by the plaintiff. For example, acceptance may be subject to the funder’s consent or to the conversion of the offer into a monetary sum for the purpose of calculating the funder’s entitlement to its commission. A non-monetary settlement may, for example, include a transfer of property or provision of services.

(f) Termination. Funding agreements will include provisions on termination. These vary in terms of the discretion that a funder has to terminate an agreement without cause and the extent of the funder’s liability for costs accrued up the date of termination. Typically, an agreement will require the funder to remain liable for accrued costs if the agreement is terminated without cause, and in most cases, agreements will also require the funder to remain liable for accrued costs if the agreement is terminated with cause. Termination events usually include material adverse developments in the litigation or breach by the plaintiff of a term of the agreement.

(g) Cooling off. Some funding agreements will include a cooling off period of around two to three weeks after the agreement has been signed in which the plaintiff can terminate the agreement.

(h) Disputes and governing law. Funding agreements invariably include provisions on dispute resolution procedures and governing law, but they differ markedly in approach. Some agreements will require disputes to be resolved through mediation and then arbitration if necessary, while others will require expert determination or litigation. Most agreements we have reviewed provide for Aotearoa New Zealand law to govern.

THE LITIGATION FUNDING MARKET IN AOTEAROA NEW ZEALAND

Funded cases in Aotearoa New Zealand


  1. Note that Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2016] NZHC 245 and Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 are counted as both representative actions and insurance proceedings below.
  2. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 139, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [66]–[72]. The Court held that a funded plaintiff must disclose the identity and location of any litigation funder and the funder’s amenability to the jurisdiction of the New Zealand courts.
  3. Note this may happen in representative actions where the representative plaintiff and funder may be trying to attract other potential claimants to opt into their action.

30 Re Nautilus Developments Ltd (in liq) [2000] 2 NZLR 505 (HC).

Representative actions

(a) Houghton v Saunders was filed in 2008 on behalf of over 3,600 shareholders in the failed Feltex Carpet Company, alleging that the prospectus issued by Feltex was misleading in a number of respects. The High Court struck out the case on 14 July 2020.32 That decision was appealed and a decision from the Court of Appeal is pending.33 Litigation funding is managed by Joint Action Funding Ltd.34 At one stage, the proceeding was funded by Harbour Litigation Funding, a global funder based in London.

(b) Cooper v ANZ Bank New Zealand was filed in 2013 on behalf of 13,500 customers of National and ANZ banks in relation to bank fees.35 It was funded by Australian-based funder, Litigation Lending Services. The case was settled.

(c) Strathboss Kiwifruit v Attorney-General was filed in 2015 by kiwifruit growers against the Crown alleging negligence in allowing the bacterial kiwifruit vine disease Psa-V into Aotearoa New Zealand.36 The proceedings are being funded by LPF Group and are ongoing.

(d) Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services was filed in 2015 on behalf of 27 Christchurch homeowners in relation to unresolved insurance claims following the 2010–2011 Christchurch earthquakes.37 The proceedings were funded by Litigation Lending Services. The case was settled.

(e) Cridge v Studorp was filed in 2015 on behalf of a group of homeowners against Studorp and James Hardie in relation to allegedly defective cladding products, Harditex and Titan Board.38 The proceedings are funded by an Australian-based funder, Claims Funding Australia.

(f) Ross v Southern Response was filed in 2018 on behalf of around 3,000 Christchurch homeowners alleging Southern Response misled them about the full extent of their entitlements to compensation under their insurance policies following the Christchurch earthquakes.39 The proceedings are funded by Claims Funding Australia.


  1. We are also aware of a representative action which was filed in 2020 (a shareholder representative action relating to Intueri Education Group) but we understand the court has not yet decided whether this can proceed under r 4.24 of the High Court Rules 2016: see Reweti Kohere “Let Intueri class action go to trial, defendants argue” The National Business Review (New Zealand, 24 November 2020). This claim is being funded by LPF Group Ltd.

32 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [92].

33 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 2030 at [3].

34 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; [2009] NZCCLR 13 (HC).

35 Cooper v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2013] NZHC 2827.

36 Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69.

37 Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2016] NZHC 245.

38 Cridge v Studorp Ltd [2016] NZHC 2451, (2016) 23 PRNZ 281.

39 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126.


In November 2020, the Supreme Court confirmed the case can proceed on an opt- out basis.40

(g) Paine v Carter Holt Harvey was filed in 2018 on behalf of 117 building owners against Carter Holt Harvey in relation to an allegedly defective cladding product, Shadowclad.41 The proceedings are funded by Harbour Litigation Funding and are ongoing.

(h) Scott v ANZ Bank New Zealand was filed in 2019 on behalf of investors in the collapsed Ross Asset Management (RAM) Ponzi scheme. The investors claim ANZ is responsible for their losses because it knew their investment money was being applied for purposes other than the terms on which RAM held the money. The proceedings are ongoing and are funded by LPF Group.

(i) TEA Custodians v Wells was filed in 2019 against the failed insurer CBL, its directors and related trustees on behalf of large institutional shareholders.42 The proceedings are funded by LPF Group and are ongoing.

(j) Livingstone v CBL Corp was filed in 2019 in relation to the same set of facts as TEA Custodians Ltd v Wells. The proceedings are being brought against CBL Corporation by overseas institutional shareholders and individual investors.43 The proceedings are being funded by Omni Bridgeway, a funder listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, and are ongoing.

(a) Pepperwood Mews was filed in 2011. The claim related to alleged structural and weathertightness defects and was brought by a body corporate and 32 individual unit owners. The claim alleged negligence in respect of defendants Auckland Council and Housing New Zealand. The claim was funded by LPF Group and was settled prior to trial.

(b) White v James Hardie was filed in 2015 on behalf of a group of plaintiffs alleging that products and exterior cladding systems manufactured and supplied by the James Hardie Group were defective. The proceedings are funded by Harbour Litigation Funding and are ongoing.












  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126. We discuss opt-in and opt-out mechanisms in Chapter 12.

41 Paine v Carter Holt Harvey Ltd [2019] NZHC 478.

42 TEA Custodians Ltd v Wells CIV-2019-485-642 (ongoing proceedings).

43 Livingstone v CBL Corp Ltd CIV-2019-404-2727 (ongoing proceedings).

Insolvency proceedings

Insurance proceedings






  1. Re Nautilus Developments Ltd (in liq) [2000] 2 NZLR 505 (HC); Re Gellert Developments Ltd (in liq) (2001) 9 NZCLC 262,714 (HC); Computer Training Services Ltd v Universal Data Systems Ltd [2001] NZCA 305; (2001) 15 PRNZ 401 (HC); Parkhouse Joinery Ltd v Parkinson HC Christchurch CP109/01, 5 February 2002; Kings Wharf Coldstore Ltd (in rec and in liq) v Wilson [2005] NZHC 283; (2005) 2 NZCCLR 1042 (HC); AMP Capital Investments No 4 Ltd v IBS Group Ltd (in liq) [2008] NZHC 1740; [2009] NZCCLR 19 (HC); ALF No 9 Pty Ltd v Ellis HC Wellington CIV-2009-485-435, 13 October 2009; Capital & Merchant Finance Ltd v Perpetual Trust Ltd [2015] NZHC 1233; Walker v Forbes [2015] NZHC 1730, [2015] 3 NZLR 831; Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq) v Yan [2019] NZHC 255; and Cain v Mettrick [2019] NZHC 802, [2019] NZAR 668.

45 Re Nautilus Developments Ltd (in liq) [2000] 2 NZLR 505 (HC).

  1. Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq) v Yan [2019] NZHC 255; and PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 1151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735.

47 Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq) v Yan [2019] NZHC 255 at [459].

48 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735. See Chapter 15 for a full discussion of this case.

49 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2016] NZCA 338 at [6].

50 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [77]–[96].


Ltd/My Insurance Claim).51 This figure may underrepresent the number of insurance claims managed by these companies as not all claims progress to court or result in a judgment.

Other proceedings

Funders operating in Aotearoa New Zealand



  1. Domenico Trustee Ltd v Tower Insurance Ltd [2014] NZHC 2657; Pearce v Tower Insurance [2014] NZHC 2849; East v Medical Assurance Society New Zealand Ltd [2014] NZHC 3399; Prattley Enterprises Ltd v Vero Insurance New Zealand Ltd [2015] NZHC 1444; Avondale Golf Club Inc v Lumley General Insurance (NZ) Ltd [2015] NZHC 1627; Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2016] NZHC 245; Zygadlo v The Earthquake Commission [2016] NZHC 1699; Driessen v The Earthquake Commission [2016] NZHC 1048; Sadat v Tower Insurance Ltd [2017] NZHC 1550; Sii v Earthquake Commission [2017] NZHC 2469; Deo Gratias Developments Ltd v Tower Insurance Ltd [2018] NZHC 1881; Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2018] NZHC 3288; Goodier

v The Earthquake Commission [2018] NZHC 2980; Bligh v Earthquake Commission [2018] NZHC 2102; and Settlers Crescent Partnership v IAG New Zealand Ltd [2018] NZHC 2775. Note that Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd and Ross v Southern Response Earthquake Services are also counted as representative actions above.

52 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91.

53 Sage Securities Ltd v Rood HC Wellington CIV-2009-485-1150, 11 November 2009.

54 Patel v Patel [2014] NZHC 2410.

55 Williams v Auckland Council [2015] NZCA 479, (2015) 7 NZ ConvC 96-013.

  1. Claims Resolution Services, Joint Action Funding Ltd, LPF Group Ltd, Risk Worldwide / My Insurance Claim and Tempest Litigation Funders. Risk Worldwide and My Insurance Claim appear to be related entities. The 2019 Annual Report for Shine Justice Ltd (an Australian publicly traded company which owns both Risk Worldwide and My Insurance Claim) noted that Risk Worldwide “continued to operate in the loss adjusting and insurance policy recovery business in New Zealand, with a focus on residential claims under the brand ‘My Insurance Claim’”: Shine Corporate Ltd Annual Report (2019) at 32.
  2. Claims Funding Australia Pty Ltd (Australia), Court House Capital (Australia), Harbour Litigation Funding (United Kingdom), LCM (Australia), Litigation Lending Services Ltd (Australia) and Omni Bridgeway (previously IMF Bentham – Australia). In a 2017 publication the Institute of Directors identified a UK based funder, Vannin Capital, as active in New Zealand: see Institute of Directors Litigation funding: friend or foe? (DirectorsBrief, Issue 3, September 2017) at 1. However, we have not identified any cases funded by Vannin Capital and so do not include it.
  3. Claims Resolution Services, not to be confused with the Greater Christchurch Claims Resolution Services, also trades under the name Earthquake Services. Both Claims Resolution Services and Earthquake Services are owned by The Staples Group Ltd.

General funders

Insurance claim managers and funders



59 LPF Group Ltd “What We Do” <www.lpfgroup.co.nz>.

  1. Notable cases LPF has funded include PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2016] NZCA 338 (a large insolvency case relating to the collapse of the Property Venture Limited group of companies); Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq) v Yan [2019] NZHC 255 (an insolvency case against the former directors of the Mainzeal property and construction company); Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69 (a negligence case against the government in relation to the Psa outbreak, a bacterial kiwifruit vine disease); and three representative actions: two shareholder actions, one against CBL Corporation Limited (ongoing) and one against Intueri Education Limited, and an investor action Scott v ANZ Bank New Zealand Ltd [2020] NZHC 906 (on behalf of investors who lost money in the Ross Asset Management Ponzi scheme).

61 For further information about Tempest Litigation Funders, see their website <www.tempest.net.nz>.

62 Omni Bridgeway is listed on the ASX as OBL: ASX “Omni Bridgeway Limited: OBL” <www2.asx.com.au>.

63 Claims Funding Australia does not specify a minimum claim size.

  1. For instance, a claim valued at $10 million could receive funding where the estimated budget necessary to bring the claim is $1 million: Harbour Litigation Funding “Criteria” <www.harbourlitigationfunding.com>.
  2. Omni Bridgeway “Commercial Litigation Funding” <www.omnibridgeway.com>. Note Omni Bridgeway specifies funding for patent judgments requires a claim to budget ratio of 20/1. Funding for appeals requires a 4/1 ratio.

Worldwide were founded shortly after the Christchurch earthquakes. 66 Like general litigation funders, they only take a commission in the event of a successful outcome. The commission may be calculated as a percentage of the total settlement or as percentage of the amount recovered over and above the insurer’s original assessment.67 Claims management services will often resolve disputes through negotiation with the client’s insurer. These companies may fund legal proceedings if a satisfactory outcome cannot be achieved through negotiation. On these occasions, claims management services are broadly similar to services offered by a general litigation funder.68 We understand that Claims Resolution Services is no longer accepting new cases for funding.

Single purpose funders

Comparison with other jurisdictions


  1. Claims Resolution Services was founded in 2012 and Risk Worldwide in 2011. As noted above, Risk Worldwide changed branding and focus and now appears to primarily operate as My Insurance Claim, which was incorporated in July 2018: Shine Corporate Ltd Annual Report (2018) at 28.

67 See Avondale Golf Club Inc v Lumley General Insurance (NZ) Ltd [2015] NZHC 1627 at [16].

  1. Note, however, Claims Resolution Services did not provide adverse costs cover for plaintiffs. We do not know whether Risk Worldwide / My Insurance Claim offer adverse costs cover for plaintiffs it funds.
  2. Note JAFL Litigation Funding Partners Limited was incorporated in February 2020 as part of efforts to crowdfund security for costs and the pending stage two trial in the Feltex litigation.
  3. Joint Action Funding Limited v Eichelbaum [2016] NZHC 2919 at [3]. Note that the initial stages of the Feltex proceeding were funded by Harbour Litigation Funding until late 2015.
  4. The High Court struck out the case on 14 July 2020, although this decision was appealed and a decision from the Court of Appeal is pending: Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088; and Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 2030.

72 See Collinson Crowdfunding “JAFL Partners Crowdfunding Campaign” <www.ccfl.co.nz>.

  1. The ALRC estimated there were approximately 25 active litigation funders in the Australian market in its 2018 discussion paper and in its 2019 report it stated a further 15 entities were registered with ASIC, apparently in anticipation of entering the market: Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [1.12]; and Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [2.16]. Note the proliferation of litigation funding in Australia has not been without controversy. There is currently an ongoing Parliamentary Inquiry into litigation funding and the regulation of the class action industry, due to report on 7 December 2020: Parliament of Australia “Litigation funding and the regulation of the class action industry” <www.aph.gov.au>.

perspective, uncertainty increases the risk and expense of funding litigation. It may lead to challenges to funding arrangements, adding cost and delay to the resolution of claims.











74 High Court Rules 2016, r 4.24.

  1. For instance see Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), pt IVA; Supreme Court Act 1986 (Vic), pt 4A; and Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6. Some regimes have inserted more detailed rules into their equivalent court rules: see Federal Courts Rules SOR/98-106, pt 5.1; United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23; and The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), pt 5.

76 King & Wood Mallesons The Review: Class Actions in Australia 2018/2019 (2019) at 5.

  1. This may in part be due to the ACC prohibition on actions for personal injury: see Accident Compensation Act 2001, s 317.

CHAPTER 15

Regulation of litigation funding

INTRODUCTION

(a) The torts of maintenance and champerty.

(b) Judicial consideration of modern litigation funding arrangements in relation to:

(i) The court’s role in funded non-representative actions;

(ii) The court’s role in funded representative actions; and

(iii) Disclosure of litigation funding arrangements.

(c) General powers of the court to control funded proceedings.

(d) Statutes that may apply to litigation funding.

(e) The regulation of litigation funding in some comparable jurisdictions.

LITIGATION FUNDING IN AOTEAROA NEW ZEALAND IS NOT SPECIFICALLY REGULATED

(a) The torts of maintenance and champerty;

(b) General principles that have developed through the courts; and

(c) General statutes that may apply to litigation funding.

The torts of maintenance and champerty remain part of our law



  1. Stephen Todd (ed) Todd on Torts (8th ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2019) at 1061; and The Law Commission (England and Wales) Proposals for Reform of the Law Relating to Maintenance and Champerty (LC007, 1966) at [9].

where the person provides financial assistance in return for a share of any recovery.2 Maintenance and champerty were never criminalised in Aotearoa New Zealand, however the Supreme Court has confirmed that the torts, and the public policy that underpins them, remain part of our law.3
2020_4555.png First, a third party might procure litigation (including by “officious” or unscrupulous means)5 or attempt to influence litigation for their own end — for example to harm an opponent, obtain an advantage, or profit from a litigation funding arrangement.6

(b) Second, the maintainer might not assume liability for costs if the claim fails, leaving the defendant with no recourse if the plaintiff is impecunious.7

(c) Third, the courts’ function in the vindication of wrongs is at risk of misuse.8





2 Stephen Todd (ed) Todd on Torts (8th ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2019) at [59.18.4.01].

  1. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [25]–[26]. See also PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [111]; and Gavin v Powell [2020] NZHC 1224 at [65].

4 See PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [121] per Elias CJ.

  1. In British Cash and Parcel Conveyors Ltd v Lamson Store Service Co Ltd [1908] UKLawRpKQB 46; [1908] 1 KB 1006 (CA) at 1014, Fletcher Moulton LJ stated:

[Maintenance] is directed against wanton and officious inter-meddling with the disputes of others in which the [maintainer] has no interest whatever, and where the assistance he renders to one or the other party is without justification or excuse.

  1. Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 1; and Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [2.43]. In PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [121], Elias CJ affirmed that:

...the mischief with which the law of champerty and maintenance is concerned ... with [is] the conduct of litigation “for their own interests” by those otherwise unconnected with the claim and with no existing property interest to protect.

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [2.43]. In Alabaster v Harness [1894] UKLawRpKQB 210; [1895] 1 QB 339 (CA) at 342 (emphasis added) Lord Esher MR suggested the reason for preventing third party assistance in litigation was because it:

...seems to have been thought that litigation might be increased in a way that would be mischievous to the public interest if it could be encouraged and assisted by persons who would not responsible for the consequences of it, when unsuccessful.

  1. See PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [115] per Elias CJ (referring to trafficking in litigation).

9 Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [12].

10 Contract and Commercial Law Act 2017, ss 71, 73 and 75–76.


Houghton, in the context of a representative action, the Court of Appeal engaged with the question of whether and when litigation funding may be unlawful:11

We have concluded that, like the common law of Australia and that of Canada, the common law of New Zealand should refrain from condemning [a proposal for litigation funding] as tortious or otherwise unlawful maintenance and champerty where:

(a) the court is satisfied there is an arguable case for rights that warrant vindicating;

(b) there is no abuse of process; and

(c) the proposal is approved by the court.



11 Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [79].

  1. Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [45]– [46].

13 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [56]–[59].

14 Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [43].

  1. Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [36] and [49].
  2. Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [45]– [46].
  3. Commenting on Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding, Elias CJ in PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [120] said it was:

... not necessary in Waterhouse to consider at any length the reasons which might make a litigation funding agreement contrary to public policy although the case suggests that control of the litigation and profit share are likely to be important in any such consideration.

At [111] she said the Court’s approach in Waterhouse was “tentative and cautious” and that it is still “a matter of some controversy whether and when litigation funding arrangements may offend against the policies which are suspicious of maintenance of litigation for profit”.


independent existence of its own”.18 The Court concluded that “if a funding agreement amounts to an assignment of a cause of action to a third party funder in circumstances where this is not permissible, then this would be an abuse of process”.19

JUDICIAL CONSIDERATION OF MODERN LITIGATION FUNDING ARRANGEMENTS

The court’s role in funded non-representative actions



18 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [57].

19 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [57].

20 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [58].

  1. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [59] citing Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [86] per Gummow, Hayne and Crennan JJ.

22 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [111] per Elias CJ.

  1. See Chapter 1. See also Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; [2009] NZCCLR 13 (HC) at [177]; and Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [28] and [77].

24 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [116] per Elias CJ; and Saunders v Houghton

[2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [27] and [77].

25 See Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91.

26 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91.

27 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd HC Auckland CIV-2010-404-3074, 13 December 2010.


applied for a stay of proceedings until the plaintiff’s litigation funding agreement, as well as information about the funder and its relationship with the plaintiffs, was disclosed.

The court’s role in funded representative actions

There is nothing in r 4.24 which enables a court to approve funding arrangements or communications, and in the absence of rules creating a regime for approval, the status of any such approval would be uncertain ... There must also be questions about the institutional capacity of the courts to approve such arrangements in what is at best, in this


28 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [29].

  1. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [28] and [48]. However, the Court was clear it was not commenting on the appropriate role for the courts in representative actions: see [28].
  2. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [28]. Note previously in the insolvency context the High Court had suggested that it would be prudent for assignees of liquidators to obtain court approval of the Court when entering into a funding agreement by applying to the Court for directions: see Re Nautilus Developments Ltd (in liq) [2000] 2 NZLR 505 (HC) at [27].

31 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [34].

32 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [29] and [31].

33 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [29].

34 High Court Rules 2016, r 4.24.

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [76(a)].
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [79].

country, a developing market for litigation funders, and given the absence of any detailed rules of procedure or legislation as exist in other jurisdictions. Rule 4.24 cannot bear the weight of a complex funding approval scheme.

Disclosure of funding arrangements




  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [81].
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [78].
  3. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [78].

40 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [86].

  1. Alternatively, the Court might make the grant of leave conditional upon the correction of the harm: see Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [78] and [82].
  2. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [78].
  3. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [78].
  4. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [81].

45 Houghton v Saunders [2019] NZHC 1061 at [53]–[55].


must disclose the following information to the court and to the non-funded party when litigation is commenced:46

(a) the fact that there is a litigation funder involved and the funder’s identity; and

(b) whether or not the funder is subject to the jurisdiction of the New Zealand courts.


  1. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [67]–[69]. The Court rejected the argument that the disclosure of the funding agreement should only be available to the court in the first instance, noting that the adversarial system requires and benefits from submission being available to all parties: at [75].

47 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [67] and [69].

48 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [68].

49 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [70].

50 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [71].

51 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [71].

52 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [72].

53 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [72].

54 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [73].

55 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [73].

56 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [73].

  1. See Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [86] (noting it would be “premature” to say there is an expectation that a funding agreement should be disclosed where the court grants leave for a representative action under HCR 4.24(b)).

GENERAL MECHANISMS AVAILABLE TO THE COURT TO MANAGE FUNDED PROCEEDINGS

Stay of proceedings

(a) deceive the court, are fictitious, or a mere sham;

(b) use the process of the court in an unfair or dishonest way, for some ulterior or improper purpose or in an improper way;

(c) are manifestly groundless, without foundation or serve no useful purpose; and

(d) are vexatious or oppressive.


58 High Court Rules 2016, r 15.1(3); and Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [30].

  1. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [30] citing Hunter v Chief Constable of West Midlands Police [1981] UKHL 13; [1982] AC 529 (HL) at 536 per Lord Diplock.

60 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [57].

61 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [57].

  1. PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [73]–[74] and [77]. See Trendtex Trading Corp v Credit Suisse [1980] QB 629 (CA) at 654–655; Samy Trustee Ltd v Pauanui Dream Estate Ltd [2020] NZHC 2118 at [25]; and Day v The Official Assignee as Liquidator of GN Networks Ltd (in liq) [2016] NZHC 2400 at [67]–[73].

63 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [3].


agreement. PwC applied to the High Court for a stay of proceedings, claiming the combined effect of the funding agreement and the general security agreement was that the funder had effectively taken assignment of PVL’s causes of action against PwC and the other defendants, and that this amounted to an abuse of process. The High Court and Court of Appeal declined to stay the proceedings.





  1. Elias CJ would have declined to issue judgment as the controversy between the parties was no longer a live one and there was no point of statutory interpretation or a question of law to be authoritatively resolved. Elias CJ was also concerned that the scope of the argument on appeal had been constrained by an apparent concession that the funding agreement was itself unobjectionable. She considered it well arguable that the funding agreement was unlawful, given the extent of control permitted to the funder. Had settlement not been reached, she would have required the parties to address the Court further on whether the funding agreement itself was contrary to law and, if so, whether the proceedings should have been stayed on that basis. See PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [109]–[112] and [135].

65 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [91].

66 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [82].

67 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [91].

68 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [122].

69 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [126].

70 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [128].


litigation in the funder’s own interests despite it having no existing interest in the litigation.71 She continued:72

...If so, the litigation funding arrangement amounts to the transfer of a bare cause of action for profit and is champertous. It would constitute trafficking in litigation, which I do not think this Court should acquiesce in without further consideration and full argument.

Strike out proceedings



71 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [134].

72 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [134].

  1. Cain v Mettrick [2020] NZHC 2125 at [65] and [85]. The litigation was being funded by Winton Capital Ltd through PLF Services Ltd. Winton Capital specialised in managing and acquiring distressed assets and property developments. It had not previously been involved in litigation funding of this kind but had looked into such opportunities. It was approached by the liquidators to fund the proceedings and saw this as an opportunity to make a return on its investment. The High Court considered Winton had no problematic motives.

74 Cain v Mettrick [2020] NZHC 2125 at [62].

75 Cain v Mettrick [2020] NZHC 2125 at [62].

76 Cain v Mettrick [2020] NZHC 2125 at [62].

  1. Cain v Mettrick [2020] NZHC 2125 at [73]. The Court said the liquidators’ claims would be able to proceed if the funding agreement was varied, or PLF obtained court approval to the assignment under section 260A of the Companies Act, or fresh funding arrangements were made. On 1 October 2020, the Otago Daily Times reported that the stay of proceedings had been lifted: Mark Price “Boult’s stay of proceedings in Stonewood case lifted” Otago Daily Times (online ed, Otago, 1 October 2020).

78 High Court Rules 2016, r 15.1(1).

  1. Carter Holt Harvey Ltd v Minister of Education [2015] NZCA 321 at [9] citing Attorney-General v Price & Gardner [1998] 1 NZLR 262 at 267.

only in a clear case”.80 The purpose of the power is “fundamentally to avoid the misuse of judicial processes which tend to undermine confidence in the administration of justice”.81

Security for costs


  1. Carter Holt Harvey Ltd v Minister of Education [2015] NZCA 321 at [9] citing Attorney-General v Price & Gardner [1998] 1 NZLR 262 at 267.
  2. Dotcom v District Court at North Shore [2018] NZCA 442, [2018] NZAR 1859 at [16] citing Reid v New Zealand Trotting Conference [1984] 1 NZLR 8 (CA) at 9.

82 Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [6].

83 Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [47].

  1. Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [47]– [53].

Registrar.85 The court may stay the proceeding until the sum is paid or the security is given.86

[The fact a party is supported by a litigation funder] may justify increased security on the ground that courts should be readier to order security where a non-party who stands to benefit from the litigation is not interested in having rights vindicated but rather is acting in pursuit of profit. Security allows the court to hold the funder more directly accountable for costs. It is consistent with the Court’s jurisdiction to award costs against a non-party which is sufficiently interested in the litigation. Security is all the more appropriate where the funder can avoid liability for future costs by terminating the funding agreement by notice before the litigation concludes.


85 High Court Rules 2016, r 5.45(3)(a).

86 High Court Rules 2016, r 5.45(3)(b).

  1. Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [35]–[36]. The Court of Appeal referred to s 16 of the Judicature Act 1908 which confirmed the ongoing inherent jurisdiction of the High Court. This provision is now found in the Senior Courts Act 2018, s 12.

88 Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [36].

  1. Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [36]. See further discussion on this area in Chris Nicoll “Non-Party Costs and Security Where Litigation Funders are Involved” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 237.
  2. Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69 at [79]. See also Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [36]. Because representative actions may be split into staged trials, security for costs may similarly be staggered rather than ordered as one lump sum: see Andrew Beck and others McGechan on Procedure (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [HR5.45.09(1)].

91 Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [36].

  1. Houghton v Saunders [2013] NZHC 1824 at [125]; Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69 at [79]; and Walker v Forbes [2017] NZHC 1212 at [33] and [71]. See also Houghton v Saunders [2013] NZHC 1824 at [125], where the High Court said: “security for costs provided by a funded claimant should tend towards relatively full security for defendants”.

93 Houghton v Saunders [2015] NZCA 141 at [11].


Court held that “the existence of a litigation funder is a very significant factor that influences the exercise of the discretion in favour of making a substantial order for security”.94 The Court noted that commercial ventures generally require an investor “to take risks and to incur expenditure as the price to be paid for the chance of success”.95 Therefore, a litigation funder who stands to receive a portion of the proceeds of a successful claim should be required, as a matter of policy, to contribute significantly to the defendant’s costs if the claims are unsuccessful.96


94 Walker v Forbes [2017] NZHC 1212 at [71].

95 Walker v Forbes [2017] NZHC 1212 at [33].

96 Walker v Forbes [2017] NZHC 1212 at [33].

97 White v James Hardie New Zealand [2019] NZHC 188, (2019) 24 PRNZ 493 at [13].

98 White v James Hardie New Zealand [2019] NZHC 188, (2019) 24 PRNZ 493 at [13].

  1. Bank guarantee was relied upon in Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69 at [90].

100 Houghton v Saunders [2019] NZHC 2007 at [47]–[51].

101 Houghton v Saunders [2014] NZHC 21 at [4]–[8]. Harbour Litigation Funding only provided funding until late 2015.

  1. Houghton v Saunders [2013] NZHC 1824 at [115]. See also the later judgment Houghton v Saunders [2019] NZHC 2007 at [51] where Dobson J highlighted the possibility that ATE “provided by an underwriter whose obligations are enforceable in New Zealand and who is deemed reputable and solvent” could be a sufficient form of security; and White v James Hardie New Zealand [2019] NZHC 188, (2019) 24 PRNZ 493 at [15] cited with approval by Dobson J in Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 2030 at [65].

Non-party costs order



  1. In accordance with Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145: see Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [52]–[53] and note the Supreme Court’s comment that “there is nothing in Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd to suggest that third party costs orders against funders are limited to the funding provided”.
  2. High Court Rules 2016, r 14.1 provides that costs are at the discretion of the court. In Carborundum Abrasives Ltd v Bank of New Zealand (No 2) [1992] 3 NZLR 757 (HC), the High Court followed Aiden Shipping Co Ltd v Interbulk Ltd [1986] AC 965 (HL) and held that non-parties could be ordered to pay costs where justice so required. That decision has been followed in the New Zealand courts and was authoritatively confirmed by the Privy Council in Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145. See also the discussion in Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [52] and [64].
  3. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [52]; Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145 at [33]; and Poh v Cousins & Associates HC Christchurch CIV-2010-409-2654, 4 February 2011 at [36].
  4. Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145. The Supreme Court recognised Dymocks as the leading cases on non-party costs in Mana Property Trustee Ltd v James Developments Ltd (No 2) [2010] NZSC 124, [2011] 2 NZLR 25 at [11].

107 Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145 at [25].

108 Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145 at [25].

109 Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145 at [20].

110 Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145 at [25].

111 Adina Thorn and Rohan Havelock “New Zealand” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review

(3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 121 at 128.


tenable and litigation should have been avoided.112 Conduct in the nature of impropriety may also be a persuasive reason for an order of non-party costs.113 A precondition to making a non-party costs order is proof that the funder’s control caused loss.114



  1. Adina Thorn and Rohan Havelock “New Zealand” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 121 at 128 citing Poh v Cousins & Associates HC Christchurch CIV-2010- 409-2654, 4 February 2011. The authors note this situation will be rare, as funders will ordinarily conduct thorough due diligence on the merits of the claim and its prospects of success before agreeing to provide funding.
  2. Poh v Cousins & Associates HC Christchurch CIV-2010-409-2654, 4 February 2011 at [36] citing Carborundum Abrasives Ltd v Bank of New Zealand (No 2) [1992] 3 NZLR 757 (HC) at 764.

114 Falloon (as executors of the Estate of the Late Bligh) v The Earthquake Commission [2020] NZHC 874 at [71].

115 Bligh v Earthquake Commission [2019] NZHC 2236.

116 Bligh v Earthquake Commission [2019] NZHC 2236 at [139] and [151].

117 Bligh v Earthquake Commission [2019] NZHC 2236 at [148]–[149]. See also at [114], where the Court commented:

...having recommended the proceeding, funded the proceeding, selected the solicitors, nominated some of the experts and committed to providing advice in respect of the proceeding, [the funder] had real control and responsibility for the proceedings.

118 Bligh v Earthquake Commission [2019] NZHC 2236 at [137].

119 Bligh v Earthquake Commission [2019] NZHC 2236 at [137].

120 Bligh v Earthquake Commission [2019] NZHC 2236 at [139].


IAG, and varied the non-party costs awards in several respects.121 The plaintiff remained liable for a portion of the costs of the proceeding. In upholding the non-party costs order, the Court was influenced by the fact that the agreement between the funder and the plaintiff gave the funder “considerable control”.122 This included provisions allowing the funder to act in the plaintiff’s best interests and to terminate the agreement where the plaintiff rejected the funder’s advice.123 Finally, a non-party costs order was appropriate because the funder had given “such strong and incorrect advice” to the plaintiff that his home was a rebuild when in fact earthquake damage had not been proven.124

STATUTES THAT MAY REGULATE LITIGATION FUNDING


121 Falloon (as executors of the Estate of the Late Bligh) v The Earthquake Commission [2020] NZHC 874 at [95].

122 Falloon (as executors of the Estate of the Late Bligh) v The Earthquake Commission [2020] NZHC 874 at [74].

  1. Falloon (as executors of the Estate of the Late Bligh) v The Earthquake Commission [2020] NZHC 874 at [72]–[74]. Other grounds for the decision included that the claimant was unlikely to have commenced the claim regardless of whether the funder provided funding, and that the funder stood to benefit from the proceeding, as its agreement with the claimant entitled it to 10 per cent of any sum recovered.

124 Falloon (as executors of the Estate of the Late Bligh) v The Earthquake Commission [2020] NZHC 874 at [80].

  1. “Services” is defined to include rights, benefits, privileges or facilities that are (or are to be) provided, granted, or conferred, including under a contract for the performance of work (including work of a professional nature) and contracts that confer rights, benefits or privileges in return for remuneration in the form of a royalty, tribute, levy, or similar exaction: Fair Trading Act 1986, s 2 definition of “services”. See also Adina Thorn and Rohan Havelock “New Zealand” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 121 at 123 suggesting that the Act will apply to litigation funding.

126 Fair Trading Act 1986, pt 1.

127 Fair Trading Act 1986, ss 5C and 5D.

128 Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, s 2 definitions of “services” and “consumer”.


does, the Act guarantees those services will be carried out with reasonable care and skill and will be fit for any particular purpose made known to the funder (unless the plaintiff does not rely on the funder’s skill or judgement, or it is not reasonable for the plaintiff to do so).129 It also contains guarantees as to time for completion and price, but only to the extent those matters are not dealt with by the contract. 130 Redress options include requiring the failure to be remedied if possible,131 or if the failure is substantial or cannot be remedied, cancelling the contract or obtaining damages in compensation for any reduction in value in the service paid or payable.132 In addition, the consumer may be able to obtain damages for any reasonably foreseeable loss or damage resulting from the failure.133

129 Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, ss 28 and 29.

130 Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, ss 30 and 31.

131 Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, s 32(a).

132 Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, s 32(b).

133 Consumer Guarantees Act 1993, s 32(c).

134 Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, s 3.

  1. A “credit contract” is a contract under which “credit” is or may be provided and includes transactions that are in substance and effect a credit contract: Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, s 7. The definition of “credit” includes a right granted under a contract to “purchase ... services and defer payment for that purchase (in whole or in part)”: Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, s 6(c).
  2. A “consumer credit contract” is defined in Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, s 11. It provides that a credit contract is a consumer credit contract if: the debtor is a natural person; the credit is “wholly or predominantly for personal, domestic, or household purposes”; the contract provides for interest charges, credit fees, or a security interest; when the contract is entered into the creditor is in the business or practice of providing credit or the contract results from an introduction of one party to another party by a paid adviser or broker.

137 See for example Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Act 2003, pt 2 sub-pts 5 and 7.

  1. The definition of “financial product” includes “a managed investment product”: Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 7(1)(c). A “managed investment product” in turn includes an interest in a “managed investment scheme”: Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 8(3). A “managed investment scheme” is defined in Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 9(1).

governance, licensing, and reporting requirements. In Chapter 23, we consider whether funders should be subject to the FMC Act’s “managed investment scheme” requirements. We note that the regulatory settings for managed investment schemes were not designed with the regulation of litigation funding and funded litigation in mind. Further, litigation funding does not pose the same risks to participants (plaintiffs) or the financial markets as other financial investments, such as where money is raised from retail investors as an investment.

REGULATION OF LITIGATION FUNDING IN SOME COMPARABLE JURISDICTIONS

England and Wales


139 Financial Service Providers (Registration and Dispute Resolution) Act 2008, ss 8A and 11.

  1. Financial Service Providers (Registration and Dispute Resolution) Act 2008, s 48. A “retail client” is “any person who receives a financial service who is not a wholesale client”: s 49(1).

141 Financial Service Providers (Registration and Dispute Resolution) Act 2008, s 63(1).

  1. Banking Ombudsman, Insurance and Financial Services Ombudsman, Financial Services Complaints Ltd, and Financial Dispute Resolution Services: New Zealand Companies Office “Choosing a Dispute Resolution Scheme (DRS)” Financial Service Providers Register <http://fsp-registe r .companiesoffice.govt.nz> .

143 LPF Litigation Funding Limited and Claims Resolution Service Limited.

  1. Leslie Perrin “England and Wales” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 53 at 54.
  2. Leslie Perrin “England and Wales” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 53 at 54.

146 Calunius Capital LLP is a London based litigation funder.

  1. Leslie Perrin “England and Wales” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (2nd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2018) 48 at 49.

funding that occurs in London is in the context of commercial litigation and arbitration, and funded litigants are usually commercially sophisticated.148









  1. Leslie Perrin “England and Wales” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (2nd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2018) 48 at 49.

149 Criminal Law Act 1967 (UK), s 14(1).

150 Criminal Law Act 1967 (UK), s 14(2).

  1. Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-055].
  2. Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-056]–[8-062]; and Leslie Perrin “England and Wales” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (2nd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2018) 48 at 50.

153 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 118–121.

154 Courts and Legal Services Act 1990 (UK), s 58AA.

155 Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018).

156 Association of Litigation Funders Rules of the Association (July 2016) at r 30; and Association of Litigation Funders

Complaints Procedure for Litigation Funders (October 2017) at [25].

Australia


  1. See Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-071]–[8-075].
  2. This statement was made by Lord Keen of Elie on 24 January 2017 in response to a written Parliamentary question from Lord Hodgson of Astley Abbots concerning civil proceedings and third party financing (UIN HL4216 tabled on 19 December 2016). For further discussion, see Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-073], n 189.

159 Nick Rowles-Davies Third Party Litigation Funding (Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2014) at [1.25].

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at 16.
  2. Jason Geisker and Dirk Luff “Australia” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 1 at 19. In our preliminary conversations with some Australian litigation funders, we were told that competition in the market has brought the price of litigation down for consumers.

162 For more detailed discussion of maintenance and champerty in Australia see Chapter 18.

163 Movitor Pty Ltd (Receivers and Manager Appointed) (in liq) v Sims (1996) 64 FCR 380 (FCA).

  1. Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386. The first funder involvement in a class action began in December 2001 when a wholly owned subsidiary of what is now Omni Bridgeway supported a class action in a Waterfront industrial claim. The class action was settled with approval from the Federal Court in 2002: see Vince Morabito Litigation Funders, Competing Class Actions, Opt Out Rates, Victorian Class Actions and Class Representatives (Second Report, An Empirical Study of Australia's Class Action Regimes, September 2010) at 37.
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [2.50].
  3. The dispute in Fostif arose under the New South Wales legislation, and the High Court declined to comment on the status of maintenance and champerty in Australian jurisdictions where the torts have not been statutorily abolished: Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [85] per Gummow, Hayne and Crennan JJ. The torts of maintenance and champerty have not been abolished in Queensland, Western Australia or the Northern Territory.
  4. Jason Geisker and Dirk Luff “Australia” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 1 at 2.

include the opt-out class actions model, the high costs involved in conducting large class actions, the adverse costs rule, the lack of a public fund or other mechanism to fund class actions and the general prohibition on lawyers charging contingency fees.168

Canada



  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [2.76].
  2. Brookfield Multiplex Ltd v International Litigation Funding Partners Pte Ltd [2009] FCAFC 147, (2009) 180 FCR 11; and International Litigation Partners Pte Ltd v Chameleon Mining NL (Receivers and Managers Appointed) [2011] NSWCA 50, (2011) 276 ALR 138.

170 Corporations Amendment Regulation 2012 (No 6) (Cth). See also Australian Securities & Investments Commission

Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013).

  1. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at xvi.

172 Corporations Amendment Regulation 2012 (No 6) (Cth) (explanatory statement).

  1. Corporations Amendment (Litigation Funding) Regulations 2020 (Cth). Operators of class action litigation funding schemes are generally required to register as managed investment schemes under ch 5C of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and obtain an Australian Financial Services Licence in accordance with ch 7 of that Act.

174 Corporations Amendment (Litigation Funding) Regulations 2020 (Cth) (explanatory statement).

  1. Attorney-General for Australia and Minister for Industrial Relations “Committee to examine impact of litigation funding on justice outcomes” (press release, 5 March 2020).

176 Criminal Code SC 1953-54 c 51, s 8 abolished all common law crimes in 1953.


(1897) (the Champerty Act), champerty remains a tort in all Canadian jurisdictions except Québec.





  1. As champerty is a “subspecies” of maintenance, there cannot be champerty without maintenance: McIntyre Estate v Ontario (Attorney General) (2002) 61 OR (3d) 257 (ONCA) at [34].
  2. The concept of champerty in Canadian law invokes the concept of proper and improper motives underpinning litigation funding: Hugh A Meighen “Canada” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 39 at 41.
  3. McIntyre Estate v Ontario (Attorney General) (2002) 61 OR (3d) 257 (ONCA). Shortly after that case, Ontario passed O Reg 195/04 (Contingency Fee Agreements) issued under the Solicitors Act RSO 1990 c S-15.

180 Metzler Investment GMBH v Gildan Activewear Inc (2009) 81 CPC (6th) 384 (ONSC); and Dugal v Manulife Financial Corp

2011 ONSC 1785, 105 OR (3d) 364.

181 Schenk v Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc 2015 ONSC 3215, (2015) 74 CPC (7th) 332.

182 9354-9186 Québec inc v Callidus Capital Corp 2020 SCC 10, 444 DLR (4th) 373.

183 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(2).

184 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(3).

  1. Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(4)-(7). Further, the representative plaintiff must notify the court and the defendant if the approved funding agreement is terminated or the funder becomes insolvent: Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(15).
  2. If costs are ordered to be paid by the representative plaintiff, the defendant has the right to recover the costs directly from the funder to the extent of the indemnity provided under the funding agreement: Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(11). Further, the defendant is entitled, on motion, to obtain from the funder security for costs to the extent of the indemnity provided under the funding agreement if (a) the funder is resident outside Ontario; (b) the defendant has an order against the funder in the same or another proceeding that remain unpaid; or (c) there is good reason to believe the funder has insufficient assets in Ontario to pay the costs: Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(12).

Singapore




  1. Michael Molavi “Law’s Financialization: Litigation Finance and Multilayer Access to Justice in Canada” (2018) 33 CJLS 425 at 426. All Canadian provinces, except Prince Edward Island, have passed class action statutes: Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 4.

188 For a summary of useful judicial commentary from 2009 to 2015, see Hugh A Meighen “Canada” in Leslie Perrin (ed)

The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 39 at 43–45.

  1. McIntyre Estate v Ontario (Attorney General) (2002) 61 OR (3d) 257 (ONCA) at [27], [75] and [80]; and Metzler Investment GMBH v Gildan Activewear Inc (2009) 81 CPC (6th) 384 (ONSC) at [44]–[45].
  2. McIntyre Estate v Ontario (Attorney General) (2002) 61 OR (3d) 257 (ONCA) at [76]. See also Houle v St Jude Medical Inc [2017] ONSC 5129, 9 CPC (8th) 321 at [63].
  3. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at 44.
  4. Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 127 as cited in Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at 197.
  5. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at 197; Jasminka Kalajdzic Class Actions in Canada: The Promise and Reality of Access to Justice (UBC Press, Vancouver, 2018) at 6; and Law Commission of Ontario Class Actions: Objectives, Experiences and Reforms – Final Report (July 2019) at 71.
  6. 9354-9186 Québec inc v Callidus Capital Corp 2020 SCC 10, 444 DLR (4th) 373 at [93] citing Dugal v Manulife Financial Corp 2011 ONSC 1785, 105 OR (3d) 364.

195 See our discussion of portfolio funding arrangements in Chapter 14.

  1. Matthew Secomb, Adam Wallin and Gabriella Richmond “Singapore” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 171 at 172.

insolvency proceedings. 197 In early 2017, however, Singapore legislated to expressly permit third-party funding, but only for international arbitration and related proceedings. A series of legislative amendments introduced a framework for third-party funding in this context. In late 2019, the Singapore Ministry of Law announced it was intending to extend its funding framework to domestic arbitration, certain proceedings in the Singapore International Commercial Court and mediations connected with these proceedings. 198 There are also indications that the funding framework may be extended to litigation.199 As a result of the reforms, several funders have opened permanent offices in Singapore and the market for third-party funding is said to be developing at “a blistering pace”.200

(a) Abolishing liability in tort for maintenance and champerty, while preserving “any rule of that law as to the cases in which a contract is to be treated as contrary to public policy or otherwise illegal”.201

(b) Defining permissible funding arrangements in the Civil Law Act 1999 and Civil Law (Third-Party Funding) Regulations 2017.202

(c) Amendments to the Legal Profession Act and the Legal Profession Rules 2015 aimed at controlling lawyer-client conflicts of interest.203




  1. Re Fan Kow Hin [2018] SGHC 257 at [5]; Solvadis Commodity Chemical Gmbh v Affert Resources Pte Ltd [2018] SGHC 210 at [60]; Gian Marco Solas Third Party Funding: Law, Economics and Policy (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2019) at 78 citing Re Vanguard Energy Pte Ltd [2015] SGHC 156; and Franca Ciambella and Charlie Morris “Seats of power” (2020) 127 Litigation Funding 18 at 19.
  2. K Shanmugam, Minister for Law and Home Affairs “Keynote Speech at Grand Opening of Maxwell Chambers Suites by Minister K Shanmugam” (Singapore, 8 August 2019); and K Shanmugam, Minister for Law and Home Affairs “Speech by Minister (Law and Home Affairs) K Shanmugam at the Opening Ceremony of Law Society at Maxwell Chamber Suites” (Singapore, 10 October 2019).
  3. Gian Marco Solas Third Party Funding: Law, Economics and Policy (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2019) at 71–72; Franca Ciambella and Charlie Morris “Seats of power” (2020) 127 Litigation Funding 18 at 19; and Matthew Secomb, Adam Wallin and Gabriella Richmond “Singapore” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 171 at 180.

200 Gian Marco Solas Third Party Funding: Law, Economics and Policy (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2019) at 71; Rodney Keong “Paving the way for third-party dispute resolution funding” (22 November 2018) International Law Office <www.internationallawoffice.com>; but contrast Woodsford Litigation Funding “Litigation Funding in Singapore”

<http://woodsfordlitigationfunding.com> .

201 Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore), s 5A(1)–(2).

202 The Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore) defines permissible funding arrangements as contracts “under which a qualifying Third-Party Funder provides funds to any party for the purpose of funding all or part of the costs of that party in prescribed dispute resolution proceedings”: s 5B(2). A “qualifying Third-Party Funder” excludes non-commercial funders: Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore), s 5B(10). The Civil Law (Third-Party Funding) Regulations 2017 (Singapore) prescribe the qualifications and requirements funders must satisfy to be a qualifying Funder, the dispute resolution proceedings in which funding is permitted, and requirements regarding the provision and manner of funding: regs 3–4.

203 Legal Profession Act 2009 (Singapore), ss 107(3A) and (3B); and Legal Profession (Professional Conduct) Rules 2015 (Singapore), ss 107(3A) and (3B). See also Gian Marco Solas Third Party Funding: Law, Economics and Policy (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2019) at 74; and Matthew Secomb, Adam Wallin and Gabriella Richmond “Singapore” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 171 at 177.

(d) A Guidance Note for lawyers advising or acting for funded clients issued by the Law Society of Singapore.204

(e) Guidelines for funders produced by the Singapore Institute of Arbitrators (SIArb), which set expectations of transparency and accountability between funders of Singaporean arbitration proceedings and funded party.205

(f) A Practice Note on Arbitrator Conduct in Cases Involving External Funding produced by the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (SIAC).206

Hong Kong



204 Law Society of Singapore Third-Party Funding (Guidance Note 10.1.1, 25 April 2017). The Note covers matters such as referring or introducing a funder to a client, advising the client on confidentiality and privilege in relation to documents they disclose to the funder, and managing conflicts of interest.

205 Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [1.3]. The Guidelines cover matters such as steps to be taken before executing a funding agreement, matters to be addressed in agreements, funders’ financial obligations, approaches to issues of confidentiality and privilege, conflicts of interest and control.

206 Singapore International Arbitration Centre Practice Note: Administered Cases under the Arbitration Rules of the Singapore International Arbitration Centre – On Arbitrator Conduct in Cases Involving External Funding (PN – 01/17, 31 March 2017). The Practice Note sets out standards of practice and conduct to be observed by arbitrators and includes provisions on impartiality and independence, disclosure (including the disclosure of potential arbitrator conflicts) and costs. The Practice Note supplements arbitrators’ obligations under the Arbitration Rules of the Singapore International Arbitration Centre. The Singapore International Arbitration Centre also published investment arbitration rules which include provisions on third party funding: Singapore International Arbitration Centre Investment Rules (1 January 2017), rr 24(l), 33.1 and 35.

207 Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore), s 5B(3)–(4).

208 Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore), s 5B(5)–(6).

209 The exceptions were set out in Unruh v Seeberger [2007] HKCFA 10, (2007) 10 HKCFAR 31 at [92]–[98] and include: (a) where the funder has a pre-existing relationship with the claimant and a legitimate interest in the outcome of the litigation, (b) where the claimant has a meritorious case but does not have the resources to proceed, and (c) where liquidators use funding to fund insolvency proceedings. Litigation funding is most used in the insolvency context.

  1. Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017. Sections 98K and 98L provide the common law offences of maintenance and champerty do not apply in relation to third party funding of arbitration. Section 98M provides that ss 98K and 98L “do not affect any rule of law as to the cases in which a contract is to be treated as contrary to public policy or otherwise illegal”.

211 Law Reform Commission of Hong Kong Third Party Funding for Arbitration (Report, October 2016) at [2.6].

Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts and Dubai International Financial Centre






  1. Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018. We also note that in 2018, the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre also published its 2018 HKIAC Administered Arbitration Rules, which include provisions relating to the disclosure of third party funding agreements: see Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre 2018 Administered Arbitration Rules (2018) at [44.1].

213 Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, s 98J.

  1. Unlike the Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018), the HK Code is binding on all “third party funders”, it includes provisions requiring funders to maintain effective procedures for managing conflicts of interest, and it requires disclosure of the fact of funding and identify of the funder to the other party to the arbitration and the arbitration body.

215 Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, s 98X.

  1. A court or tribunal can however take into account any failure to comply with the Hong Kong Code if it is relevant to a question the court or tribunal is deciding: see Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, s 98S.
  2. There are various other free zones in the United Arab Emirates, which have their own regulations and procedures, but are governed by United Arab Emirates federal law and do not have their own court systems. They fall under the jurisdictional supervision of the court system of the emirate in which they are located.

218 Jonathan Brown and Raymond Kisswany “Conducting litigation in United Arab Emirates” (25 July 2019) Lexology

<www.lexology.com>. The Dubai International Financial Centre Courts began operations in 2006. The Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts have been fully operational since May 2016.

  1. Robyn Waller and Courtney Rothery “United Arab Emirates: The Lawfulness of Third Party/Litigation Funding of Arbitration and Litigation in the UAE” (2 May 2019) Mondaq <www.mondaq.com>.

the litigation than the funded party.220 The ADGM and DIFC courts have recently issued rules for litigation funding.221

(a) In the ADGM courts, regulations and Litigation Funding Rules apply to all litigation funding agreements and set out requirements that litigation funders and funding agreements must satisfy to be enforceable. These cover matters such as the funder’s commission, capital adequacy, and managing conflicts of interest.222

(b) The DIFC courts also have rules in relation to litigation funding, which include obligations on funded parties to disclose the fact of litigation funding and the funders’ identity to every other party and the DIFC Registry,223 as well as standards expected of legal practitioners acting in funded proceedings.224 Funders are not subject to any regulation, however the courts have inherent jurisdiction to order costs against third parties (including funders) where appropriate.225


























220 Robyn Waller and Courtney Rothery “United Arab Emirates: The Lawfulness of Third Party/Litigation Funding of Arbitration and Litigation in the UAE” (2 May 2019) Mondaq <www.mondaq.com>.

  1. Andrew Mackenzie and Lina Bugaighis “Third party funding in the UAE” Global Arbitration News (online ed, United Arab Emirates, 25 April 2019); and Carolina Ramirez On the Rise: Third Party Funding in the Middle East (Vannin Capital, In Conversation Series No V, February 2018).

222 ADGM Courts, Civil Evidence, Judgments, Enforcement and Judicial Appointments Regulations 2015, reg 225; and Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019.

223 Dubai International Financial Centre Courts Practice Direction No 2 of 2017 – Third Party Funding in the DIFC Courts

(PD 2/2017, 14 March 2017) at [4]–[6].

224 For example, legal practitioners shall not be swayed from duties to the client by any instructions or interest of the funder, they are required to advise funded clients about the effects of funding agreements, and they are prohibited from receiving referral fees or benefits from the funder (unless full disclosure is made in writing): Dubai International Financial Centre Courts Order No 4 of 2019 – Mandatory Code of Conduct for Legal Practitioners in the DIFC Courts (September 2019) at [12(E)], [17(B)] and [18(D)].

225 Dubai International Financial Centre Courts Practice Direction No 2 of 2017 – Third Party Funding in the DIFC Courts

(PD 2/2017, 14 March 2017) at [9].

CHAPTER 16

Problems with the lack of regulatory certainty

INTRODUCTION

(a) Uncertainty about whether litigation funding is contrary to maintenance and champerty and whether the policy behind maintenance and champerty is still relevant.

(b) Uncertainty about the parameters within which litigation funders can operate.

(c) The impact of the uncertainty on the litigation funding market.

UNCERTAINTY ABOUT WHETHER LITIGATION FUNDING IS CONTRARY TO MAINTENANCE AND CHAMPERTY






1 Lawyers and Conveyancers Act 2006, ss 333–334.

2 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2016] NZCA 338 at [14].

Is the policy behind maintenance and champerty still relevant?




  1. See Chapter 1. See also Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [177]; and Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [28] and [77].

4 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [111] per Elias CJ.

  1. The doctrines are said to be “so old that their origins can no longer be traced”: Giles v Thompson [1993] UKHL 2; [1994] 1 AC 142 (HL) at 153 per Lord Mustill. Some sources attribute their origins to the Statute of Westminster, The First 1275 (Eng) 3 Edw I c 25: Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [2.17]; The Law Reform Commission of Western Australia Maintenance and Champerty in Western Australia (Project 110: Discussion Paper, 2019) at 6; and Gian Marco Solas Third Party Funding: Law, Economics and Policy (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2019) at 24. Some trace their origins even further back to Athenian and Roman law: see Max Radin “Maintenance by Champerty” (1935) 24 CLR 48.

6 New South Wales Law Reform Commission Barratry, Maintenance and Champerty (NSWLRC DP36, 1994) at [2.9].

  1. Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 1 citing Giles v Thompson [1993] UKHL 2; [1994] 1 AC 142 (HL) per Sir Thomas Bingham MR; Gian Marco Solas Third Party Funding: Law, Economics and Policy (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2019) at 26; and Glen Anderson “The Trendtex Principle in Australian Law: Context and Recent Developments” [2016] UWALawRw 7; (2016) 40(2) UWAL Rev 85 at 87.

8 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [115].

  1. PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [115]. See also Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [253]; and The Law Reform Commission of Western Australia Maintenance and Champerty in Western Australia (Project 110: Discussion Paper, 2019) at 8.

policy or otherwise illegal). In Houghton v Saunders, the High Court commented on these developments, saying: 10

... there has been a dramatic change in attitude, with some jurisdictions abolishing the tort of champerty altogether and courts generally adopting a much more liberal and relaxed approach, to the point where many authorities appear actively to support litigation funding as a matter of public policy.

...the interests of justice can require the court to unshackle itself from the constraints of the former simple rule against champerty and maintenance. Access to justice is a fundamental principle of the rule of law. It can require flexibility to meet the harsh reality of the current cost to the injured party of litigation, which is often more than a would-be plaintiff can sensibly be expected to bear. The result would be a failure of justice: a plaintiff with merits can be excluded from relief against the defendant who has committed a legal wrong.



10 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [176].

11 For example, in Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [177] French J remarked:

In an age where the costs of litigation are beyond the means of many people, professional funders undoubtedly have an increasingly important role to play in ensuring that legal obligations and rights are enforced and vindicated ...

See also Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [28] and [77].

12 Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [17].

  1. Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [45]– [46].

14 Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [28].

  1. See PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [116]; Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [41]–[42]; and Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at

[27] and [77].

16 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [41]–[42].


agreements contrary to public policy.17 She also intimated that, in the absence of statutory regulation, litigation funding carries a risk of oppression, which justifies close scrutiny of funding arrangements by the courts to prevent civil claims being treated as negotiable interests.18

UNCERTAINTY ABOUT THE PARAMETERS WITHIN WHICH LITIGATION FUNDERS CAN OPERATE

IMPACT OF UNCERTAINTY ON THE LITIGATION FUNDING MARKET

TIME TO CONSIDER LITIGATION FUNDING



17 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [111].

18 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [116] and [121].





CHAPTER 17



Advantages and disadvantages of litigation funding


INTRODUCTION

(a) Improving access to justice.

(b) Reducing the risks of litigation.

(c) Allowing plaintiffs to stay focussed on activities other than litigation.

(d) Expanding financing options in respect of litigation.

(e) The availability of a funder’s litigation expertise.

(f) Providing confidence for defendants.

(a) The risk that the court system may become burdened with an increase in litigation, in particular, additional representative or class actions.

(b) The risk of encouraging meritless litigation.

(c) Impacts on the availability and pricing of directors and officers liability insurance.

ADVANTAGES OF LITIGATION FUNDING

Improving access to justice


of litigation in return for a commission. 1 In Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding, the Supreme Court noted that funders will only fund claims where the projected return is sufficient to offset the costs of litigation and the risks of failure. It cautioned that the access to justice justification for litigation funding can be exaggerated and is “not a general panacea to offset rising costs of litigation”.2





1 Malcolm Stewart “Class Actions and Litigation Funding” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 212 at 221.

2 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [41].

  1. Although note there are some instances of litigation funding occurring for non-financial motives: see Kaja Zaleska- Korziuk “When the Good Samaritan Pays: The Phenomenon of Strategic Third-Party Funding” (2018) 18 Asper Rev Int’l Bus & Trade L 160.
  2. Western Australia’s Civil Litigation Assistance Scheme is an avenue to obtain legal aid funding for civil litigation. Further information about the scheme is available at Legal Aid Western Australia “Home” <www.legalaid.wa.gov.au>.
  3. For information about the Public Interest Advocacy Centre see <http://piac.a s n.au> . In 2008, the Victorian Law Reform Commission recommended the creation of a self-funding Justice Fund to financially assist parties with meritorious cases in the public interest, in conjunction with law firms charging on a no win, no fee basis. The recommendation was not implemented: see Victorian Law Reform Commission Civil Justice Review: Report (January 2008) at 12–13 and ch 10.
  4. See Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 607.
  5. Capital Strategic Advisors (CSA) also notes that litigation funding, by alleviating credit constraints and reducing risk for plaintiffs, is likely to have efficiency benefits. The counterfactual for this analysis is zero third-party funding. CSA also suggests litigation funding may facilitate claims that a plaintiff subjectively may not perceive as having a high chance of success, but that funders (with their wider experience and more specialised knowledge of litigation) recognise as having a positive expected value. While funders carefully select the cases they fund, their expertise in judging the expected value of claims means they may also be less risk adverse than some plaintiffs. See Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 51–58.
  6. See for example Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [1.29]; Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [2.1]; Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 607; and Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Preliminary Report (Volume One, May 2009) at 160.

adverse costs regime, such as Aotearoa New Zealand.9 In his Review of Civil Litigation Costs, Jackson LJ said:10

It is now recognised that many claimants cannot afford to pursue valid claims without third party funding; that it is better for such claimants to forfeit a percentage of their damages than to recover nothing at all; and that third party funding has a part to play in promoting access to justice.

In an age when the costs of litigation are beyond the means of many people, professional funders undoubtedly have an increasingly important role to play in ensuring that legal obligations and rights are enforced and vindicated.

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [1.29].

10 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Preliminary Report (Volume One, May 2009) at 160.

  1. For example, see Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [28] and [77]; Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [176]–[177]; Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group v Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd [2016] NZHC 245 at [89]; and Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [16]–[17].

12 Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) at [177].

  1. Andrew Saker “Litigation funders level the playing field” (4 August 2020) Omni Bridgeway <www.omnibridgeway.com>; Malcolm Stewart “Class Actions and Litigation Funding” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 212 at 222–223; Andrew Hooker “Andrew Hooker on why litigation funding is needed to level the playing field between the haves and the have nots” (4 December 2017) Interest <www.interest.co.nz>; Bill Wilson “Insights from a litigation funder” (2016) 888 LawTalk 27 at 27; and Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Preliminary Report (Volume One, May 2009) at 163.

14 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [42].

15 See Malcolm Stewart “Class Actions and Litigation Funding” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 212 at 222–223.

16 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Preliminary Report (Volume One, May 2009) at 163.


substantial sum of any award will be paid to a litigation funder.17 Funder profits are discussed in more detail in Chapter 21.

Representative actions and class actions




17 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [74].

18 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151.

  1. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.8] noting that in Camping Warehouse v Downer EDI (Approval of Settlement) [2016] VSC 784, the average pay- out per class member was expected to be $633.29, whereas the legal fees were $2.85 million. See also Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [3.49].
  2. The material in this section is based on our own research, as well as the helpful empirical research conducted by Nikki Chamberlain: see Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132. We are aware of three cases where a representative action is reported to have been filed, but there is not yet a decision available as to whether the case can proceed in a representative form. These are a proceeding brought by shareholders of Intueri Education Group against some of the former directors of the company and two proceedings related to the collapse of insurance company CBL Corporation.
  3. Houghton v Saunders [2008] NZHC 1569; (2008) 19 PRNZ 173 (HC) (this is the first of the many decisions in the prolonged Feltex litigation). The litigation was initially managed and funded by Joint Action Funding Ltd. Harbour Litigation Funding funded part of the proceeding but ceased funding in late 2015. Joint Action Funding Ltd has remained involved.

22 King & Wood Mallesons The Review: Class Actions in Australia 2018/2019 (2019) at 5.

  1. Vince Morabito “Empirical Perspectives on 25 Years of Class Actions” in Damian Grave and Helen Mould (eds) 25 Years of Class Actions in Australia: 1992–2017 (Ross Parsons Centre of Commercial, Corporate and Taxation Law, Sydney, 2017) 43 at 48.
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [1.30]. Of the 71 funded claims filed in the Federal Court from 2013 to 2018, 52.1 per cent (37) were claims by shareholders, and 23.9 per cent (17) were claims by investors. This compares with 5.6 per cent (4) four consumer protection and product liability class actions that were funded, and 4.2 per cent (3) mass tort claims.

the year to 13 June 2019, 16 consumer class actions were filed in Australia.25 Consumer class actions are now the most common form of new class action case in Australia.26 These have included claims of modest individual value.

Insolvency proceedings

Reducing risks of litigation


  1. King & Wood Mallesons The Review: Class Actions in Australia 2018/2019 (2019) at 4. These include product liability claims relating to the Essure contraceptive device, Hardi spray units, faulty airbags and aluminium composite panel cladding; claims relating to add-on car insurance; a claim by the taxi industry against Uber; and claims relating to banking charges and legal fees.

26 Allens Class Action Risk 2020 (March 2020) at 3 and 6.

27 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 151.

28 Nikki Chamberlain “Class Actions in New Zealand: An Empirical Study” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 132 at 152.

  1. Re Nautilus Developments Ltd (in liq) [2000] 2 NZLR 505 (HC); Re Gellert Developments Ltd (in liq) (2001) 9 NZCLC 262,714 (HC); Computer Training Services Ltd v Universal Data Systems Ltd [2001] NZCA 305; (2001) 15 PRNZ 401 (HC); Parkhouse Joinery Ltd v Parkinson HC Christchurch CP109/01, 5 February 2002; Kings Wharf Coldstore Ltd (in rec and in liq) v Wilson [2005] NZHC 283; (2005) 2 NZCCLR 1042 (HC); AMP Capital Investments No 4 Ltd v IBS Group Ltd (in liq) [2008] NZHC 1740; [2009] NZCCLR 19 (HC); ALF No 9 Pty Ltd v Ellis HC Wellington CIV-2009-485-435, 13 October 2009; Capital & Merchant Finance Ltd v Perpetual Trust Ltd [2015] NZHC 1233; Walker v Forbes [2015] NZHC 1730, [2015] 3 NZLR 831; Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq) v Yan [2019] NZHC 255; and Cain v Mettrick [2019] NZHC 802, [2019] NZAR 668.

30 Re Nautilus Developments Ltd (in liq) [2000] 2 NZLR 505 (HC).

31 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 53.


are owner-operated, have limited retained earnings or liquid assets, and/or its managers are highly specialised in a small market. CSA suggests that litigation funding allows the plaintiff to make litigation decisions as if it were risk neutral. This is likely to be particularly significant for costly litigation, because the larger the risk relative to the party’s ability to absorb it, the higher the risk aversion.32

Allowing plaintiffs to stay focussed on activities other than litigation

Expanding financing options in respect of litigation

(a) Compared to a bank loan with interest, capital from a litigation funder only needs to be repaid if the case is successful. As it is non-recourse (a commission is only payable if the litigation is successful), it mitigates the company’s litigation costs and risks.

(b) It delivers an immediate accounting benefit. Whereas a loan adds to the company’s operating expense and reduces profit, litigation funding can be treated as revenue. Litigation costs are also removed from the company’s balance sheet, releasing capital for other priorities.

(c) It is a flexible form of finance that can be used for litigation or any other purpose the company deems necessary during a lengthy case, for example to defray operation expenses or fund other litigation.






32 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 53.

33 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 53–54.

34 Omni Bridgeway “A cost-benefit analysis of litigation finance” (25 April 2019) <www.omnibridgeway.com>.

We’ve had a number of applications from reasonably-sized commercial organisations that recognise that litigation is simply another asset on their balance sheet and that having it funded allows them to employ capital efficiently across their business. Cost of a case is a big consideration and strategically they might be better to fund a case with someone else’s money. They also recognise they might get a better outcome too. They don’t want to tie their money up in litigation.

Availability of a funder’s litigation expertise


35 Nick Butcher “Litigation funding and class actions: What’s happening in New Zealand?” (2019) 929 LawTalk 66 at 73.

  1. See Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 59; Finn Brooke and Andreas Heuser “Litigation funding: Two perspectives – the funder and the lawyer” New Zealand Lawyer (Wellington, 23 March 2012) at 25; John Pierce and David Burnett “The Emerging Market for Litigation Funding” The Hedge Fund Journal (online ed, London, June 2013); Bill Wilson “Insights from a litigation funder” (2016) 888 LawTalk 27 at 28; and Ashurst “Litigation funding” (18 June 2019) <www.ashurst.com>.
  2. Finn Brooke and Andreas Heuser “Litigation funding: Two perspectives – the funder and the lawyer” New Zealand Lawyer (Wellington, 23 March 2012) at 25.
  3. Finn Brooke and Andreas Heuser “Litigation funding: Two perspectives – the funder and the lawyer” New Zealand Lawyer (Wellington, 23 March 2012) at 25.
  4. Omni Bridgeway, Submission No 73 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (17 June 2020) at 6.
  5. Law Council of Australia, Submission No 67 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (16 June 2020) at [11] citing Law Council of Australia Regulation of third party litigation funding in Australia (Position Paper, June 2011) at [4]. See also Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 62–63.
  6. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 607.

heard that representative plaintiffs and class members often have no experience of litigation and appreciate having access to the funder’s litigation experience and expertise.

...the existence of a litigation funder might mean that litigation is conducted in a professional manner with more of an eye to the potential risks and benefits of the litigation but that depends on the commercial ability, integrity and motives of the funder, as well as on the motives and integrity of the lawyers involved.

Confidence for defendants

DISADVANTAGES OF LITIGATION FUNDING

Increasing the workload of the courts


42 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [43].

  1. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 622.
  2. The Australian Law Reform Commission noted this point and also observed that class action proceedings typically take around two and a half years to resolve, with many lasting significantly longer: Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.14]. For further discussion see Chapter 6.

45 IMF Bentham Ltd Annual Report 2019 (2019) at 3.


Commission noted in 2014 that the number of additional claims encouraged by the provision of litigation funding is extremely small – constituting less than 0.1 per cent of the overall civil litigation market by volume.46 At these levels, funded claims are likely to represent a small fraction of total civil claims, even taking into account an expansion of the litigation funding market. In Aotearoa New Zealand, there is a lack of complete data on the number of cases that have received litigation funding, but it seems likely that the number of funded cases, as a percentage of total filings, remains very low.

The risk of an increase in meritless cases




  1. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 618.
  2. Sean Thompson, Dai Wai Chin Feman and Aaron Katz “United States” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 217 at 218.

48 See Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 56.

  1. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [42]. See also Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [31] noting that:

It is thus conceivable that, unless there is a suitable order for security for costs, an unscrupulous funder might orchestrate a class action on an insubstantial basis with a view to extorting an unjustified settlement from the defence.


meritless cases reaching court. 50 CSA also notes that economic analysis of litigation funding is generally not supportive of concerns about meritless claims. 51 It reiterates that funders are in the business of making profits from financing litigation, and funding meritless claims would mean investing in claims with a low probability of success. 52 Funders that have an ongoing presence in the market face strong financial and reputational incentives to avoid meritless claims.53

(a) Preliminary appraisal of merits of a representative action: In Earthquake Services v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group, the Court of Appeal held that a provisional appraisal of a representative action is needed, to ensure leave is not granted to “plainly meritless claims”.54

(b) Stay of proceedings: A court can order a stay of proceedings to prevent them from continuing without the leave of the court.55 This power allows the court to prevent misuse of its procedures.56 A court may order a stay if the conduct of a third party (such as a litigation funder) is “seriously burdensome, prejudicial or damaging” or “productive of serious and unjustified trouble and harassment”.57

(c) Striking out proceedings: A case can be struck out if it does not disclose a reasonably arguable cause of action or is frivolous or vexatious.58

(d) Security for costs: A court may order security for costs where it is just, and the plaintiff is based overseas or impecunious.59 In cases where a litigation funder is involved in representative litigation, the High Court has ordered security for costs in reliance on its inherent jurisdiction.60



  1. See Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 117; and Wayne Attrill Ethical Issues in Litigation Funding (12 November 2008) at 11.

51 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 57.

52 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 57.

53 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 57.

  1. Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [16]. See also Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [42]; and Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69 at [29]–[30] (the standard may increase if the litigation is funded). For further discussion see Chapters 9 and 15.

55 High Court Rules 2016, r 15.1(3); and Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [30].

  1. Jeffery & Katauskas Pty Ltd v SST Consulting Pty Ltd [2009] HCA 43, (2009) 239 CLR 75 at [28] as cited by the New Zealand Supreme Court in Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [32].
  2. Jeffery & Katauskas Pty Ltd v SST Consulting Pty Ltd [2009] HCA 43, (2009) 239 CLR 75 at [28] as cited by the New Zealand Supreme Court in Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [32]. See also Cain v Mettrick [2020] NZHC 2125 at [65]. For further discussion see Chapters 15 and 21.

58 High Court Rules 2016, r 15.1(1). For further discussion see Chapter 15.

59 High Court Rules 2016, r 5.45.

60 Houghton v Saunders [2015] NZCA 141 at [11]. For further discussion see Chapter 15.

(e) Indemnity costs: Indemnity costs are a complete reimbursement of all legal costs incurred by the successful party.61These costs are only awarded in truly exceptional cases and usually require exceptionally bad behaviour.62

(f) Non-party costs orders: In exceptional circumstances, a court can also make a costs order against a non-party, which could include a litigation funder.63

Impact on directors and officers liability insurance

Trends in the Australasian D&O insurance market




61 High Court Rules 2016, r 14.6.

  1. Bradbury v Westpac Banking Corp [2009] NZCA 234, [2009] 3 NZLR 400 at [28]; Hedley v Kiwi Co-Operative Dairies Ltd (2000) 15 PRNZ 210 (HC) at [8]; and Prebble v Awatere Huata (No 2) [2005] NZSC 18, [2005] 2 NZLR 467 at [6]. For further discussion see Chapter 6.
  2. Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145; and Bligh v Earthquake Commission [2019] NZHC 2236. See also Chapter 15.
  3. In 2013, the Supreme Court confirmed a statutory charge under s 9(1) of the Law Reform Act 1936 applies to the entire insured sum where the policy limit was inclusive of defence costs: BFSL 2007 Ltd v Steigrad [2013] NZSC 156, [2014] 1 NZLR 304. Some D&O insurance providers in New Zealand now offer a companion defence costs policy to ensure that, where the main sum is subject to a statutory charge, insurance can still be accessed to meet any defence costs: see Zurich Companion Directors and Officers Defence Costs and Expenses Insurance: Fact Sheet (2012).
  4. Institute of Directors New Zealand, MinterEllisonRuddWatts; and Marsh Directors and Officers Insurance: Trends and Issues in Turbulent Times (June 2019) at 4.

66 International Risk Management Institute “Glossary: Hard Market” <www.irmi.com>.

  1. Institute of Directors New Zealand, MinterEllisonRuddWatts and Marsh Directors and Officers Insurance: Trends and Issues in Turbulent Times (June 2019) at 4. This appears to be a recent trend with previous accounts of D&O insurance noting little change in pricing: see Guy Narburgh and Sally-Anne Ivimey “Side by Side (A, B and C): Securities Class Actions and D&O Insurance” in Damian Grave and Helen Mould (eds) 25 Years of Class Actions in Australia: 1992–2017 (Ross Parsons Centre of Commercial, Corporate and Taxation Law, Sydney, 2017) 371.

slowing.68 Marsh also observed increases, although less dramatic, in the average price of commercial insurance premiums worldwide.69

Is litigation funding to blame?




  1. Marsh Pty Ltd, Submission No 14 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 2. See also Marsh The D&O Insurance Wave: Staying Above Water (December 2019).

69 Marsh Insights: Global Insurance Prices Continue to Rise for Tenth Consecutive Quarter (May 2020) at Figure 1.

  1. Institute of Directors New Zealand, MinterEllisonRuddWatts and Marsh Directors and Officers Insurance: Trends and Issues in Turbulent Times (June 2019) at 4. In a D&O insurance policy a retention is often used in place of a deductible/excess: the retention is the amount that the insured party must pay themselves before being able to draw on the insurance cover.
  2. Aon reported in the second quarter of 2019 that 70.6 per cent of D&O insurance policies were renewed with the same deductible and 66 per cent at the same limit and deductible which suggested tightening terms and conditions: Aon Quarterly D&O Pricing Index: Second Quarter 2019 (July 2019) at 8 as cited in Allianz Directors and Officers Insurance Insights 2020 (2020) at 6.
  3. Institute of Directors New Zealand, MinterEllisonRuddWatts and Marsh Directors and Officers Insurance: Trends and Issues in Turbulent Times (June 2019) at 4.
  4. Marsh Pty Ltd, Submission No 14 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 2.
  5. A long-tail financial risk is a liability (to the insurer) for claims that do not proceed to final settlement until a length of time beyond the policy year. This will include D&O insurance claims where prolonged litigation means final settlement of insurance claims may not occur until years after notification: “Allianz to exit Australia and NZ long-tail risk” (3 July 2019) Insurance News <www.insurancenews.com.au>.
  6. See Group of 100, Submission No 95 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (8 July 2020) at 2; Australian Institute of Company Directors, Submission No 40 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 9; and Business Council of Australia, Submission No 86 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (June 2020) at 5.

contributing to the hardening of the Australasian market. 76 In Australia, Marsh has described the rising cost of D&O insurance as being closely correlated to an increase in the number and size of shareholder class actions in Australia since 2011, noting that all such class actions filed in the period 2013–2018 were funded.77 Marsh also estimated that shareholder class action claims between 2001 and 2018 cost insurers in excess of
A$1 billion.78

  1. For example, see “D&O’s at risk from new liabilities and litigation culture” Actuarial Post <www.actuarialpost.co.uk>; Stefania Davi-Greer, Terry FitzGerald and Matthew Lamplugh “Exposures for directors and officers (D&Os) continue to evolve globally” Financier Worldwide (online ed, United Kingdom, June 2019); and Institute of Directors, MinterEllisonRuddWatts and Marsh Under pressure – D&O insurance in a hard market: Trends and insights (September 2020) at 3.
  2. Marsh Pty Ltd, Submission No 14 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 2. See also Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.24].
  3. Marsh Insights: Shareholder class actions shaping the future of Australia’s D&O insurance landscape (August 2018) at 4 (figures as at June 2018). Another report estimates that insurers had paid AUD$1.28 billion in securities class action settlements and defence costs since 1999, while the average total cost to an insurer for a class action case (settlement plus defence costs) has been calculated as AUD$40 million: see XL Catlin and Wotton + Kearney Show me the money! The impact of securities class actions on the Australian D&O Liability insurance market (September 2017) at 9 and 11.
  4. Vince Morabito Shareholder class actions in Australia – myths v facts (An evidence-based approach to class action reform in Australia, November 2019) at 19.
  5. Vince Morabito Shareholder class actions in Australia – myths v facts (An evidence-based approach to class action reform in Australia, November 2019) at 19.
  6. In other words, ‘Side C’ insurance could be separated out from D&O insurance policies, although this could lead to lawyers and funders adding claims against directors in an attempt to access Side A (director) and Side B company indemnification of directors) insurance: Michael Legg and James Metzger “Submission to Australian Law Reform Commission: Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders Project” (27 July 2018) at 4 as discussed Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [9.88].
  7. The proceedings in Houghton v Saunders, and one of the CBL actions (funded by LPF Group). Notably the other action being brought against CBL is not pursuing actions against the directors, only the company.
  8. Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority “FMA statement on director liability and continuous disclosure” (press release, 17 June 2020).

Company Directors has suggested that the combination of strict continuous disclosure laws and a facilitative class actions regime in Australia means there is a risk that a class action can be filed following any significant shift in a listed company’s share price.84 Therefore, the strictness of disclosure laws may play a role in enabling class actions which impact on D&O insurance policies. Nevertheless, whether liability for breaches of continuous disclosure obligations is set at an appropriate level is a question properly assessed by reference to the substantive law on continuous disclosure, not the procedure by which such claims are brought. We note that an industry led-working group initiated by the NZX and the FMA recommended the Ministry for Business, Innovation and Employment review settings around director liability for continuous disclosure in Aotearoa New Zealand. 85 The Australian Law Reform Commission (ALRC) also made a similar recommendation regarding Australian disclosure laws in a 2018 report.86


  1. Australian Institute of Company Directors, Submission No 40 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (11 June 2020) at 3.

85 Capital Markets 2029 Growing New Zealand’s Capital Markets 2029 (September 2019) at 36–38.

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at Recommendation 24.

87 Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (In liq) v Yan [2018] NZHC 2470.

88 Partridge Advisory “Why Mainzeal is potential game changer” (2 September 2019) <www.partridgeadvisory.com>.

  1. XL Catlin and Wotton + Kearney Show me the money! The impact of securities class actions on the Australian D&O Liability insurance market (September 2017) at 15. Marsh The D&O Insurance Wave: Staying Above Water (December 2019) at 1. See also Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [1.74].
  2. See IMF Bentham “Submission to Australian Law Reform Commission: Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third- Party Litigation Funders Project” (6 August 2018) at [2.26]–[2.31] (note that Omni Bridgeway was then called IMF Bentham).
  3. James Fernyhough “Royal commission fears spark mass insurance exclusions” Financial Review (online ed, Sydney, 2 January 2019).

2020_4509.png

OVERALL MERITS OF LITIGATION FUNDING

QUESTIONS


2020_4556.png


2020_4522.png

Our preliminary view is that litigation funding is desirable in principle, provided the particular concerns discussed in Chapters 19–22 can be adequately managed. In our preliminary discussions, no one has suggested that litigation funding should be prohibited. In our view, the advantages of litigation funding, particularly its potential to improve access to justice in some cases, outweigh its potential impacts. The risk of litigation funding leading to an increase in unmeritorious claims appears to be low, given the profit motive of litigation funders. Although litigation funding may be impacting on D&O insurance, it is not easy to separate out the effects of litigation funding from other factors contributing to this change.






Q37
Which of the potential advantages and disadvantages of permitting litigation
funding do you think are most important, and why?
Q38
Is litigation funding desirable for Aotearoa New Zealand in principle?



















  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [9.81].

CHAPTER 18


Reforming maintenance and champerty

INTRODUCTION

(a) Retaining the torts in their current form and allowing the courts to clarify and develop the law.

(b) Retaining the torts but carving out a statutory exception for litigation funding agreements that meet certain requirements.

(c) Abolishing the torts.

(d) Abolishing the torts but retaining the courts’ ability to find a funding agreement unenforceable on grounds of public policy or illegality.

SHOULD THE TORTS OF MAINTENANCE AND CHAMPERTY BE RETAINED IN THEIR CURRENT FORM?




  1. A J MacLeod and J C Martin “Offences and Punishments under the New Criminal Code” (1955) 33 Can Bar Rev 20 at 23–24.

they remain actionable in tort.2 That said, the tort of champerty typically has had the effect of acting as a shield against the enforcement of champertous agreements, rather than serving as the basis of an action for damages.3

(a) The agreement must be necessary to provide access to justice;

(b) The access to justice facilitated by the funding agreement must be substantively meaningful;

(c) The agreement must be fair and reasonable and facilitate access to justice, while protecting the interests of defendants; and






  1. See the Criminal Code SC 1953-54 c 51, s 9 abolished all common law crimes in 1953; and the Statute of Champerty RSO 1897 c 327.
  2. Hugh A Meighen “Canada” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 39 at 41.
  3. Hugh A Meighen “Canada” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 39 at 41.

5 McIntyre Estate v Ontario (Attorney General) (2002) 61 OR (3d) 257 (ONCA).

6 Metzler Investment GMBH v Gildan Activewear Inc (2009) 81 CPC (6th) 384 (ONSC); and Dugal v Manulife Financial Corp

2011 ONSC 3147.

  1. Schenk v Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc 2015 ONSC 3215, (2015) 74 CPC (7th) 332. See also Seedlings Life Science Ventures, LCC v Pfizer Canada Inc 2017 FC 826, (2017) 152 CPR (4th) 319.

8 For a summary of useful judicial commentary from 2009 to 2015, see Hugh A Meighen “Canada” in Leslie Perrin (ed)

The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 39 at 43–45.

  1. McIntyre Estate v Ontario (Attorney General) (2002) 61 OR (3d) 257 (ONCA) at [27], [75] and [80]; and Metzler Investment GMBH v Gildan Activewear Inc (2009) 81 CPC (6th) 384 (ONSC) at [44]–[45].

10 McIntyre Estate v Ontario (Attorney General) (2002) 61 OR (3d) 257 (ONCA) at [76].

11 Houle v St Jude Medical Inc 2017 ONSC 5129, (2017) 9 CPC (8th) 321.

(d) The funder must not be overcompensated for assuming the risks of an adverse costs award because this would make the agreement unfair, overreaching and champertous.

SHOULD THERE BE A STATUTORY EXCEPTION FOR SOME LITIGATION FUNDING ARRANGEMENTS?





12 JC Scott Constructions v Mermaid Waters Tavern Pty Ltd [1984] 2 Qd R 413 (QSC).

13 JC Scott Constructions v Mermaid Waters Tavern Pty Ltd [1984] 2 Qd R 413 (QSC) at 429.

14 JC Scott Constructions v Mermaid Waters Tavern Pty Ltd [1984] 2 Qd R 413 (QSC) at 430.


litigation funding is generally not permitted.15 However, litigation funding is now expressly permitted for arbitration and related mediation and court proceedings, following promulgation of the Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017. The Ordinance provides that the torts and the common law offences of maintenance and champerty “do not apply” in relation to third party funding of arbitration.16 These exceptions are subject to “any rule of law as to the cases in which a contract is to be treated as contrary to public policy or otherwise illegal”.17 The exceptions reflect that Hong Kong is a major international centre for international arbitration.18

Subsidising Litigation

22 Maintenance and champerty restricted

The common law torts of maintenance and champerty do not apply to a class action. 23 Contracts to finance actions

A contract between a litigation funder and another person in respect of a class action or proposed class action is not illegal, or unenforceable as contrary to public policy, by reason only of the fact that it contains an undertaking to finance the commencement or continuation of that action.

24 Abuse of process

Nothing in section 22 or section 23 affects the power of the court to prohibit or control an action that constitutes an abuse of the process of the court.


  1. Three limited exceptions to this general prohibition were set out in Unruh v Seeberger (2007) 10 HKCFAR 31 at [92]– [98]. They include: ‘common interest’ cases, involving third parties with a legitimate interest in the outcome of the litigation; cases where ‘access to justice’ considerations apply; and a miscellaneous category, including insolvency litigation. Litigation funding is mostly used in insolvency cases.

16 Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, ss 98K–98L.

17 Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, s 98M.

18 The Ordinance came into force on 1 February 2019.

If a conditional fee agreement is, by virtue of subsection (1), not an illegal contract or an unenforceable contract, a lawyer does not by entering into that agreement make himself or herself liable to proceedings founded on the tort of maintenance or the tort of champerty.

SHOULD THE TORTS OF MAINTENANCE AND CHAMPERTY BE ABOLISHED?


19 Criminal Law Act 1967 (UK), ss 13–14.

20 Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore), ss 5A–5B.

  1. Victoria was the first state to do so in 1969. New South Wales later followed suit, as did South Australia, the Australian Capital Territory, and Tasmania. See Wrongs Act 1958 (Vic), s 32; Maintenance, Champerty and Barratry Abolition Act 1993 (NSW), ss 34; Civil Liability Act 2002 (NSW), sch 2 cl 2; Criminal Law Consolidation Act 1935 (SA), sch 11; Civil Law (Wrongs) Act 2002 (ACT), s 221; and Civil Liability Act 2002 (Tas), s 28E(ba) and (bb).

22 Law Reform Commission of Western Australia “Project No 110 – Maintenance and Champerty in Western Australia”

<www.lrc.justice.wa.gov.au>.

23 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 10.

24 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 10.

25 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 11.


jurisdictions of abolishing the torts while preserving the underlying public policy issues in their application to contract legality.26

What would be lost if the torts were abolished?


26 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 11.

27 Stephen Todd (ed) Todd on Torts (8th ed, Thomson Reuters, Wellington, 2019) at [18.4.04].

  1. See for example New South Wales Law Reform Commission Barratry, Maintenance and Champerty (NSWLRC DP36, 1994).

29 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 11.

30 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 124.

  1. The Law Reform Commission of Western Australia Maintenance and Champerty in Western Australia (Project 110: Discussion Paper, 2019) at 20.

32 JC Scott Constructions v Mermaid Waters Tavern Pty Ltd [1984] 2 Qd R 413 (QSC).


obtained damages for loss suffered because of the funded litigation. The loss was the cost of refinancing when litigation led the plaintiff’s banker to refuse to provide bank guarantees and an overdraft facility.

How could impacts of abolishing maintenance and champerty be mitigated?

... to prevent misuse of its procedure in a way which, although not inconsistent with the literal application of its procedural rules, would nevertheless be manifestly unfair to a party to litigation before it, or would otherwise bring the administration of justice into disrepute among right thinking people.



33 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 11.

  1. High Court Rules 2016, r 15.1(1). See also District Court Rules 2014, r 15.1(1). In Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [30] the Supreme Court accepted that the power, under the High Court Rules or the inherent powers of a court, to stay a proceeding for abuse of process is not limited to the narrow tort of abuse of process.

35 Hunter v Chief Constable of West Midlands Police [1981] UKHL 13; [1982] AC 529 (HL) at 536.

  1. Auckland City Council as Assignee of Body Corporate 16113 v Auckland City Council [2007] NZHC 1411; [2008] 1 NZLR 838 (HC) at [45]– [46].

37 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91.

  1. Jeffery & Katauskas Pty Ltd v SST Consulting Pty Ltd [2009] HCA 43, (2009) 239 CLR 75 at [27] citing IH Jacob “The Inherent Jurisdiction of the Court” (1970) 23 CLP 23 at 43.

(a) Deceive the court, are fictious or a mere sham.

(b) Use the process of the court in an unfair or dishonest way, for some ulterior or improper purpose or in an improper way.

(c) Are manifestly groundless, without foundation or serve no useful purpose.

(d) Are vexatious or oppressive.

SHOULD THE COURT’S ABILITY TO FIND A CONTRACT UNENFORCEABLE ON GROUNDS OF PUBLIC POLICY OR ILLEGALITY BE PRESERVED?




39 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [57].

  1. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [57]. There will not be an abuse of process where the effective assignment under a funding agreement is in favour of a party with a genuine commercial interest: PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [77]. See also Trendtex Trading Corp v Credit Suisse [1980] QB 629 (CA) at 645; and Samy Trustee Ltd v Pauanui Dream Estate Ltd [2020] NZHC 2118 at [25].
  2. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [57] citing the discussion in Stephen Todd “Parties” in Stephen Todd (ed) The Law of Torts in New Zealand (6th ed, Brookers, Wellington, 2013) Ch 23 at [23.12]; Marcus Smith and Nico Leslie The Law of Assignment (2nd ed, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2013) at [23.54]–[23.56]; and RP Balkin and JLR Davis Law of Torts (4th ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2009) at [25.40]–[25.41] and [29.22].

42 Criminal Law Act 1967 (UK), ss 13–14.

43 Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore), ss 5A–5B.


South Australia, Australian Capital Territory and Tasmania.44 Most of these jurisdictions preserve the court’s ability to find that a funding agreement is unenforceable if it is contrary to public policy or otherwise illegal.

That a person who hazards funds in litigation wishes to control the litigation is hardly surprising. That someone seeks out those who may have a claim and excites litigation where otherwise there would be none could be condemned as contrary to public policy only if a general rule against the maintenance of actions were to be adopted. But that approach has long since been abandoned and the qualification of that rule (by reference to criteria of common interest) proved unsuccessful. And if the conduct is neither criminal nor tortious, what would be the ultimate foundation for a conclusion not only that maintaining an action (or maintaining an action in return for a share of the proceeds) should be considered as contrary to public policy, but also that the claim that is maintained should not be determined by the court whose jurisdiction otherwise is regularly invoked?

  1. Victoria was the first state to do so in 1969. New South Wales later followed suit, as did South Australia, the Australian Capital Territory, and Tasmania. See Wrongs Act 1958 (Vic), s 32; Maintenance, Champerty and Barratry Abolition Act 1993 (NSW), ss 34; Civil Liability Act 2002 (NSW), sch 2 cl 2; Criminal Law Consolidation Act 1935 (SA), sch 11; Civil Law (Wrongs) Act 2002 (ACT), s 221; and Civil Liability Act 2002 (Tas), s 28E(ba) and (bb).

45 Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [92].

46 Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [89].

47 Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [91].

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [2.50]. See also Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [93]–[95].
  2. Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-055]–[8-057]. See also Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [2.48].

50 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 7.

2020_4557.png

2020_4514.png


above, it concluded that no great simplification of the law would be achieved by following these precedents.51 However, since that report, a body of case law has developed in Australia and England and Wales, which elaborates on what may be achieved by the adoption of a preservation provision.

QUESTIONS


2020_4558.png


2020_4546.png

The Law Reform Commission of Western Australia is currently considering this option. In its 2019 discussion paper, Maintenance and Champerty in Western Australia, it also noted that a proviso like that adopted in England and Wales and other Australian jurisdictions would have the advantage of having a body of case law behind it to clarify its meaning.52





Q39
To what extent, if any, do the torts of maintenance and champerty impact on the
availability and pricing of litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand?
Q40
Should the courts be left to clarify and develop the law in relation to maintenance
champerty, or should the law in relation to maintenance and champerty be reformed?
Q41
If reform is required, which option for clarifying the law do you prefer and why? For
example, should the torts of maintenance and champerty be:
  1. retained, subject to a statutory exception for litigation funding?
    1. abolished?
  1. abolished, subject to a statutory preservation of the courts’ ability to find a litigation funding agreement unenforceable on grounds of public policy or illegality?

















51 Te Aka Matua o te Ture | Law Commission Subsidising Litigation (NZLC R72, 2001) at 11.

  1. The Law Reform Commission of Western Australia Maintenance and Champerty in Western Australia (Project 110: Discussion Paper, 2019) at 34.

CHAPTER 19



Funder control of litigation

INTRODUCTION

(a) The concern with funder control of litigation.

(b) The level and kinds of funder control, influence, and participation that may be appropriate.

(c) Whether existing mechanisms for managing funder control are adequate.

(d) Whether the concern regarding funder control can be managed through minimum contract terms.

WHAT IS THE CONCERN WITH FUNDER CONTROL?



1 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [45].

2 In Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69 at [65], the High Court explained:

... concern remains to ensure that funders do not have control over claimants’ causes of action so as to pursue and determine them in their own interests, rather than facilitating pursuit by those who are entitled to assert the causes of action.

  1. Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-059].

... some measure of control is inevitable to enable a litigation funder to protect its investment. Not to allow sufficient control for this purpose may reduce unmeritorious claims but this would be at the expense of denying access to the courts for many with legitimate claims.

WHAT KINDS OF FUNDER CONTROL MAY BE APPROPRIATE?

To be objectionable such control must be beyond that which is reasonable to protect money actually advanced or committed to by the litigation funder.


  1. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [46]. See also Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69 at [66] where Dobson J said it would be “somewhat naïve to expect that he who pays the piper will not have some ability to call the tune”. See also Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [89] and [91].
  2. Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-059].
  3. Nick Rowles-Davies Third Party Litigation Funding (Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2014) at 220. This is consistent with our preliminary conversations with litigation funders.

7 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 62–63.

8 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [57].

9 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [122].


control of the litigation (and would yield the funder a significant profit).10 The Court said it is “hardly surprising” that someone who funds litigation would wish to control the litigation.11



  1. Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [88] per Gummow, Hayne and Crennan JJ.
  2. Campbells Cash and Carry Pty Ltd v Fostif Pty Ltd [2006] HCA 41, (2006) 229 CLR 386 at [89] per Gummow, Hayne and Crennan JJ.
  3. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.58] citing Jason Betts, David Taylor and Christine Tran “Litigation Funding for Class Actions” in Damian Grave and Helen Mould (eds) 25 Years of Class Actions in Australia: 1992–2017 (Ross Parsons Centre of Commercial, Corporate and Taxation Law, Sydney, 2017) 205 at 211.
  4. Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.71(c)].
  5. Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at [8-057].
  6. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.59]; and Nick Rowles-Davies Third Party Litigation Funding (Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2014) at [10.72].

Funded Party’s solicitor or barrister to cede control or conduct of the dispute to the Funder”.16

ARE EXISTING MECHANISMS TO MANAGE FUNDER CONTROL ADEQUATE?

Powers of the court to manage proceedings

(a) Order a stay of proceedings.

(b) Strike out proceedings.

(c) Order a funder to pay non-party costs.

Stay of proceedings



16 Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.3].

17 High Court Rules 2016, r 15.1(3); and Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [30].

  1. Jeffery & Katauskas Pty Ltd v SST Consulting Pty Ltd [2009] HCA 43, (2009) 239 CLR 75 at [28] as cited by the New Zealand Supreme Court in Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [32].
  2. Jeffery & Katauskas Pty Ltd v SST Consulting Pty Ltd [2009] HCA 43, (2009) 239 CLR 75 at [28] as cited by the New Zealand Supreme Court in Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [32]. See also Cain v Mettrick [2020] NZHC 2125 at [65].

20 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [91].

21 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [82].

22 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [126].

Striking out proceedings

Non-party costs orders

Maintenance and champerty

Tax law




23 High Court Rules 2016, r 15.1(1).

  1. High Court Rules 2016, r 14.1 provides that costs are at the discretion of the court. In Carborundum Abrasives Ltd v Bank of New Zealand (No 2) [1992] 3 NZLR 757 (HC), the High Court followed Aiden Shipping Co Ltd v Interbulk Ltd [1986] AC 965 (HL) and held that non-parties could be ordered to pay costs where justice so required. That decision has been followed in the New Zealand courts and was authoritatively confirmed by the Privy Council in Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145. See also the discussion in Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [52] and [64].
  2. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [52]; Dymocks Franchise Systems (NSW) Pty Ltd v Todd (No 2) [2004] UKPC 39, [2005] 1 NZLR 145 at [33]; and Poh v Cousins & Associates HC Christchurch CIV-2010-409-2654, 4 February 2011 at [36].

26 See Bligh v Earthquake Commission [2019] NZHC 2236.

  1. Product Ruling – BR PRD 15/04 of Te Tari o te Rōia Tāke Matua | Office of the Chief Tax Counsel (6 November 2015); Product Ruling – BR PRD 18/02 of Te Tari o te Rōia Tāke Matua | Office of the Chief Tax Counsel (23 February 2018); and Product Ruling – BR PRD 18/04 of Te Tari o te Rōia Tāke Matua | Office of the Chief Tax Counsel (19 September 2018).

rulings is that Harbour will not exercise control over the litigation it is funding.28 There is therefore a significant commercial incentive for those seeking to benefit from similar tax rulings to avoid controlling the proceedings they fund in Aotearoa New Zealand.

OPTION FOR REFORM – MINIMUM CONTRACT TERMS

(a) Provide the funder will not seek to influence the plaintiff or the plaintiff’s lawyer to give control or conduct of the litigation to the funder.32

(b) Provide the funder will not take any steps that cause or are likely to cause the funded party’s legal representation to act in breach on their professional duties.33

(c) Set out the funder’s role in decisions about whether to settle the proceedings and on what terms.34

(d) Set out the circumstances in which the funder may terminate the litigation funding agreement and that the funder shall not be entitled to terminate funding except in



  1. Product Ruling – BR PRD 15/04 of Te Tari o te Rōia Tāke Matua | Office of the Chief Tax Counsel (6 November 2015) at 5; Product Ruling – BR PRD 18/02 of Te Tari o te Rōia Tāke Matua | Office of the Chief Tax Counsel (23 February 2018); and Product Ruling – BR PRD 18/04 of Te Tari o te Rōia Tāke Matua | Office of the Chief Tax Counsel (19 September 2018).

29 See Double Taxation Relief (Australia) Order 2010, sch 1; and Double Taxation Relief (United Kingdom) Order 1984, sch

  1. For a full list of double tax agreements see Te Tari Taake I Inland Revenue “Tax Treaties” <www.taxpolicy.ird.govt.nz>.
    1. See Te Tari Taake I Inland Revenue Binding rulings: How to get certainty on a tax position (IR715, February 2020) at 11. Note Harbour Litigation Funding’s fund in the three product rulings discussed above is located in the Cayman Islands.

31 Tax Administration Act 1994, ss 91E(1) and 91EC(1).

  1. For example, Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.3]; Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.9]; Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 9(1)(b); and Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [6.1.4].
  2. For example, Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.2]; Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.9(2)]; Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 9(1)(a); and Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [6.1.1].
  3. For example, Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [11.1]; Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 10; and Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [7.1.1].

those specified circumstances.35 The specified circumstances may be left to the funder and plaintiff to agree upon,36 or the circumstances may be prescribed.37 For example, that the funder may only terminate funding if:38

(i) it reasonably ceases to be satisfied about the merits of the dispute;

(ii) reasonably believes that the dispute is no longer commercially viable; or

(iii) reasonably believes there has been a material breach of the funding agreement by the funded party.

(e) Set out the process for resolving disputes between the funder and the funded party about settlement or termination of funding (or any dispute).39 The process may be left to the funder and funder party to agree upon, or the process may be prescribed. For example, that a binding opinion shall be obtained from a Queen’s Counsel.40



  1. For example, Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [11.2] and [12]; Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 11; and Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.13]–[2.14].

36 For example, Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 11.

  1. For example, Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [11.2]; and Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.13].
  2. For example, Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [11.2]; and Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.13].
  3. For example, Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 10; and Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding in Arbitration at [2.17].
  4. For example, Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [13.2].
  5. For example, Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019. The Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) is binding on members of the Association of Litigation Funders.
  6. For example, in the arbitration context, Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017).

43 For example, Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019.

  1. For example, Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018); and Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017).

2020_4526.png

2020_4512.png


potentially be overseen by a new statutory body, or an industry body. The form of any regulation and oversight of litigation funding is considered in more detail in Chapter 23.

QUESTIONS


2020_4559.png


2020_4522.png

It may be that minimum terms are unnecessary in cases where a sophisticated plaintiff seeks litigation funding as an alternative form of finance for commercial reasons. In such cases, the funder and plaintiff are likely to be able to negotiate terms on an even playing field, particularly if there is a competitive litigation funding market. On the other hand, there may be advantages in adopting a consistent approach to regulation of litigation funding in all cases. For instance, a consistent approach may increase certainty and transparency with respect to litigation funding arrangements and minimise the need for court scrutiny.






Q42
What concerns, if any, do you have about funder control of litigation?

Q43
Are you satisfied that existing mechanisms can adequately manage the concerns
about funder control of litigation?
Q44
If not, how should the concerns about funder control of litigation be managed? For
example, should litigation funders be encouraged or required to include minimum terms in their litigation funding agreements? If so, what minimum terms would be appropriate?




CHAPTER 20



Conflicts of interest


INTRODUCTION

(a) between a litigation funder and funded plaintiff (funder-plaintiff conflicts of interest); and

(b) between a lawyer and their client in funded proceedings (lawyer-plaintiff conflicts of interest).

FUNDER-PLAINTIFF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

What is the concern?




  1. See IMF Bentham Ltd “Submission to Victorian Law Reform Commission: Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings Project” (6 October 2017) at [3.17]; and Nick Rowles-Davies Third Party Litigation Funding (Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2014) at [10.74].
  2. See Vicki Waye “Conflicts of Interests Between Claimholders, Lawyers and Litigation Entrepreneurs” [2007] BondLawRw 9; (2007) 19(1) Bond LR 225 at 241; and Wayne Attrill Ethical Issues in Litigation Funding (12 November 2008) at 15. See also Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 59.

Potential for conflict when plaintiff is motivated to settle

Potential for conflict when funder is motivated to settle

Litigation funders are profit-oriented entities that fund a portfolio of cases to further their own commercial interests, including the interests of their investors, which may conflict with the interests of group members.


  1. See Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Consultation Paper (July 2017) at [3.62]; and Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third- Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at 72 (recounting reports of funders placing pressure on solicitors to settle class action proceedings prematurely). See also Wayne Attrill “The regulation of conflicts of interest in Australian litigation funding” (2013) 2 JCivLP 193 at 200 noting that:

... settlement has long been identified as a potential conflict “hot spot” given the risk that funders (or lawyers or representatives) might seek to force a settlement on the claimants in order to advance the funders’, lawyers’, or representatives’ own interests.

  1. Vicki Waye “Conflicts of Interests Between Claimholders, Lawyers and Litigation Entrepreneurs” [2007] BondLawRw 9; (2007) 19(1) Bond LR 225 at 237.
  2. Vicki Waye “Conflicts of Interests Between Claimholders, Lawyers and Litigation Entrepreneurs” [2007] BondLawRw 9; (2007) 19(1) Bond LR 225 at 237.
  3. Vicki Waye “Conflicts of Interests Between Claimholders, Lawyers and Litigation Entrepreneurs” [2007] BondLawRw 9; (2007) 19(1) Bond LR 225 at 238. See also Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 60.

7 Michael Legg "Class Action Settlements in Australia — The Need for Greater Scrutiny" [2014] MelbULawRw 23; (2014) 38 MULR 590 at 593.

Are existing mechanisms for managing funder-plaintiff conflicts adequate?

Parties negotiate their own contract terms

Options for reform

(a) Encourage or require funders to include minimum terms in their funding contracts.

(b) Require funders to have a conflicts management policy.

(c) Regulate funder control of litigation.





8 John Walker “Policy and Regulatory Issues in Litigation Funding Revisited” (2014) 55 CBLJ 85 at 97.

9 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 60.

Minimum contract terms

(a) Include a procedure for managing conflicts of interest.10

(b) Prohibit any discretionary right for a funder to terminate the funding agreement.

(c) State that the funder may only withdraw funding and terminate the agreement in specified circumstances, for instance, if the funder: reasonably ceases to be satisfied about the merits of the dispute; reasonably believes that the dispute is no longer commercially viable; or reasonably believes that there has been a material breach of the agreement by the plaintiff.11

(d) Include a specific procedure that will be applied to reviewing and deciding whether to accept any settlement offer, including the factors that will and will not be taken into account in deciding to settle.12

(e) Include a general procedure for resolving disputes, including in relation to proposed settlement agreements.13

(f) Oblige the funder to disclose to the plaintiff any relevant and significant interests that may conflict with those of the plaintiff, and how those interests may conflict with the interests of the plaintiff.14

(g) Give the plaintiff a right to terminate the funding agreement if the above terms are not complied with.

(a) A cooling-off period in which members of the represented group or class have an opportunity to seek legal advice.15




  1. To similar effect, see the Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 9(2) (which deals with funding agreements involving more than one claimant); and the Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.6]–[2.7].
  2. See Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [11.2]; and the Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.13].
  3. In Australia, RG 248 provides that the regulator will “expect the funder and/or lawyer will consider” various terms for the funding agreement. This proposed standard for reviewing and deciding on settlement offers is modelled on [RG 248.71(d)]: Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.71].
  4. See, to similar effect but in the international commercial arbitration context Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [6.2.3].

14 See Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.6] and [2.7(4)(b)].

  1. See Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.71(b)].

(b) An obligation to disclose any proposed settlement to all members of the represented group or class.16

Conflicts management policy

248) provides guidance on how funders can comply with the obligation to maintain adequate practices for managing and disclosing conflicts of interest. RG 248 is limited in its application to the funding of class actions (“litigation funding schemes”) and insolvency cases.20 Failure to maintain adequate practices for managing conflicts is an offence.21


  1. See Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.71(e)].

17 The approach is taken in the Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019.

  1. This approach is taken for Singaporean arbitration under the Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017). See also Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.71].

19 Corporations Regulations 2001 (Cth), r 7.6.01AB(4).

  1. Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013).
  2. Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.1].

managed investment scheme requirements in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).22 RG 248 will continue to apply to funders of class actions and insolvency proceedings.

  1. Corporations Amendment (Litigation Funding) Regulations 2020 (Cth). After some initial confusion, the Government clarified that the changes are confined to class action litigation funders and do not affect funders of insolvency litigation or single plaintiff claims.
  2. Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.51].
  3. Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.56].
  4. Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.59].
  5. Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.57]. Some commentators have noted that conflict management procedures which stress the importance of disclosure, such as RG 248, may be ineffective. For example, Vince Morabito and Vicki Waye suggest that “disclosing conflicts of interest rarely enhances rational consumer decision making”: Vince Morabito and Vicki Waye “Seeing past the US bogey – Lessons from Australia on the funding of class actions” (2017) 36 CJQ 213 at 235.
  6. Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.94]–[RG 248.95].
  7. RG 248 provides that the regulator will “expect the funder and/or lawyer will consider” various terms for the funding agreement: Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.71].
  8. Australian Government Treasury Post-Implementation Review: Litigation Funding Corporations Amendment Regulation 2012 (No 6) (October 2015).
  9. Australian Government Treasury Post-Implementation Review: Litigation Funding Corporations Amendment Regulation 2012 (No 6) (October 2015) at [85].

did not provide a mechanism to enforce the requirement to have procedures in place to address conflicts of interest.31





  1. Australian Government Treasury Post-Implementation Review: Litigation Funding Corporations Amendment Regulation 2012 (No 6) (October 2015) at [64].

32 Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Consultation Paper

(July 2017) at [3.77].

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at Recommendation 15.
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.114].
  3. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.115].

36 Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.6]–[2.7].

37 Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.7(2)]–[2.7(3)].

38 Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, s 98J.

39 Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, s 98S.

2020_4522.png

2020_4522.png

Regulate funder control

QUESTIONS


2020_4560.png


2020_4543.png

One option therefore is to have broader constraints on the amount of control a funder may exercise in a proceeding. Mechanisms for managing the level of control funders have in funded litigation are discussed in Chapter 19. However, the risk of conflicts of interest between funders and plaintiffs may not be able to be completely managed through regulating funder control. As noted, subtler forms of influence may be exerted even by a relatively passive funder, particularly if it retains the ability to terminate funding in a wide range of circumstances. Real consequences can flow from these pressures even where there is no explicit power for a party to act contrary to the interests of the other.






Q45
What concerns, if any, do you have about funder plaintiff conflicts of interest?

Q46
Are you satisfied that existing mechanisms can adequately manage the concerns
about funder-plaintiff conflicts of interest?
Q47
If not, which option for managing the concerns about funder-claimant conflicts of
interest do you prefer, and why? For example:
  1. Should funders be encouraged or required to include minimum terms in their litigation funding agreements? If so, what minimum terms would be appropriate?
    1. Should funders be required to have a conflicts management policy?
    1. Should funder control of litigation be regulated?











  1. Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.13(c)].

LAWYER-PLAINTIFF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

What is the concern?

(a) the lawyer’s reliance upon the funder for the continuation of litigation;

(b) the lawyer’s desire to cultivate or maintain an ongoing relationship with the funder in the hope of securing future work; and/or

(c) any commercial ties that develop between the lawyer and the funder (for example, where the lawyer has a financial interest in the funder).

... although the legal practitioner may be solely employed by the claimholder, the legal practitioner is beholden to the litigation funder for the payment of client legal fees and has an incentive to please the litigation funder in order to attract repeat work. In some cases the litigation funder may even appoint the claim holder's legal advisers and representatives.




41 Wayne Attrill Ethical Issues in Litigation Funding (12 November 2008) at 15.

42 Lawyers and Conveyancers Act (Lawyers: Conduct and Client Care) Rules 2008, r 5.1.

  1. Vicki Waye “Conflicts of Interests Between Claimholders, Lawyers and Litigation Entrepreneurs” [2007] BondLawRw 9; (2007) 19(1) Bond LR 225 at 236–237.
  2. These three situations are explicitly identified by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. See Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.13].

Ongoing relationship between lawyers and funders

Duties owed to both funder and plaintiff


  1. The Victorian Law Reform Commission commented that it had “been told that in class actions it is common for at least one, if not all, of these factors to exist”: Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Consultation Paper (July 2017) at [3.58].

46 Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Consultation Paper

(July 2017) at [3.62].

47 Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 62.

48 Capital Strategic Advisors comments that “at worst, the funder becomes the lawyer’s client”: Capital Strategic Advisors

The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 59.

  1. Jason Geisker and Dirk Luff “Australia” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 1 at 8. See also Wayne Attrill “The regulation of conflicts of interest in Australian litigation funding” (2013) 2 JCivLP 193 at 199.

50 Nick Rowles-Davies Third Party Litigation Funding (Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2014) at [1.29].

51 Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Consultation Paper

(July 2017) at [3.62].


the lawyer may receive information from the plaintiff that could cause the funder to withdraw from the funding agreement; however, by passing the information to the funder the lawyer would be breaching client confidentiality.52

Funder controls litigation


  1. See Vicki Waye “Conflicts of Interests Between Claimholders, Lawyers and Litigation Entrepreneurs” [2007] BondLawRw 9; (2007) 19(1) Bond LR 225 at 238.
  2. There may however be limits to how far a lawyers duties can be waived. Vicki Waye suggests that it may be contrary to public policy to waive fiduciary duties under a retainer if this renders the client a merely “nominal claim holder... without any right to be consulted regarding the institution of proceedings, settlement, or other fundamental matters that run contrary to client interests”. See Vicki Waye “Conflicts of Interests Between Claimholders, Lawyers and Litigation Entrepreneurs” [2007] BondLawRw 9; (2007) 19(1) Bond LR 225 at 241.

54 Lawyers and Conveyancers Act (Lawyers: Conduct and Client Care) Rules 2008, r 6.1.

  1. Vicki Waye “Conflicts of Interests Between Claimholders, Lawyers and Litigation Entrepreneurs” [2007] BondLawRw 9; (2007) 19(1) Bond LR 225 at 235 and 243–248.
  2. See Jason Geisker and Dirk Luff “Australia” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 1 at 8–9.

Are existing mechanisms for managing lawyer-plaintiff conflicts adequate?

(a) not act or continue to act for a client if there is a conflict or a risk of a conflict between the interests of the lawyer and the interests of the client (Rule 5.4);

(b) disclose to the client any interest that touches on the matter in respect of which legal services are required, irrespective of whether a conflict exists (Rule 5.4.1);

(c) not act for a client in any transaction in which the lawyer has an interest unless the matter is not contentious, and the interests of the lawyer and the client correspond in all respects (Rule 5.4.2);

(d) not engage in a business or professional activity other than the practice of law where the business or professional activity would or could reasonably be expected to compromise the discharge of the lawyer’s professional obligations (Rule 5.5);

(e) not directly or indirectly offer to, or receive from, a third party any reward or inducement in respect of any advice given, referrals made, or any work done for a client (Rule 5.9); and

(f) not act for more than one client on a matter in any circumstances where there is a more than negligible risk that the lawyer may be unable to discharge the obligations owed to one or more of the clients (Rule 6.1).

Options for reform

(a) Encourage or require funders to include minimum terms in their funding contracts.

(b) Create professional rules or guidelines for lawyers acting in funded proceedings.

(c) Prohibiting activities that are likely to give rise to lawyer-plaintiff conflicts of interest.



  1. The Western Australia Supreme Court ruled that the lawyer had breached their fiduciary duty in failing to disclose that the funding agreement provided the lawyer with a 20 per cent reduction in fees if the case was unsuccessful, and a 25 per cent uplift if the claim was successful: Clairs Keeley (a Firm) v Treacy [2003] WASCA 299, (2003) 28 WAR 139 at [28]–[29].
  2. The Committee determined that, in the particular circumstances, it was not unreasonable for the lawyer not to have advised the client about the possibility of funding being withdrawn: National Standards Committee v Shand [2019] NZLCDT 2 at [36]–[39] and [56].

Minimum contract terms

(a) Limit the situations in which funding can be withdrawn, to reduce the incentive on a lawyer to advise the client to follow the funder’s preferred course of action to keep proceedings afoot.

(b) If a lawyer enters into retainer agreements with both a funded plaintiff and the funder, provide that the lawyer’s professional and fiduciary duties to the plaintiff are to be prioritised over duties to the funder, and specifically, that the plaintiff’s instructions are to be prioritised over those of the funder.59

(c) Prevent the funder from taking any steps that would cause or be likely to cause the lawyer to act in breach of their professional duties to the plaintiff.

(d) Prevent the funder from seeking to influence the lawyer to cede control over the conduct of the litigation to the funder.60

Professional rules or guidelines for lawyers requiring disclosure and consent


  1. See Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.9]; Australian Securities & Investments Commission Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013) at [RG 248.71(c)]; and Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [2.101].
  2. See Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.2]–[9.3]; Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 9(1)(a); and Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.6(3)].

interest”.61 The recommendation was aimed at class proceedings (whether funded or not).62

Prohibiting lawyers from holding interests in funders


  1. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at Recommendation 13.
  2. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at 93.

63 Wayne Attrill “The regulation of conflicts of interest in Australian litigation funding” (2013) 2 JCivLP 193 at 198–200.

64 Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Consultation Paper

(July 2017) at [3.4]–[3.5].

  1. Vince Morabito and Vicki Waye “Seeing past the US bogey – Lessons from Australia on the funding of class actions” (2017) 36 CJQ 213 at 235.
  2. See Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at Recommendation 22 and [7.162]–[7.169].
  3. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [4.131].
  4. The Australian Law Reform Commission’s view is that “not all conflicts can be managed, and unmanageable conflicts should, where possible, be prohibited”. See Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [7.121].
  5. Legal Profession (Professional Conduct) Rules 2015 (Singapore), r 49B. See also Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 13.

2020_4522.png

2020_4522.png


Australian Solicitors’ Conduct Rules should be amended to prohibit solicitors and law firms from having financial and other interests in a third-party litigation funder that is funding the same matter in which the solicitor or law firm is acting. The ALRC’s reasons for recommending this were threefold. First, in a class action, due to the constitution of the class, it may not be possible to receive the fully informed consent of each member of the class, although informed consent may be given by the representative plaintiff. Second, so long as contingency fees remain prohibited, permitting solicitors to have financial and other interests in a third-party litigation funder may facilitate an informal contingency fee arrangement. Third, the potential for unmanageable conflicts of interest to arise is heightened if a solicitor or law firm has a financial interest in a litigation funder.70

QUESTIONS


2020_4561.png


2020_4522.png

As noted, requiring a lawyer to disclose any relationship with the funder may not be sufficient to protect the plaintiff’s position. A further option would be to prohibit lawyers from taking instructions from both plaintiff and funder in funded litigation. Such a rule would obviate the need for minimum contract terms that address the potential for a lawyer to have conflicting duties to different plaintiffs. On the other hand, if the funder is required to retain its own lawyer, this may create some confusion and inefficiency in the management of the litigation.






Q48
What concerns, if any, do you have about lawyer-client conflicts of interest in
funded proceedings?
Q49
Are you satisfied that existing mechanisms can adequately manage the concerns
about lawyer-plaintiff conflicts of interest?
Q50
If not, which option for managing the concerns about lawyer-client conflicts of
interest do you prefer, and why? For example:
  1. Should funders be encouraged or required to include minimum terms in their litigation funding agreements? If so, what minimum terms would be appropriate?
    1. Should professional rules or guidelines be developed for lawyers acting in funded proceedings? If so, what rules or guidelines would be appropriate?
    1. Should activities that are likely to give rise to lawyer-plaintiff conflicts of interest be prohibited? If so, which activities should be prohibited?





  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at Recommendation 21 and [7.150]–[7.155].

CHAPTER 21



Funder profits


INTRODUCTION

(a) The concerns that excessive funder profits risk:

(i) diminished substantive justice for funded plaintiffs; and

(ii) misuse of the proper functions of the courts.

(b) As options for reform:

(i) facilitating increased competition in the litigation funding market;

(ii) court supervision of funder commissions; and

(iii) regulation of funder commissions.

WHAT IS THE CONCERN?





  1. Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [57]. The other factor the courts will consider is the “level of control able to be exercised by the funder”: at [57]. We discuss funder control in Chapter 19.

2 This is especially true as funders often also indemnify plaintiffs against adverse costs orders.


Contractors Bonding, saying “whether a bargain is fair assumes the existence of an ascertainable objective standard against which fairness is to be measured”.3

Impact of excessive funder profits on achieving substantive justice


3 Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [48].

  1. The figure median figure was 26 per cent in funded federal class actions: Vince Morabito Common Fund Orders, Funding Fees and Reimbursement Payments (An Evidence-Based Approach to Class Action Reform in Australia, January 2019) at 12.
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.49].
  3. This point was made by Omni Bridgeway in its submission to the Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services inquiry into litigation funding and the regulation of the class action industry. It noted that “if the real concern is with returns to group members, the size of the costs of litigation and potential adverse costs orders should also be examined”: Omni Bridgeway, Submission No 73 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (17 June 2020) at 5.
  4. Omni Bridgeway, Submission No 73 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (17 June 2020) at 10–11.

8 Malcolm Stewart “Class Actions and Litigation Funding” (2018) 24 NZBLQ 212 at 221.

  1. Omni Bridgeway, Submission No 73 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (17 June 2020) at 11.

10 Wayne Attrill Ethical Issues in Litigation Funding (12 November 2008).


significantly diminished returns to plaintiffs will impact their ability to achieve substantive justice.

Impact of excessive funder profits on the proper functioning of the courts

To the casual observer of the legal system, representative proceedings are associated with extraordinarily high legal costs and lucrative returns to litigation funders. The procedural reforms [which introduced class actions] are therefore seen as having less to do with improving access to justice than with commercialising litigation and over-generously rewarding law firms for representing successful parties.

[I]t is ... striking that judges continue to acknowledge the legitimacy of concern about litigation funding which amounts to the assignment of a bare cause of action ... even in those jurisdictions which have abolished the civil wrongs of maintenance and champerty.

A secondary market?


11 See our discussion of access to substantive justice in Chapter 5.

  1. Ronald Sackville “Law and Poverty: A Paradox” [2018] UNSWLawJl 4; (2018) 41 UNSWLJ 80 at 93. See also HFPS Pty Ltd (Trustee) v Tamaya Resources Ltd (in liq) (No 3) [2017] FCA 650 at [126].

13 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [116] per Elias CJ (dissenting).

14 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [121].

  1. See Gian Marco Solas Third Party Funding: Law, Economics and Policy (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2019) at [4.2.1.1.2.5].
  2. Stocznia Gdanska SA v Latreefers Inc (No 2) [2000] EWCA Civ 36; [2001] 2 BCLC 116 at [61] as cited in Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [2.52].

example, a funder might sell its interest to a hedge fund. 17 Litigation in this context constitutes a further step away from the courts’ function of vindicating wrongs and accordingly may undermine public perceptions of the legitimacy of the courts.18 There is a growing secondary market in litigation funding in the United States19 and, more recently, in the United Kingdom.20 We are not aware of any secondary market in litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand.

EXISTING MECHANISMS TO MANAGE FUNDER PROFITS

Stay of proceedings

OPTIONS FOR REFORM




17 Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (2nd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2018) at vi.

  1. Justice O’Regan cited this possibility as a future regulatory challenge which may arise with the maturation of the litigation funding market: Mark O’Regan “Speech to the New Zealand Insurance Law Association Conference” (Wellington, 14 September 2017).
  2. Sean Thompson, Dai Wai Chin Feman and Aaron Katz “United States” in Leslie Perrin (ed) The Third Party Litigation Funding Law Review (3rd ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 217 at 218.
  3. Kathryn Gaw “First secondary market trade of litigation funding assets completes” Peer2Peer Finance News (online ed, United Kingdom, 25 September 2020).
  4. For a full discussion of prohibitions against assignments of bare causes of action and how it relates to the torts of maintenance and champerty see Chapter XX.

22 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [57].

23 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2016] NZCA 338 at [31]; and Cain v Mettrick [2020] NZHC 2125 at [64].

Facilitating increased competition in the litigation funding market

Court supervision of funding commissions



24 Liverpool City Council v McGraw-Hill Financial, Inc (now known as S&P Global Inc) [2018] FCA 1289 at [54].

  1. See Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [1.41].

26 Law Council of Australia, Submission No 67 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services,

Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (16 June 2020) at [108].

27 For further information about the courts’ supervisory and case management role in class actions, see Chapter 2.

  1. Prior to the development of common fund orders the courts had made ‘equalisation orders’ after settlement or judgment. Under an equalisation order the funder’s commission, due from all class members who had signed the funding agreement, would be split pro rata across the entire class so that the funding costs were split evenly. Under this arrangement the funder would receive no more than they would be entitled to under the executed funding agreements. See Dorajay Pty Ltd v Aristocrat Leisure Ltd [2009] FCA 19.

29 See Money Max Int Pty Ltd v QBE Insurance Group Ltd [2016] FCAFC 148, (2016) 245 FCR 191.



  1. Money Max Int Pty Ltd v QBE Insurance Group Ltd [2016] FCAFC 148, (2016) 245 FCR 191 at [205]. For further discussion see also at [82]. An application for a common fund order is pending in Aotearoa New Zealand: see Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [62].
  2. BMW Australia Ltd v Brewster [2019] HCA 45, (2019) 374 ALR 627. Common fund orders had been previously made on the ground that they were “appropriate or necessary to ensure that justice is done in the proceeding”: Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth), s 33ZF; and Supreme Court Act (Vic), s 33ZF. The High Court of Australia held in BMW Australia Ltd v Brewster [2019] HCA 45, (2019) 374 ALR 627 at [53] that a common fund order was beyond the scope of these sections:

The making of a CFO is not apt to ensure that justice is done in the proceeding by regulating how the matter is to proceed; to the contrary, an application for a CFO is centrally concerned to determine whether the proceeding is viable at all as a vehicle for the doing of justice between the parties to the proceeding. That is a question outside the concerns of ss 33ZF and 183.

  1. See Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [4.27]–[4.35] and Recommendation 3; and Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [3.73]–[3.98] and Recommendation 8. The Victorian Law Reform Commission, which also recommended introducing contingency fees for lawyers acting in class actions, recommended that the power to make common fund orders also apply to such fees: at [5.100].
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [4.35].
  3. Rachael Mulheron The Class Action in Common Law Legal Systems: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing, Oxford, 2004) at 39.

35 Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [83].

  1. Michael Legg and Ross McInnes Australian Annotated Class Actions Legislation (2nd ed, LexisNexis Butterworths, Chatswood (NSW), 2018) at [22.20]; The Competition Appeal Tribunal Rules 2015 (UK), r 94(9); and the United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, r 23(e)(2)(C)(ii). See discussion in William B Rubenstein Newberg on Class Actions (online ed, Thomson Reuters) at [§13:54].

against the risk that funders could take an excessive proportion of a class member’s settlement sum.

Regulation of commissions

(a) Requiring commissions to be proportionate to the funder’s investment. This aims to ensure litigation funding commissions remain proportionate to the amount invested, mitigating the risk of funders extracting windfall gains at the expense of plaintiffs. In the Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts, regulations specify the way a funders’ commission can be calculated. There, the sum payable to the funder “must consist of any costs payable ... together with an amount calculated by reference to the funder’s anticipated expenditure in funding the provision of the services”.38 In addition, the sum “must not exceed such percentage of the anticipated expenditure as may be prescribed by the Chief Justice”.39 This suggests funders will not be permitted to charge commissions based on damages awarded.40

(b) A commission cap. Funders’ commissions could be capped at fixed maximum percentage of any settlement or award. A fixed commission cap could apply in relation to all funded proceedings, or in relation to particular kinds of proceedings where funded plaintiffs may be more vulnerable or less commercially astute. A fixed cap in a representative or class action could help ensure that the litigation primarily benefits class members rather than litigation funders. A fixed cap is, however, a blunt measure. It would provide a baseline level of security for funded litigants, but it could make it difficult for funders to manage their risk. The combination of a poorly performing case and a fixed cap could result in funders being unable to fully recoup their legal expenditure, let alone make a profit. This could increase uncertainty for funders and consequentially have a chilling effect on the availability and pricing of


  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.85]–[6.86].

38 ADGM Courts, Civil Evidence, Judgments, Enforcement and Judicial Appointments Regulations 2015, reg 225(3)(e).

  1. ADGM Courts, Civil Evidence, Judgments, Enforcement and Judicial Appointments Regulations 2015, reg 225(3)(f). We have been unable to ascertain whether any amount has been prescribed for this purpose.
  2. James Foster, Courtney Rothery and Jennifer Al-Salim “United Arab Emirates” in Steven Friel and Jonathan Barnes (eds) Litigation Funding: 2020 (4th ed, Law Business Research, London, 2019) 85 at 86.

2020_4522.png

2020_4522.png

QUESTIONS

2020_4561.png

2020_4543.png

funding. In its 2018 discussion paper, the ALRC sought feedback on the option of imposing a statutory cap on any contingency fees and funders’ commissions. It proposed a cap of 49.9 per cent of settlement or judgment. However, the ALRC did not retain the proposal in its final report, after its study of class actions indicated the median percentages of settlement funds received by funders and class members was around 30 per cent and 51 per cent respectively.41





Q51
What concerns, if any, do you have about funder profits?

Q52
Are you satisfied that existing mechanisms can adequately manage the concerns
about funder profits?
Q53
If not, which option for managing the concerns about funder profits do you prefer,
and why? For example:
  1. Should competition in the litigation funding market be encouraged? If so, how?
  2. Should the courts be empowered to vary funder commissions? If so, when, and how?
  1. Should funder commissions be regulated? If so, should there be restrictions on how funder commissions can be calculated (and if so, what) or should funder commissions be capped (and if so, how)?




















  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [3.49]. See discussion in Vince Morabito and Michael Duffy “An Australian Perspective on the Involvement of Commercial Litigation Funders in Class Actions” [2020] NZ L Rev 377 at 393 (forthcoming).

CHAPTER 22



Capital adequacy of litigation funders

INTRODUCTION

(a) The concern that funders may have insufficient resources to fulfil their financial commitments and the implications of a funder’s failure to meet those commitments for funded plaintiffs, defendants, and others.

(b) Whether the courts’ existing ability to order security for costs adequately manages this concern.

(c) As possible options for reform:

(i) strengthening the security for costs mechanism.

(ii) imposing capital adequacy requirements on funders.

WHAT IS THE CONCERN?

(a) the funded plaintiff’s claim will be discontinued, and they may be left with a substantial and unexpected liability for legal expenses and any adverse costs; and

(b) a successful defendant may be left with a significant loss in terms of unpaid costs if the funder and the funded plaintiff are unable to meet an adverse costs order.


1 John Walker “Policy and Regulatory Issues in Litigation Funding Revisited” (2014) 55 CBLJ 85 at 101.

  1. Michael Legg “Regulations needed for litigation funders who can’t pay out when cases fail” The Conversation (online ed, Australia, 15 February 2017); and Clasul Pty Ltd v Commonwealth [2016] FCA 1119 at [43] and [51].

discontinued, having wasted judicial resources.3 To some extent, a funder’s failure to fulfil its financial obligations may negatively impact the litigation funding industry, and reputable funders may therefore have an interest in ensuring the capital adequacy of other funders operating in the market.
... [by the solicitor for the funder] that the funder was insolvent or otherwise unable or unwilling to continue to provide funding for the proceeding”.11

  1. Timothy Lou “Into the Shadows: Shadow Banking and the Prudential Regulation of Litigation Funders” (2014) 14 MLSJ 73 at 84.
  2. Sarah O’Brien “Litigation financing may tempt investors with high returns. What to know before buying in” CNBC (online ed, United States, 25 June 2020).
  3. Andrew Saker “Litigation funding reforms in Australia must strike the right balance” The Global Legal Post (online ed, London, 1 September 2020).

6 Clasul Pty Ltd v Commonwealth [2016] FCA 1119.

  1. Michael Legg “Regulations needed for litigation funders who can’t pay out when cases fail” The Conversation (online ed, Australia, 15 February 2017); David Marchant “Argentum Capital litigation fund financed by £90 m Ponzi scheme” (18 February 2014) OffshoreAlert <www.offshorealert.com>; and Ben Butler “Ponzi scheme claims against litigation funder of equine class action” The Sydney Morning Herald (online ed, Sydney, 22 February 2014).

8 Clasul Pty Ltd v Commonwealth [2016] FCA 1119 at [6].

9 Clasul Pty Ltd v Commonwealth [2016] FCA 1119 at [43].

10 Calinoiu v QLD Law Group – A New Direction Pty Ltd [2019] FCA 2194.

  1. See discussion Vince Morabito and Michael Duffy “An Australian Perspective on the Involvement of Commercial Litigation Funders in Class Actions” [2020] NZ L Rev 377 at 403, n 137 (forthcoming).

order. In August 2018, the Supreme Court held that the prospectus for shares in Feltex Carpets Limited contained an untrue statement, which constituted misleading conduct under the Fair Trading Act 1986 (the stage one decision). The Supreme Court referred the matter back to the High Court for determination of whether the untrue statement caused loss (stage two). In June 2019, the High Court ordered that security for costs be provided in the sum of $1.65 million for the stage two proceeding. Despite assurances as to compliance with the order, security for costs was not arranged,12 leading the Court to comment that:13

The pattern is sufficient to justify a healthy level of scepticism that [the funder] can perform its obligations as funder to arrange security for costs and to fund pursuit of the stage two claims.

DOES SECURITY FOR COSTS ADEQUATELY MANAGE THE CONCERN?



12 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [8] and Appendix.

13 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [8].

14 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [12].

15 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [82]; and Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 2030 at [71].

16 Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 2030 at [3].

17 High Court Rules 2016, r 5.45(3)(a).


there is reason to believe that they will be unable to pay the defendant’s costs if unsuccessful.18

[The fact a party is supported by a litigation funder] may justify increased security on the ground that courts should be readier to order security where a non-party who stands to benefit from the litigation is not interested in having rights vindicated but rather is acting in pursuit of profit. Security allows the court to hold the funder more directly accountable for costs. It is consistent with the Court’s jurisdiction to award costs against a non-party which is sufficiently interested in the litigation. Security is all the more appropriate where the funder can avoid liability for future costs by terminating the funding agreement by notice before the litigation concludes.


  1. High Court Rules 2016, r 5.45(1); and Senior Courts Act 2016, s 12. In the District Court, a power to order security is contained in the District Court Rules 2014, r 1.10.

19 Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [36].

20 White v James Hardie New Zealand [2019] NZHC 188, (2019) 24 PRNZ 493 at [13].

  1. Houghton v Saunders [2013] NZHC 1824 at [125]; Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd v Attorney-General [2015] NZHC 1596, (2015) 23 PRNZ 69 at [79]; and Walker v Forbes [2017] NZHC 1212 at [33] and [71].

22 Houghton v Saunders [2015] NZCA 141 at [11].


for any outstanding legal expenses and any adverse costs in excess of the security provided.

OPTIONS FOR REFORM

Strengthening the security for costs mechanism


  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at Recommendation 12.
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.51]–[6.52].
  3. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.49].
  4. The Australia Law Reform Commission also recommended that class members, including the representative plaintiff, should be protected by a prohibition on the third-party funder seeking contributions to the security from class members: Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.48].
  5. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.49].

if they sought to call on the security.28 The ALRC explained that, in at least one case, a court had approved security for costs being provided by way of a deed of indemnity from an ATE insurer in the United Kingdom, together with the payment of a sum into court for the purpose of covering the enforcement costs of the deed in the United Kingdom.29 The ALRC noted that the provision of indemnities from ATE insurers to satisfy security for costs orders was a recent development in Australia. The ALRC did not consider it was reasonable “as a matter of public policy” that a defendant be required to litigate in a foreign jurisdiction in order to recover against the security for costs provided.30


  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.50].
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.50] citing Capic v Ford Motor Co of Australia Ltd NSD724/2016. Compare this approach with DIF III Global Co-Investment Fund LP v BBLP LLC [2016] VSC 401.
  3. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.51].
  4. A media release from the Attorney-General’s Department in March 2020 indicated the Government would “shortly release its response to the ALRC inquiry”: Attorney-General for Australia and Minister for Industrial Relations “Committee to examine impact of litigation funding on justice outcomes” (press release, 5 March 2020). The Government recently imposed new regulatory requirements on funders of class actions, and the House referred to the Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services an inquiry into litigation funding and the regulation of the class action industry for report by 7 December 2020.

32 Petersen Superannuation Fund Pty Ltd v Bank of Queensland Ltd [2017] FCA 699.

  1. LCM “Security for Costs – No Shortcuts Allowed” (29 June 2017) <www.lcmfinance.com> discussing Petersen Superannuation Fund Pty Ltd v Bank of Queensland Ltd [2017] FCA 699.

34 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1.(12).

35 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1.(12).


solvency of the insurer.36 The Court held that the terms of the policy in question did not constitute adequate security and directed that the plaintiff provide a form of security “that is unconditionally enforceable ... in New Zealand”, on the making of demand by any one or more of the defendants.37 In White v James Hardie New Zealand, the High Court went further, noting that “whatever its terms”, an ATE insurance policy does not offer defendants the same security as a payment into court, and “raises the potential for ancillary litigation when there should be none”.38

Introducing capital adequacy requirements

Should litigation funders operating in Aotearoa New Zealand be subject to capital adequacy requirements?



36 Houghton v Saunders [2013] NZHC 1824 at [112]–[121].

37 Houghton v Saunders [2013] NZHC 1824 at [119] and [121].

38 White v James Hardie New Zealand [2019] NZHC 188, (2019) 24 PRNZ 493 at [15] cited with approval by Dobson J in

Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 2030 at [65].

  1. Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at [5.8] noting that in Camping Warehouse v Downer EDI (Approval of Settlement) [2016] VSC 784, the average pay- out per class member was expected to be $633.29, whereas the legal fees were $2.85 million. See also Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [3.49].

2020_4562.png

Make litigation funders more resilient to unexpected losses.

(b) Help to manage the risk that new entrants to the funding market will not appreciate the cost of conducting large, complex litigation (like class actions).

(c) Help to manage the risk of opportunism and the rush to fund court actions.

(d) Reassure funded plaintiffs (and those contemplating litigation funding) that the funder has sufficient funds to be able to finance the case for its entirety, as well as any other cases the funder has in its portfolio, and to also indemnify the plaintiffs in the event of an adverse costs order.


  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [3.61] citing Litigation Funding Solutions “Submission to Victorian Law Reform Commission: Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings Project” (22 September 2017).
  2. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 632.

42 For further discussion about litigation funding market in Aotearoa New Zealand, see Chapter 14.

  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.34] and [6.37].
  2. Australian Institute of Company Directors “Submission to Victorian Law Reform Commission: Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings” (6 October 2017) at 3; and Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [3.46]–[3.49]. In New Zealand, see also Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [70].
  3. Corporations Amendment (Litigation Funding) Regulations 2020 (Cth). See also Josh Frydenberg (Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia) “Litigation funders to be regulated under the Corporations Act” (press release, 22 May 2020).

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). One of those obligations is to “have available adequate resources ... to provide the financial services covered by the licence and to carry out supervisory arrangements”.46 The Australian Securities & Investments Commission (ASIC), the body that oversees AFSL holders, recently said this requirement is “not designed to address the risk that a litigation funder does not have adequate resources to continue funding a prolonged class action to its conclusion or to meet or provide security for an adverse costs order in legal proceedings”. 47 Rather, the purpose of ASIC’s financial requirements is that AFSL holders have sufficient financial resources to conduct their financial business in compliance with the Act and provide a financial buffer that decreases the risk of disorderly or non-compliant wind-up if the business fails.48 The base level financial requirements for AFSL holders are set out in Regulatory Guide 166 Licensing: Financial Requirements and include a standard solvency and positive net assets requirement, a cash needs requirement, and an audit requirement.49

What capital adequacy requirements, if any, would be appropriate?



46 Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), s 912A(1)(d).

  1. Australian Securities & Investments Commission, Submission No 39 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (June 2020) at [106].
  2. Australian Securities & Investments Commission, Submission No 39 to Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services, Inquiry into Litigation Funding and the Regulation of the Class Action Industry (June 2020) at [104].
  3. Australian Securities & Investment Commission Licensing: Financial requirements (Regulatory Guide 166, September 2017).

50 See discussion above at [22.6]–[22.9].

(a) Maintain at all times access to adequate financial resources to meet the obligations of the funder to fund all the disputes they have agreed to fund.51

(b) Maintain the capacity to pay all debts when they become due and payable.52

(c) Maintain the capacity to cover all the funder’s aggregate funding liabilities under all of its funding agreements for a minimum period.53

(d) Maintain access to a minimum amount of capital and/or a minimum amount in managed or qualifying assets.54

(e) Accept a continuous disclosure obligation in respect of capital adequacy, including a specific obligation to promptly notify the oversight body and/or the funded party and/or the funded party’s lawyer if the funder reasonably believes that its representations in respect of capital adequacy are no longer valid because of changed circumstances.55

(f) Undertake to be audited annually by a recognised national or international audit firm and provide the oversight body with a copy of the audit opinion within a specified time, and/or reasonable evidence from a qualified third party that the minimum capital adequacy requirement is satisfied.56

(g) Comply with any rules of the oversight body as to capital adequacy as amended from time to time.57




  1. This obligation is found in England and Wales in the Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.4]. In Singapore, this is not part of the statutory regime regulating third-party funders of arbitration proceedings, however there is best practice guidance to this effect in the Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [4.3].
  2. This requirement is found in England and Wales in the Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.4.1.1]. It is also found in the Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.5(1)(a)]. There is guidance to this effect the Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [4.3(a)].
  3. A minimum period of 36 months is prescribed in both England and Wales in the Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.4.1.2] and in Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.5(1)(b)]. There is also guidance to this effect in the Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [4.3(b)], although no minimum period is prescribed.
  4. Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.4.2]; Association of Litigation Funders Rules of the Association (July 2016), r 3.15.1; Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 4(1)(b); Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.5]; and Civil Law (Third-Party Funding) Regulations 2017 (Singapore), reg 4(1)(b).
  5. Obligations to this effect can be found in England and Wales, Hong Kong and the Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts. See Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.4.3]; Association of Litigation Funders Rules of the Association (July 2016), r 3.15.2; Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.5(4)]; and Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 14. There is also guidance to this effect in Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [4.1].
  6. There are provisions to this, or similar, effect in England and Wales, Hong Kong and Singapore. See Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.4.4]; Association of Litigation Funders Rules of the Association (July 2016), r 3.15.3; Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.5(4)]; and Singapore Institute of Arbitrators Guidelines for Third Party Funders (18 May 2017) at [4.2].
  7. There is a provision to this effect in England and Wales in the Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.5].

(h) Test its exposures whenever it makes a new commitment under a litigation funding agreement and thereafter at regular intervals with respect to ongoing commitments.58

Who should oversee any capital adequacy requirements?


58 There is a provision to this effect in Association of Litigation Funders Rules of the Association (July 2016), r 3.15.6.

  1. Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018) at [9.4.2]. See also Association of Litigation Funders Rules of the Association (July 2016), r 3.15.1.

60 Nick Rowles-Davies Third Party Litigation Funding (Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2014) at [9.21].

  1. Abu Dhabi Global Market Courts Litigation Funding Rules 2019, r 4(1)(b). “Qualifying assets” are cash and cash equivalents including, without limitation, monies and assets contracted to the funder under a contract for fund management, and, in the case of an incorporated company, paid-up share capital: r 4(2).

62 Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at [2.5(2)].

  1. Civil Law (Third-Party Funding) Regulations 2017 (Singapore), reg 4(1)(b). The term “managed assets” is defined in r 4(2)–(3).

64 Rowe v Ingenious Media Holdings Plc [2020] EWHC 235 (Ch) at [106].

65 See Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore), s 5B; and Civil Law (Third-Party Funding) Regulations 2017 (Singapore), reg 4.

66 See Waterhouse v Contractors Bonding Ltd [2013] NZSC 89, [2014] 1 NZLR 91 at [70].

67 Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, s 98X.

68 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 121.


that it applies to providers of financial services. Jackson LJ considered this to be a disproportionate regulatory burden.69 Further, the FSA did not consider litigation funding to be an area of particular risk to consumers.70 Ultimately, the ALF was established to self- regulate litigation funding. Similar considerations may apply in Aotearoa New Zealand except, as mentioned, industry self-regulation may be less feasible due to our smaller market.

What consequences should follow from non-compliance with any capital adequacy requirements?




69 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 121.

70 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 121.

71 Association of Litigation Funders Rules of the Association (July 2016), r 3.15.4; and Association of Litigation Funders

Complaints Procedure for Litigation Funders (October 2017) at [25(4)]–[25(5)].

  1. Michael Legg “Regulations needed for litigation funders who can’t pay out when cases fail” The Conversation (online ed, Australia, 15 February 2017); David Marchant “Argentum Capital litigation fund financed by £90 m Ponzi scheme” (18 February 2014) OffshoreAlert <www.offshorealert.com>; and Ben Butler “Ponzi scheme claims against litigation funder of equine class action” The Sydney Morning Herald (online ed, Sydney, 22 February 2014).

73 Association of Litigation Funders “Notice Regarding Argentum Capital Limited” (20 May 2014)

<http://associationoflitigationfunders.com> .

74 Association of Litigation Funders Complaints Procedure for Litigation Funders (October 2017) at [25].

75 Australian Securities & Investments Commission “Fines and penalties” (3 July 2020) <http://asic.gov.au> .

76 ADGM Courts, Civil Evidence, Judgments, Enforcement and Judicial Appointments Regulations 2015, reg 225(1).

2020_4522.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4522.png

QUESTIONS

2020_4563.png

2020_4522.png

will not be able to enforce its rights under the funding agreement.77 However, a funder may apply for relief where it can show its non-compliance was accidental or inadvertent, or because it would otherwise be just and equitable to grant relief.78 Unenforceability of the funding agreement will in any event be of limited comfort to a funded plaintiff or defendant who is left out of pocket.



Q54
What concerns, if any, do you have about the capital adequacy of litigation
funders?
Q55
Are you satisfied that the existing security for costs mechanism can adequately
manage the concerns about funders’ capital adequacy?
Q56
If not, should the security for costs mechanism be strengthened? In particular:
  1. Should there be a presumption or requirement that a litigation funder will provide security for costs in funded proceedings?
    1. Should there be a requirement that security for costs is provided in a form that is enforceable in Aotearoa New Zealand?
Q57
Alternatively, or additionally, should litigation funders operating in Aotearoa New
Zealand be subject to minimum capital adequacy requirements? If so:
  1. Should any minimum capital requirement be formulated by specifying a particular amount (and if so, what amount) or an amount correlated to a funder’s financial commitments (and if so, what correlation), or in some other way?
    1. Should minimum capital adequacy requirements be able to be satisfied if the funder’s capital is held in another jurisdiction, or should the capital be held in Aotearoa New Zealand?
    1. What other requirements, such as audit requirements, would be appropriate?
    1. Who should oversee compliance with any minimum capital adequacy requirements?
    2. What consequences should follow from a funder’s non-compliance with any minimum capital adequacy requirements?





77 Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore), s 5B(3)–(4).

78 Civil Law Act 1999 (Singapore), s 5B(5)–(6).

CHAPTER 23


Regulation and oversight

INTRODUCTION

(a) Whether and to what extent the concerns with litigation funding warrant regulation and oversight of litigation funding and/or litigation funders.

(b) What overarching structure any regulatory regime should take.

(c) Who should oversee compliance with any regulatory regime.

WHY REGULATE LITIGATION FUNDING?

Should there be regulation and oversight of litigation funding? If so, why?

22. That is, concerns about funder control of litigation, the potential for conflicts of interest, funder profits and capital adequacy requirements.
  1. Attorney-General for Australia and Minister for Industrial Relations “Committee to examine impact of litigation funding on justice outcomes” (press release, 5 March 2020).

improve justice outcomes”.2 Federal Attorney-General, Christian Porter QC MP explained the need for the inquiry, saying:3

There is growing concern that the lack of regulation governing the booming litigation funding industry is leading to poor justice outcomes for those who join class actions, expecting to get fair compensation for an injury or loss.

... in the absence of statutory regulation [litigation funding for profit] carries sufficient risk of oppression to the other party and risk of misuse of the function of the courts in vindication of wrongs to justify close scrutiny of the terms of the arrangement for consistency with the public policies behind the law of maintenance and champerty in preventing civil claims being treated as negotiable investments.

What kinds of litigation funding should be subject to regulation and oversight?


  1. Attorney-General for Australia and Minister for Industrial Relations “Committee to examine impact of litigation funding on justice outcomes” (press release, 5 March 2020).
  2. Attorney-General for Australia and Minister for Industrial Relations “Committee to examine impact of litigation funding on justice outcomes” (press release, 5 March 2020).
  3. Josh Frydenberg (Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia) “Litigation funders to be regulated under the Corporations Act” (press release, 22 May 2020).

5 Corporations Amendment (Litigation Funding) Regulations 2020 (Cth).

6 Corporations Amendment (Litigation Funding) Regulations 2020 (Cth) (explanatory statement).

7 See for example Houghton v Saunders [2020] NZHC 1088 at [12].

8 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [116].

9 PricewaterhouseCoopers v Walker [2017] NZSC 151, [2018] 1 NZLR 735 at [121].

OPTIONS FOR REFORM

(a) Industry-based self-regulation and oversight.

(b) Managed investment scheme requirements overseen by the Financial Markets Authority (FMA).

(c) Tailored licensing requirements overseen by the FMA or another regulator.

(d) Tailored statutory rules overseen by a new oversight body.

(e) Court approval of litigation funding agreements.

Industry-based self-regulation and oversight



  1. See Saunders v Houghton [2009] NZCA 610, [2010] 3 NZLR 331 at [63]; Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Ross [2020] NZSC 126 at [86]; and Southern Response Earthquake Services Ltd v Southern Response Unresolved Claims Group [2017] NZCA 489, [2018] 2 NZLR 312 at [78].
  2. Capital Strategic Advisors also prepared a high-level assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of different regulatory approaches. See Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 72.

the association could impose sanctions for non-compliance. The association could be funded by the litigation funding industry, through member subscriptions.







12 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 119 and 121.

13 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 119.

14 Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 119.

15 Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018).

  1. Association of Litigation Funders Complaints Procedure for Litigation Funders (October 2017) at [25] sets out the sanctions available in respect of breaches of the Association of Litigation Funders Code of Conduct for Litigation Funders (Civil Justice Council, January 2018).
  2. See Damian Grave, Maura McIntosh and Gregg Rowan (eds) Class Actions in England and Wales (Sweet & Maxwell, London, 2018) at 360–364; The Law Society (England and Wales) Access to Justice Review (March 2010) at [4.16]; and Rupert Jackson Review of Civil Litigation Costs: Final Report (December 2009) at 5.

18 For further discussion on the regulation of litigation funding in England and Wales, see Chapter 15.

Managed investment scheme requirements

The Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013

managed investment scheme means a scheme to which each of the following applies:

(a) the purpose or effect of the scheme is to enable persons taking part in the scheme to contribute money, or to have money contributed on their behalf, to the scheme as consideration to acquire interests in the scheme; and

(b) those interests are rights to participate in, or receive, financial benefits produced principally by the efforts of another person under the scheme (whether those rights are actual, prospective, or contingent, and whether they are enforceable or not); and

(c) the holders of those interests do not have day-to-day control over the operation of the scheme (whether or not they have the right to be consulted or to give directions).

(a) Part 2 of the FMC Act provides for fair dealing in relation to financial products or services by prohibiting misleading or deceptive conduct, false or misleading representations, unsubstantiated representations, and offers of financial products in the course of unsolicited meetings.22

(b) Part 3 provides for disclosure of offers of financial products, including requirements for Product Disclosure Statements for certain offers, rules in relation to advertising for those offers, and ongoing disclosure to investors.



  1. The Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 definition of “financial product” includes “a managed investment product”: s 7(1)(c). A “managed investment product” in turn includes an interest in a “managed investment scheme”: s 8(3).
  2. This definition is subject to exclusions set out in s 9(2) of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. A scheme that only involves the management of separate and direct interests in underlying property is not a “managed investment scheme”. Certain discretionary investment management services and insurance contracts are also excluded.
  3. Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority has the authority to designate products into the appropriate category: Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 562.

22 Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 5(1)(b) and pt 2.

(c) Part 4 covers governance of financial products, including managed investment schemes. It requires managed investment schemes to be registered (online on the Disclose Register) before a regulated offer can be made under the scheme.23 It also requires registered schemes to meet key common governance and reporting requirements, and provides for the manager and supervisor of a registered scheme to owe statutory duties of care to investors.24

(d) Part 6 deals with licensing and other regulation of market services. Among other things, it requires any person acting as a manager of a registered managed investment schemes (other than a “restricted scheme”) to hold a market services licence.25 Failure to hold a license may result in civil liability, including pecuniary penalties.

2020_4564.png

Character. Directors and senior managers must be fit and proper persons to hold their respective positions.

(b) Capability. The organisation must have the right mix of people with the right skills and experience, in the right roles, to monitor the licensed business properly and efficiently.

(c) Operational infrastructure. There must be a plan to set up and administer the managed investment scheme appropriately. Minimum standards must be met with respect to advertising and disclosure, selecting and monitoring investments, custody, asset valuations, pricing, scheme administration, material issues and complaints, staffing and supervision, outsourcing, records, and IT systems.





  1. Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 125(1); and New Zealand Companies Office “Disclose Register” <www.disclose- register.companiesoffice.govt.nz>.

24 Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 124(1)(b) and (c).

  1. Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 388(a). Section 388(a) provides that a person acting as “a manager of a registered scheme (other than a restricted scheme)” must hold a market services licences that covers that service. Section 6 defines “registered scheme” as “a managed investment scheme that is registered on the register of managed investment schemes”. A “restricted scheme” is defined in s 6 as:

... a scheme that is registered on the register of managed investment schemes as a KiwiSaver scheme, a superannuation scheme, or a workplace savings scheme and that is identified as a restricted scheme on that register.

  1. The licence is subject to: a condition that the licensee or authorised body may, under the licence, only provide the market service to which the licence relates and for which each person is authorised under the licence; any standard conditions imposed by the Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority (FMA) and specific conditions imposed by the FMA on a case-by-case basis; and any conditions imposed by regulations: Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, ss 402 and 403. For further information on standard conditions imposed by the FMA see Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority “Standard Conditions for managed investment scheme manager licences” (31 March 2016)

<www.fma.govt.nz>.

  1. For further information, see Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority “Licensing Application Guide: Managed investment scheme (MIS) manager” (November 2014) <www.fma.govt.nz>.

(d) Financial resources. Applicants must have adequate financial resources to effectively perform the licensed service at all times and must maintain an appropriate level of professional indemnity insurance cover for the business.

(e) Governance. Applicants must have a high-level body responsible for overseeing compliance with the market services licence obligations and ensure appropriate risk management.

(f) Culture. Applicants must have governance and compliance arrangements that promote a customer-focused culture and ensure appropriate risk management and fair treatment of investors.

(g) Compliance. Applicants must have adequate and effective arrangements for challenging and testing their own compliance, the compliance framework and the outcomes.











28 Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 396(e).

29 Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 414.

30 Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 449.

31 Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 451.

32 Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, pt 7 sub-pt 2.

33 Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, pt 7 sub-pt 3.

34 Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 461M.

Australia

(a) good character and competence licensing requirements;

(b) financial requirements, including certain capital adequacy requirements;41

(c) obligations to maintain adequate arrangements to manage conflicts of interest and risks;42 and




  1. Corporations Amendment (Litigation Funding) Regulations 2020 (Cth). Operators of class action litigation funding schemes are generally required to register as managed investment schemes under Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), ch 5C and obtain an Australian Financial Services Licence in accordance with Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), ch 7.

36 Corporations Amendment Regulation 2012 (No 6) (Cth). See also Australian Securities & Investments Commission

Litigation schemes and proof of debt schemes: Managing conflicts of interest (Regulatory Guide 248, April 2013).

  1. Brookfield Multiplex Ltd v International Litigation Funding Partners Pte Ltd [2009] FCAFC 147, (2009) 180 FCR 11; and International Litigation Partners Pte Ltd v Chameleon Mining NL (Receivers and Managers Appointed) [2011] NSWCA 50, (2011) 276 ALR 138.

38 Corporations Amendment Regulation 2012 (No 6) (Cth) (explanatory note).

39 Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), pts 5C.1 and 5C.2.

40 Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), pt 7.6.

  1. See Australian Securities & Investment Commission Licensing: Financial requirements (Regulatory Guide 166, September 2017).
  2. See Australian Securities & Investment Commission Risk management systems of responsible entities (Regulatory Guide 259, March 2017).

(d) maintain adequate professional indemnity insurance requirements.43

Difficulties in applying managed investment scheme requirements to litigation funders

(a) the obligation to give a PDS to “passive” members of open litigation funding schemes,47 so long as the PDS is available on the funder’s website;

(b) the obligation to regularly value scheme property;

(c) the statutory withdrawal procedures for members who opt out of a class action under court rules; and

(d) the requirement to disclose detailed fees and costs information and information about labour standards or environmental, social or ethical concerns.


43 See Australian Securities & Investment Commission Compensation and insurance arrangements for AFS licensees

(Regulatory Guide 126, July 2020).

  1. Australian Securities & Investments Commission “Opening Statement by ASIC Deputy Chair, Daniel Crennan QC at the Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services Inquiry into litigation funding and the regulation of the class actions industry” (Parliament House, Canberra, 29 July 2020).
  2. Australian Securities & Investments Commission “Opening Statement by ASIC Deputy Chair, Daniel Crennan QC at the Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services Inquiry into litigation funding and the regulation of the class actions industry” (Parliament House, Canberra, 29 July 2020).
  3. Australian Securities & Investments Commission “Opening Statement by ASIC Deputy Chair, Daniel Crennan QC at the Parliamentary Joint Committee on Corporations and Financial Services Inquiry into litigation funding and the regulation of the class actions industry” (Parliament House, Canberra, 29 July 2020).
  4. A litigation funding scheme is generally an arrangement where a group of plaintiffs (the class action members), a law firm and a litigation funder collaborate to pursue a class action. Passive members are members who have not entered into a funding agreement with the funder or a retainer or costs agreement with the law firm providing services for the purpose of the scheme, or otherwise notified the funder or firm that they agree to participate in the scheme.
  5. Australian Securities & Investments Commission “No-action position for responsible entities of certain registered litigation funding schemes in relation to member registers” (press release, 21 August 2020).

recognises the “practical difficulty” funders may face in maintaining member registers in relation to class actions in which there are passive general members who cannot be individually identified.49

Tailored licensing requirements overseen by the FMA (or other existing regulator)


  1. Australian Securities & Investments Commission “No-action position for responsible entities of certain registered litigation funding schemes in relation to member registers” (press release, 21 August 2020).
  2. Te Mana Tatai Hokohoko | Financial Markets Authority has the authority to designate products into the appropriate category: Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, s 562.
  3. Capital Strategic Advisors The economics of class actions and litigation funding (6 November 2020) at 81. See also Financial Markets Conduct Bill 2011 (342-1) (explanatory note) at 1.
  4. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 633 and Recommendation 18.2.
  5. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 631–633.
  6. Australian Government Productivity Commission Access to Justice Arrangements (Inquiry Report No 72, 5 September 2014) vol 2 at 633 and Recommendation 18.2.
  7. Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [3.4].

said “a unique litigation funding licence would enable a bespoke regulatory regime to be designed and implemented to address the risks associated with litigation funding”.56 The ALRC said it had considered, as an alternative whether it would be appropriate to require litigation funders to hold an AFSL, but it considered a tailored regime would be more appropriate. It explained:57

... Leaving aside technical arguments as to whether litigation funding is a financial product within the meaning of the Corporations Act, most of the obligations imposed on AFS licensees under section 912A of the Corporations Act are appropriate for litigation funders. However, ASIC has developed, through a suite of regulatory guides, a comprehensive compliance regime and, at this level of detail, a fit for purpose compliance regime for litigation funders would appear more appropriate. While it would potentially be possible to require litigation funders to hold an AFSL and adapt the compliance obligations to the business of litigation funder [sic], this is less straightforward and would potentially create confusion and uncertainty for existing AFS licensees.




  1. Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [3.4].
  2. Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [3.6].
  3. Australian Law Reform Commission Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC DP85, 2018) at [3.7].
  4. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.27] and [6.31].
  5. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.34].
  6. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.32]–[6.34].
  7. Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at [6.37].

Tailored statutory regime with new oversight body

Court approval of litigation funding arrangements




  1. See Legislation Design and Advisory Committee Legislation Guidelines (March 2018) at ch 20 for discussion of matters to consider in deciding whether a new public body should be established to perform a new regulatory function.
  2. Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017. The content of the Hong Kong Code of Practice for Third Party Funding of Arbitration 2018 at is set out in Chapter 15.

65 Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, s 98X.

  1. The Hong Kong Code (the Code) does not provide for robust enforcement. Failure to comply with a provision of the Code does not, of itself, render any person liable to any judicial or other proceedings. However, the Code is admissible in evidence in proceedings before any court or arbitral tribunal, and any compliance or failure to comply with a provision of the code of practice may be taken into account by any court or arbitral tribunal if it is relevant to a question being decided by the court or arbitral tribunal: Hong Kong Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) (Amendment) Ordinance 2017, s 98S.

consumers. In other words, the test for when court approval is required could depend on the nature of the proceeding or the nature of the plaintiff.

  1. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 94.
  2. Civil Justice Council “Improving Access to Justice through Collective Actions”: Developing a More Efficient and Effective Procedure for Collective Actions (Final Report, November 2008) at 95.

69 For further discussion, see Chapter 9.

70 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1.(3). For further discussion, see Chapter 15.

  1. Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(4). The court must receive an unredacted copy (s 33.1(6)) but the plaintiff may redact information which may confer a tactical advantage in the copy provided to the defendant (s 33.1(5)).
  2. Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, s 33.1(9)(a). The court must also consider whether the plaintiff received independent legal advice with respect to the funding agreement: s 33.1(10). Defendants are also entitled to obtain security for costs from the funder to the extent of the indemnity provided under an approved funding agreement if: the funder is ordinarily resident outside Ontario; the defendant has an order against the funder for costs in the same or another proceeding that remain unpaid in whole or in part; or there is a good reason to believe that the funder has insufficient assets in Ontario to pay costs: s 33.1(12).

73 Class Proceedings Act SO 1992 c 6, ss 33.1(9)(iv) and 38(1).

2020_4565.png

QUESTIONS

2020_4566.png

2020_4522.png

2020_4522.png

funding.74 While the High Court of Australia has since ruled that the Federal and New South Wales class action legislation does not confer the power to make such orders,75 the ALRC and Victorian Law Reform Commission both previously recommended courts be given an express statutory power to make common fund orders.76 Following the High Court’s decision, the current status of common fund orders is unclear with a lack of judicial consensus as to whether common fund orders can be made at settlement with the narrower purpose of reviewing funding commissions only.77




Q58
Which of the concerns with litigation funding, if any, warrant a regulatory response?

Q59
Which option for the form of any regulation and oversight do you prefer, and why?
For example, should regulation and oversight of litigation funding take the form of:
  1. Industry self-regulation and oversight?
    1. Managed investment scheme requirements, overseen by the Financial Markets Authority?
    1. Tailored licensing requirements overseen by the Financial Markets Authority (or another existing regulator)?
    1. A tailored statutory regime, overseen by a new oversight body?
    2. Court approval of litigation funding arrangements?
    3. A combination of the above?
Q60
Are there any concerns about litigation funding, or options for reform, that we have
not identified? Is there anything else you would like to tell us?






  1. We discuss common fund orders in Chapter 21. See also Money Max Int Pty Ltd v QBE Insurance Group Ltd [2016] FCAFC 148, (2016) 245 FCR 191 at [167].

75 BMW Australia Ltd v Brewster [2019] HCA 45, (2019) 374 ALR 627.

  1. See Australian Law Reform Commission Integrity, Fairness and Efficiency—An Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation Funders (ALRC R134, 2018) at Recommendation 3 and [4.27]–[4.35]; and Victorian Law Reform Commission Access to Justice—Litigation Funding and Group Proceedings: Report (March 2018) at Recommendation 8 and [3.73]–[3.98].
  2. Vince Morabito and Michael Duffy “An Australian Perspective on the Involvement of Commercial Litigation Funders in Class Actions” [2020] NZ L Rev 377 at 399 (forthcoming) citing Lenthall v Westpac Banking Corp (No 2) [2020] FCA 423, (2020) 144 ACSR 573 at [12] and [21]; Mckay Super Solutions Pty Ltd (Trustee) v Bellamy’s Australia Ltd (No 3) [2020] FCA 461 at [31]; and Fisher (trustee for the Tramik Super Fund Trust) v Vocus Group Ltd (No 2) [2020] FCA 579. Compare Cantor v Audi Australia Pty Ltd (No 5) [2020] FCA 637 at [72]–[74], [405] and [418]; Pearson v State of Queensland (No 2) [2020] FCA 619 at [275]; and Uren v RMBL Investments Ltd (No 2) [2020] FCA 647 at [50]–[55].


2020_4567.png

Appendix


TERMS OF REFERENCE


Class actions enable a group of people with similar claims against the same defendant to have their claims determined in one legal proceeding. Litigation funding is where a third-party with no pre-existing interest in the litigation agrees to fund it, sometimes in exchange for a fee if the action is successful and nothing if the action is lost. Litigation funding is not limited to class actions, but many class actions would be unable to proceed without litigation funding.

The law on class actions and litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand is uncertain. High Court Rule 4.24 allows one or more persons to sue or be sued on behalf of, or for the benefit of, all persons with the same interest in the subject matter of a proceeding (commonly referred to as a “representative proceeding”). However, unlike many other jurisdictions, Aotearoa New Zealand does not have a detailed class actions regime. Nor is there specific regulation of litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand. The courts have been cautious in permitting litigation funding, as the torts of maintenance and champerty have traditionally restricted its use.

A key benefit of establishing clearer regimes for class actions and litigation funding would be to enhance access to justice. The Commission will therefore conduct a first principles review of class actions and litigation funding in Aotearoa New Zealand to ensure the law in these areas supports an efficient economy and a just society; and is understandable, clear and practicable.1

The Commission’s review will include, but not be limited to, consideration of the following matters:

Class Actions




  1. Letter from Minister responsible for the Law Commission to President of the Law Commission regarding Annual Expectations for 2018/2019 (14 May 2018).

Litigation Funding


For the purposes of this review, litigation funding does not include civil legal aid. The Commission will consult with the public, experts, Māori and other stakeholders during the review.



NZLII: Copyright Policy | Disclaimers | Privacy Policy | Feedback
URL: http://www.nzlii.org/nz/other/lawreform/NZLCIP/2020/45.html